QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)    

ý

 

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2008

OR

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                             to                            

Commission File Number: 1-12644

Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

New York
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  13-3261323
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

31 West 52 nd  Street
New York, New York 10019
(Address of principal executive offices)

(212) 826-0100
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  o     No  ý

        At August 10, 2008, there were 33,345,993 outstanding shares of Common Stock of the registrant (excludes 172,002 shares of treasury stock).



INDEX

 
   
  Page

PART I.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   

Item 1.

 

Financial Statements

   

 

    Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

   

 

    Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. and Subsidiaries

   

 

    Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited)

  1

 

    Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (unaudited)

  2

 

    Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity (unaudited)

  3

 

    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)

  4

 

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

  5

Item 2.

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 
53

 

    Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  53

 

    Executive Overview

  53

 

    Financial Guaranty Segment

  61

 

    Financial Products Segment

  80

 

    Other Operating Expenses and Amortization of Deferred Acquisition Costs

  84

 

    Taxes

  85

 

    Exposure to Monolines

  85

 

    Liquidity and Capital Resources

  89

 

    Non-GAAP Measures

  103

 

    Forward-Looking Statements

  108

Item 3.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 
110

Item 4T.

 

Controls and Procedures

 
110

PART II.

 

OTHER INFORMATION

   

Item 1.

 

Legal Proceedings

 
111

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

 
111

Item 4.

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 
113

Item 6.

 

Exhibits

 
114

SIGNATURES

 
115


Part I—Financial Information

ITEM 1. Financial Statements.

FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)
(in thousands, except share data)

 
  At
June 30,
2008
  At
December 31,
2007
 

ASSETS

             

General investment portfolio:

             
 

Bonds at fair value (amortized cost of $5,463,078 and $4,891,640)

  $ 5,519,006   $ 5,054,664  
 

Equity securities at fair value (cost of $1,318 and $40,020)

    1,189     39,869  
 

Short-term investments (cost of $344,116 and $96,263)

    344,818     97,366  

Financial products segment investment portfolio:

             
 

Bonds at fair value (amortized cost of $16,533,801 and $18,334,417)

    13,392,173     16,936,058  
 

Short-term investments (at cost which approximates fair value)

    1,517,881     1,927,347  
 

Trading portfolio at fair value

    255,520     349,822  

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions (includes $161,152 and $22,433 at fair value)

    200,892     229,264  
           
   

Total investment portfolio

    21,231,479     24,634,390  

Cash

    59,924     26,551  

Deferred acquisition costs

    294,897     347,870  

Prepaid reinsurance premiums

    1,145,252     1,119,565  

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

    291,989     76,478  

Deferred tax asset

    1,396,744     412,170  

Other assets (includes $1,339,579 and $1,104,600 at fair value) (See Note 12)

    2,051,592     1,714,456  
           
 

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 26,471,877   $ 28,331,480  
           

LIABILITIES, MINORITY INTEREST AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Deferred premium revenue

  $ 3,201,837   $ 2,870,648  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

    1,145,963     274,556  

Financial products segment debt (includes $8,207,447 at fair value at June 30, 2008)

    19,526,441     21,400,207  

Notes payable

    730,000     730,000  

Other liabilities and minority interest (includes $1,193,112 and $802,194 at fair value) (See Note 12)

    1,805,743     1,478,255  
           
 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MINORITY INTEREST

    26,409,984     26,753,666  
           

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

             

Common stock (200,000,000 shares authorized; 33,517,995 issued; par value of $.01 per share)

    335     335  

Additional paid-in capital

    1,414,084     909,800  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred tax (benefit) provision of $(1,079,783) and $(430,778)

    (2,005,311 )   (799,914 )

Accumulated earnings

    652,785     1,467,593  

Deferred equity compensation

    14,137     19,663  

Less treasury stock at cost (172,002 and 244,395 shares held)

    (14,137 )   (19,663 )
           
 

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

    61,893     1,577,814  
           
 

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MINORITY INTEREST AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

  $ 26,471,877   $ 28,331,480  
           

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

1


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (unaudited)

(in thousands)

 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  

REVENUES

                         
 

Net premiums written

  $ 267,377   $ 87,927   $ 462,759   $ 166,608  
                   
 

Net premiums earned

  $ 84,268   $ 82,860   $ 157,173   $ 159,633  
 

Net investment income from general investment portfolio

    67,412     58,117     132,258     115,826  
 

Net realized gains (losses) from general investment portfolio

    (2,362 )   (1,903 )   (2,202 )   (2,058 )
 

Net change in fair value of credit derivatives:

                         
   

Realized gains (losses) and other settlements

    32,660     23,161     68,839     45,400  
   

Net unrealized gains (losses)

    215,425     (45,587 )   (273,709 )   (58,793 )
                   
     

Net change in fair value of credit derivatives

    248,085     (22,426 )   (204,870 )   (13,393 )
 

Net interest income from financial products segment

    148,949     260,810     357,713     511,601  
 

Net realized gains (losses) from financial products segment

    (1,042,413 )   1,208     (1,042,413 )   1,742  
 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments (See Note 3)

    (274,246 )   1,053     156,520     32,630  
 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value

    1,037,976     9,431     626,586     6,318  
 

Income from assets acquired in refinancing transactions

    2,241     5,464     5,963     11,316  
 

Other income

    5,692     15,675     3,697     21,503  
                   

TOTAL REVENUES

    275,602     410,289     190,425     845,118  
                   

EXPENSES

                         
 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

    602,842     4,678     903,271     9,068  
 

Interest expense

    11,584     11,584     23,168     23,168  
 

Amortization of deferred acquisition costs

    16,602     18,055     32,431     34,006  
 

Foreign exchange (gains) losses from financial products segment

    3,403     13,149     16,655     30,653  
 

Net interest expense from financial products segment

    187,189     248,441     426,456     490,124  
 

Other operating expenses

    (4,164 )   38,760     15,690     69,022  
                   

TOTAL EXPENSES

    817,456     334,667     1,417,671     656,041  
                   

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

    (541,854 )   75,622     (1,227,246 )   189,077  
 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    (211,354 )   12,795     (475,170 )   41,054  
                   

NET INCOME (LOSS)

    (330,500 )   62,827     (752,076 )   148,023  

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS), NET OF TAX

                         

Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities arising during the period, net of deferred income tax provision (benefit) of $(178,727), $(51,990), $(1,011,965) and $(64,329)

    (331,922 )   (96,554 )   (1,879,466 )   (119,468 )

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains (losses) included in net income (loss), net of deferred income tax provision (benefit) of $(363,824), $1,739, $(362,960) and $2,067

    (675,673 )   3,228     (674,069 )   3,838  
                   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    343,751     (99,782 )   (1,205,397 )   (123,306 )
                   

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

  $ 13,251   $ (36,955 ) $ (1,957,473 ) $ 24,717  
                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

2


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (unaudited)

(in thousands, except share data)

 
  Common Stock    
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
   
  Treasury Stock    
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In-
Capital
  Accumulated
Earnings
  Deferred
Equity
Compensation
  Total
Shareholders'
Equity
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

BALANCE, December 31, 2007

    33,517,995   $ 335   $ 909,800   $ (799,914 ) $ 1,467,593   $ 19,663     244,395   $ (19,663 ) $ 1,577,814  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of deferred income tax provision (benefit) of $(15,683)

                            (29,126 )                     (29,126 )
                                       

Balance at beginning of the year, adjusted

    33,517,995     335     909,800     (799,914 )   1,438,467     19,663     244,395     (19,663 )   1,548,688  

Net income (loss) for the year

                            (752,076 )                     (752,076 )

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred income tax provision (benefit) of $(649,005)

                      (1,205,397 )                           (1,205,397 )

Dividends paid on common stock

                            (33,606 )                     (33,606 )

Cost of shares acquired

                                  (5,526 )   (72,393 )   5,526        

Capital contribution

                504,284                                   504,284  
                                       

BALANCE, June 30, 2008

    33,517,995   $ 335   $ 1,414,084   $ (2,005,311 ) $ 652,785   $ 14,137     172,002   $ (14,137 ) $ 61,893  
                                       

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

3


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited)

(in thousands)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007  

Cash flows from operating activities:

             
 

Premiums received, net

  $ 437,201   $ 133,744  
 

Credit derivative fees received, net

    65,458     43,183  
 

Other operating expenses paid, net

    (173,524 )   (162,077 )
 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid, net

    (234,326 )   (975 )
 

Net investment income received from general investment portfolio

    127,992     116,840  
 

Federal income taxes paid

    (8,445 )   (56,182 )
 

Interest paid on notes payable

    (23,025 )   (24,298 )
 

Interest paid on financial products segment debt

    (313,839 )   (331,229 )
 

Interest received on financial products segment investment portfolio

    354,413     465,024  
 

Financial products segment net derivative receipts

    83,318     (34,245 )
 

Purchases of trading portfolio securities in financial products segment

        (223,805 )
 

Income received from assets acquired in refinancing transactions

    9,291     10,347  
 

Other

    7,660     7,926  
           
   

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

    332,174     (55,747 )
           

Cash flows from investing activities:

             
 

General Investment Portfolio:

             
   

Proceeds from sales of bonds

    2,242,823     1,853,882  
   

Proceeds from maturities of bonds

    419,542     106,347  
   

Purchases of bonds

    (3,074,822 )   (1,968,903 )
   

Net (increase) decrease in short-term investments

    (241,877 )   (29,611 )
 

FP Segment Investment Portfolio:

             
   

Proceeds from sales of bonds

        2,476,562  
   

Proceeds from maturities of bonds

    940,808     2,129,238  
   

Purchases of bonds

    (154,041 )   (5,504,911 )
   

Change in securities under agreements to resell

    52,875     150,000  
   

Net (increase) decrease in short-term investments

    409,481     (190,371 )
 

Other:

             
   

Net purchases of property, plant and equipment

    (1,887 )   (489 )
   

Paydowns of assets acquired in refinancing transactions

    19,042     58,838  
   

Proceeds from sales of assets acquired in refinancing transactions

    4,740     1,854  
   

Other investments

    576     14,297  
           
   

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

    617,260     (903,267 )
           

Cash flows from financing activities:

             
 

Capital contribution

    504,284      
 

Dividends paid

    (33,606 )   (61,002 )
 

Proceeds from issuance of financial products segment debt

    1,231,673     2,615,894  
 

Repayment of financial products segment debt

    (2,616,753 )   (1,578,993 )
 

Other

    (2,300 )   (430 )
           
   

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

    (916,702 )   975,469  
           

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on cash balances

    641     69  
           

Net (decrease) increase in cash

    33,373     16,524  

Cash at beginning of period

    26,551     32,471  
           

Cash at end of period

  $ 59,924   $ 48,995  
           

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

4


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

1.    ORGANIZATION AND OWNERSHIP

        Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. ("FSA Holdings") is a holding company incorporated in the State of New York. The Company, through its insurance company subsidiaries, engages in providing financial guaranty insurance in domestic and international markets including Europe, the Asia Pacific region and elsewhere in the Americas. The Company's principal insurance company subsidiary is Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("FSA"), a wholly owned New York insurance company. Historically, the Company provided financial guaranty insurance on both public finance and asset-backed obligations. On August 6, 2008, the Company announced that it will cease providing financial guaranty insurance on asset-backed obligations and instead participate exclusively in the global public finance financial guaranty business. References to the "Company" are to Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. together with its subsidiaries.

        In addition, the Company offers FSA-insured guaranteed investment contracts and other investment agreements ("GICs") through other consolidated entities in its financial products ("FP") segment. On August 6, 2008, the Company announced that Dexia S.A. ("Dexia"), the Company's parent, will assume the liquidity and credit risks of the Company's GIC operations and that any new issuances of GICs will be focused exclusively on the municipal sector.

Ownership

        FSA Holdings is a direct subsidiary of Dexia Holdings, Inc. ("Dexia Holdings"), which, in turn, is owned 90% by Dexia Crédit Local S.A. ("Dexia Crédit Local") and 10% by Dexia. Dexia is a Belgian corporation whose shares are traded on the NYSE Euronext Brussels and NYSE Euronext Paris markets, as well as on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. Dexia Crédit Local is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dexia. At June 30, 2008, Dexia Holdings owned over 99% of outstanding FSA Holdings shares; the only other holders of FSA Holdings common stock were directors of FSA Holdings who owned shares of FSA Holdings common stock or economic interests therein under the Company's Director Share Purchase Program.

Financial Guaranty

        The financial strength of the Company's insurance company subsidiaries have historically been rated "Triple-A" by the major securities rating agencies and obligations insured by them have historically been generally awarded "Triple-A" ratings by reason of such insurance. The Triple-A rating of the Company's insurance company subsidiaries was reaffirmed on August 6, 2008 by Fitch Ratings ("Fitch"), placed on "credit watch" on July 21, 2008 by Moody's Investors Service Inc. ("Moody's") and placed on "negative outlook" on August 6, 2008, by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P"). The effect of these recent ratings actions on the Company's market opportunities remains unclear. The changes were based in part upon rating agency concerns regarding the prospects for new business originations by financial guarantors in general as well as FSA's reported losses and potential future earnings volatility associated with exposures to residential mortgage-backed securities. In the case of Moody's, in announcing the review for possible downgrade the rating agency stated that it had re-estimated expected and stress loss projections on FSA's aggregate insured portfolio and that FSA was currently estimated to be $140 million below the Aaa target level. The Company subsequently received a $300 million injection from Dexia Holdings in August 2008, which, in addition to Dexia's assumption of liquidity and credit risk for the GIC operations, will bring capital to levels in excess of the Triple-A capital requirements of all three rating agency models.

5


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

1.    ORGANIZATION AND OWNERSHIP (Continued)

        The impact of recent developments on the Company, including the S&P and Moody's ratings and the Company's decision to cease providing financial guaranty insurance on asset-backed obligations, as well as the impact of recent developments on the financial guaranty insurance industry as a whole, remains uncertain, and could include decreased demand for financial guaranty insurance as well as increases in the requirements for conducting, or restrictions on the types of business conducted by, financial guaranty insurers.

        Financial guaranty insurance written by the Company typically guarantees scheduled payments on financial obligations. Upon a payment default on an insured obligation, FSA is generally required to pay the principal, interest or other amounts due in accordance with the obligation's original payment schedule or may, at its option, pay such amounts on an accelerated basis. FSA's underwriting policy is to insure obligations that would otherwise be investment grade without the benefit of FSA's insurance.

        Public finance obligations insured by the Company consist primarily of general obligation bonds supported by the issuers' taxing powers, tax-supported bonds and revenue bonds and other obligations of states, their political subdivisions and other municipal issuers supported by the issuers' or obligors' covenant to impose and collect fees and charges for public services or specific projects. Public finance obligations include obligations backed by the cash flow from leases or other revenues from projects serving substantial public purposes, including government office buildings, toll roads, health care facilities and utilities.

        Asset-backed obligations insured by the Company were generally issued in structured transactions and are backed by pools of assets such as residential mortgage loans, consumer or trade receivables, securities or other assets having an ascertainable cash flow or market value. The Company insured synthetic asset-backed obligations that generally took the form of credit default swap ("CDS") obligations or credit-linked notes that reference asset-backed securities or pools of securities or other obligations, with a defined deductible to cover credit risks associated with the referenced securities or loans.

        The Company refinanced certain poorly performing transactions by employing refinancing vehicles to raise funds, prepay the claim obligations and take control of the assets. These refinancing vehicles are consolidated with the Company and considered part of the financial guaranty segment. Management believes that the assets held by the refinancing vehicles are beyond the reach of the Company and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership.

Financial Products

        The Company conducts its GIC operations through its consolidated affiliates FSA Capital Management Services LLC ("FSACM"), FSA Capital Markets Services (Caymans) Ltd. and, prior to April 2003, FSA Capital Markets Services LLC (collectively, the "GIC Subsidiaries"). FSACM has conducted substantially all of the Company's GIC operations since April 2003, following the receipt of an exemption from the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940. The GIC Subsidiaries lend the proceeds from their sales of GICs to FSA Asset Management LLC ("FSAM"), which invests the funds, generally in obligations that qualify for FSA insurance. FSAM wholly owns FSA Portfolio Asset Limited ("FSA-PAL"), a U.K. Company that invests in non-U.S. securities.

        The Company consolidates the results of certain variable interest entities ("VIEs"), which include FSA Global Funding Limited ("FSA Global") and Premier International Funding Co. ("Premier").

6


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

1.    ORGANIZATION AND OWNERSHIP (Continued)

        FSA Global is a special purpose funding vehicle partially owned by a subsidiary of FSA Holdings. FSA Global issues FSA-insured medium term notes and generally invests the proceeds from the sale of its notes in FSA-insured GICs or other FSA-insured obligations with a view to realizing the yield difference between the notes issued and the obligations purchased with the note proceeds. Premier is principally engaged in debt defeasance for finance lease transactions. The GIC Subsidiaries, FSAM, FSA-PAL, FSA Global and Premier are collectively referred to as the "FP segment."

        The Company's management believes that the assets held by FSA Global and Premier, including those that are eliminated in consolidation, are beyond the reach of the Company and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership. Substantially all of the assets of FSA Global are pledged to secure the repayment, on a pro rata basis, of FSA Global's notes and its other obligations.

2.    BASIS OF PRESENTATION

        The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") for interim financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of and for the period ended June 30, 2008 and for all periods presented. These Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007. The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have not been audited by an independent registered public accounting firm in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). The December 31, 2007 consolidated balance sheet was derived from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP. The results of operations for the periods ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for the full year. Certain prior-year balances have been reclassified to conform to the 2008 presentation.

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make extensive estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities in the Company's consolidated balance sheets at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the reported amounts of revenues and expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income during the three months and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Such estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, losses and loss adjustment expenses, fair value of financial instruments, other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") and the deferral and amortization of policy acquisition costs and taxes. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

        The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" ("SFAS 157"), effective January 1, 2008. SFAS 157 addresses how companies should measure fair value when required to use fair value measures under GAAP. SFAS 157:

    defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, and establishes a framework for measuring fair value;

7


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

    establishes a three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date;

    nullifies the guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 02-03, "Issues Involved in Accounting for Derivative Contracts Held for Trading Purposes and Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities" ("EITF 02-03"), which required the deferral of profit at inception of a transaction involving a derivative financial instrument in the absence of observable data supporting the valuation technique;

    requires consideration of a company's creditworthiness when valuing liabilities; and

    expands disclosure requirements about instruments measured at fair value.

        In February 2007 the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 159, "The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities" ("SFAS 159"). SFAS 159 provides an option to elect fair value as an alternative measurement for selected financial assets and financial liabilities not previously recorded at fair value. The Company adopted SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008 and elected fair value accounting for certain FP segment debt and certain assets acquired in refinancing FSA-insured transactions not previously carried at fair value. See Note 4.

        The Company applied its valuation methodologies for its assets and liabilities measured at fair value to all of the assets and liabilities carried at fair value effective January 1, 2008, whether those instruments are carried at fair value as a result of the adoption of SFAS 159 or in compliance with other authoritative accounting guidance. The Company has fair value committees to review and approve valuations and assumptions used in its models. These committees meet quarterly prior to issuing quarterly financial statements.

        Fair value is based upon pricing received from dealer quotes or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency, internally developed estimates that employ credit-spread algorithms or models that use market-based or independently sourced market data inputs, including yield curves, interest rates, volatilities, debt prices, foreign exchange rates and credit curves. In addition to market information, models also incorporate instrument-specific data, such as maturity date.

        Considerable judgment is necessary to interpret the data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amount the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair-value amounts.

        The transition adjustment in connection with the adoption of SFAS 157 was an increase of $26.6 million after-tax to beginning retained earnings, which relates to day one gains that had been deferred under EITF 02-03.

8


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the components of the fair-value adjustments included in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income:

 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net change in fair value of credit derivatives
(See Note 10)

  $ 248,085   $ (22,426 ) $ (204,870 ) $ (13,393 )
                   

Net interest income from financial products segment:

                         
 

Fair-value adjustments on FP segment investment portfolio

  $ (68,399 ) $   $ 7,585   $  
 

Fair-value adjustments on FP segment derivatives

    69,317         (6,741 )    
                   
   

Net interest income from financial products segment

  $ 918   $   $ 844   $  
                   

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments:

                         
 

FP segment derivatives(1) (See Note 11)

  $ (274,147 ) $ 877   $ 156,450   $ 32,198  
 

Other financial guaranty segment derivatives

    (99 )   176     70     432  
                   
     

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

  $ (274,246 ) $ 1,053   $ 156,520   $ 32,630  
                   

Net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value

                         
 

Financial guaranty segment:

                         
   

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions

  $ (1,345 ) $   $ (3,206 ) $  
   

Committed preferred trust put options

    24,000         56,000      
                   
       

Net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value in the financial guaranty segment

    22,655         52,794      
                   
 

FP segment:

                         
   

Assets designated as trading portfolio

    (32,105 )   9,431     (94,303 )   6,318  
   

Fixed-rate FP segment debt:

                         
     

Fair-value adjustments other than the Company's own credit risk

    314,821         (94,738 )    
     

Fair-value adjustments attributable to the Company's own credit risk

    732,605         762,833      
                   
       

Net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value in the FP segment

    1,015,321     9,431     573,792     6,318  
                   
         

Net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value

  $ 1,037,976   $ 9,431   $ 626,586   $ 6,318  
                   

Other income(2)

  $ (5,578 ) $ 4,583   $ (16,638 ) $ 5,112  

Net interest expense from financial products segment:

                         
 

Fair-value adjustments on FP segment debt

  $   $ (108,387 ) $   $ (112,190 )
 

Fair-value adjustments on FP segment derivatives

        124,863         135,482  
                   
   

Net interest expense from financial products
segment

  $   $ 16,476   $   $ 23,292  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

                         
 

General Investment Portfolio

    (55,520 )   (51,264 )   (69,957 )   (59,371 )
 

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions

    (1,607 )   224     (2,316 )   402  
 

FP Segment Investment Portfolio:

                         
   

FP Investment Portfolio (See Note 5)

    399,792     (48,333 )   (1,133,310 )   (64,069 )
   

VIE Investment Portfolio

    1,086     (409 )   186     (268 )
                   
     

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

  $ 343,751   $ (99,782 ) $ (1,205,397 ) $ (123,306 )
                   

(1)
Represents derivatives not in designated fair-value hedging relationships.

(2)
Represents fair-value adjustments on the assets that economically defease the Company's liability for deferred compensation plans ("DCP") and supplemental executive retirement plans ("SERP").

9


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

Valuation Hierarchy

        SFAS 157 establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

    Level 1 —inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

    Level 2 —inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.

    Level 3 —inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant drivers of the fair value measurement.

        A financial instrument's categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

Inputs to Valuation Techniques

        Inputs refer broadly to the assumptions that market participants use in pricing assets or liabilities, including assumptions about risk. Inputs may be observable or unobservable.

    Observable inputs are inputs that reflect assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, developed based on market data obtained from independent sources.

    Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions management makes about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

Valuation Techniques

        Valuation techniques used for assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value are generally categorized into three types:

    The market approach uses prices and other relevant information from market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. Valuation techniques consistent with the market approach often use market multiples derived from a set of comparables or matrix pricing. Market multiples might lie in ranges with a different multiple for each comparable. The selection of where within the range the appropriate multiple falls requires judgment, considering both quantitative and qualitative factors specific to the measurement. Matrix pricing is a mathematical technique used principally to value certain securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but comparing the securities to benchmark or comparable securities.  
    The income approach converts future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, to a single present amount, or a discounted amount. Income approach techniques rely on current market expectations of future amounts. Examples of income approach valuation techniques include

10


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

      present value techniques, option-pricing models that incorporate present value techniques, and the multi-period excess earnings method.

    The cost approach is based upon the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset, or the current replacement cost. That is, from the perspective of a market participant (seller), the price that would be received for the asset is determined based on the cost to a market participant (buyer) to acquire or construct a substitute asset of comparable utility.

        The Company uses valuation techniques that it concludes are appropriate in the specific circumstances and for which sufficient data are available. In selecting the valuation technique to apply, management considers the definition of an exit price and considers the nature of the asset or liability being valued.

Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value

        The following is a description of the valuation methodologies the Company uses for financial instruments measured at fair value, including the general classification of such instruments within the valuation hierarchy.

General Investment Portfolio

        The fair value of bonds in the portfolio of investments supporting the financial guaranty segment (excluding assets acquired in refinancing transactions) (the "General Investment Portfolio") is generally based on quoted market prices received from dealer quotes or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Such quotes generally consider a variety of factors, including recent trades of the same and similar securities. If quoted market prices are not available, the valuation is based on pricing models that use dealer price quotations, price activity for traded securities with similar attributes and other relevant market factors as inputs, including security type, rating, vintage, tenor and its position in the capital structure of the issuer. Assets in this category are primarily categorized as Level 2.

        As of June 30, 2008, the Company's equity securities were comprised mainly of its preferred stock investment in Syncora Guarantee Re Ltd. ("SGR") (formerly XL Financial Assurance Ltd.). The fair value of the Company's investment in SGR is based on internally developed estimates of net realizable value and is categorized as Level 3 in the valuation hierarchy. The Company subsequently sold such shares. See Note 18.

        For short-term investments in the General Investment Portfolio, which are those investments with a maturity of less than one year at time of purchase, the carrying amount is fair value. These short-term investments include money-market funds and other highly liquid short-term investments, which are categorized as Level 1 on the valuation hierarchy, and foreign government and agency securities, which are categorized as Level 2.

11


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

FP Segment Investment Portfolio

        The "FP Investment Portfolio" is comprised of investments made with the proceeds of FSA-insured GICs. Together with the portfolio of securities owned by the VIEs (the "VIE Investment Portfolio"), it forms the "FP Segment Investment Portfolio." The available-for-sale FP Investment Portfolio is broadly comprised of short-term investments, non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities ("RMBS"), securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government sponsored agencies, taxable municipal bonds, securities issued by utilities, infrastructure-related securities, collateralized debt obligations ("CDOs"), and other asset-backed securities. In addition to its available-for-sale portfolio, the FP Investment Portfolio includes foreign currency denominated securities classified as "trading."

        The fair value of bonds in the FP Segment Investment Portfolio is generally based on quoted market prices received from dealer quotes or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Such quotes generally consider a variety of factors, including recent trades of the same and similar securities. If quoted market prices are not available, the valuation is based on pricing models that use dealer price quotations, price activity for traded securities with similar attributes and other relevant market factors as inputs, including security type, rating, vintage, tenor and its position in the capital structure of the issuer. For assets not valued by quoted market prices received from dealer quotes or alternative pricing sources, fair value is based on either internally developed models using market based inputs or based on broker quotes for identical or similar assets. Valuation results, particularly those derived from valuation models and quotes on certain mortgage and asset-backed securities, could differ materially from amounts that would actually be realized in the market. Non-agency mortgage-backed and other asset-backed investments are generally categorized as Level 3 due to the reduced liquidity that exists for such assets.

        For short-term investments in the FP Segment Investment Portfolio, which are those investments with a maturity of less than one year at time of purchase, the carrying amount is fair value. These short-term investments include overnight federal funds and money market funds, which are categorized as Level 1 on the valuation hierarchy.

        The trading portfolio is comprised of Sterling-denominated inflation-linked bonds for which fair value is based on broker quotes that are derived from an internally developed model that uses observable market inputs. The market inputs for the longer duration bonds in this portfolio (over 30 years) are not observable; therefore they are classified as Level 3 in the valuation hierarchy, whereas the shorter duration bonds are classified as Level 2.

Assets Acquired in Refinancing Transactions

        For certain assets acquired in refinancing transactions, fair value is either the present value of expected cash flows or a quoted market price as of the reporting date. This portfolio is comprised primarily of bonds, securitized loans, common stock, mortgage loans, real estate and short term investments, of which bonds, common stocks and certain securitized loans are carried at fair value. The majority of the assets in this portfolio are categorized as Level 3 in the valuation hierarchy, except for the short-term investments, which are categorized as Level 2.

Credit Derivatives in the Insured Portfolio

        The Company's insured portfolio includes contracts accounted for as derivatives, namely,

12


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

    CDS contracts in which the Company sells protection to various financial credit institutions, and in certain cases, purchases back-to-back credit protection on all or a portion of the risk written, primarily from reinsurance companies,

    insured interest rate ("IR") swaps entered into by the issuer in connection with the issuance of certain public finance obligations, which guaranty the municipality's performance under the IR swap to the IR swap counterparty, and

    insured net interest margin ("NIM") securitizations issued after January 1, 2007 in connection with certain RMBS financings.  

        The Company considers all such agreements to be a normal part of its financial guaranty insurance business but, for accounting purposes, these contracts are deemed to be derivative instruments and therefore must be recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income in the line item "net change in fair value of credit derivatives."

    Credit Default Swap Contracts

        In the case of CDS contracts, a trust that is consolidated by the Company writes a derivative contract that provides for payments to be made if certain credit events occur related to certain specified reference obligations, in exchange for a fee. The need to interpose a trust is a regulatory requirement imposed by the New York State Insurance Department as an exception to its general rule, in order to allow the financial guarantors to sell credit protection by entering into credit derivative contracts (albeit indirectly by guaranteeing the trust), while other types of insurance enterprises may neither directly enter into such credit derivative contracts, nor provide such guarantees to a trust. The trust's obligation on the CDS contracts it writes are guaranteed by a financial guaranty contract written by the Company that provides payments to the insured if the trust defaults on its payments under the derivative contract. In these transactions, the Company is considered the counterparty to a financial guaranty contract that is defined as a derivative. The credit event is typically based upon failure to pay or the insolvency of a referenced obligation. In such cases, the claim represents payment for the shortfall amount.

        The Company's accounting policy regarding CDS contract valuations is a "critical accounting policy and estimate" due to the valuation's significance to the financial statements since it requires management to make numerous complex and subjective judgments relating to amounts that are inherently uncertain. CDS contracts are valued using proprietary models because such instruments are unique, complex and are typically highly customized transactions. Valuation models and the related assumptions are continuously reevaluated by management and enhanced, as appropriate, based on market developments and improvements in modeling techniques and the availability of market observable data. Due to the significance of unobservable inputs required to value CDS contracts, they are considered to be Level 3 under the SFAS 157 fair value hierarchy.

        The assumed credit quality of the underlying referenced obligations, the assumed credit spread attributable to credit risk of the underlying referenced obligations exclusive of funding costs, the appropriate reference credit index or price source and credit spread attributable to the Company's own credit risk are significant assumptions that, if changed, could result in materially different fair values.

13


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)


Accordingly, market perceptions of credit deterioration would result in an increase in the expected exit value (amount required to be paid to exit the transaction due to wider credit spreads).

    Fair Value of CDS Contracts in which the Company Sells Protection

Determination of Current Exit Value Premium:     The estimation of the current exit value premium is derived using a unique credit-spread algorithm for each defined CDS category that utilizes various publicly available credit indices, depending on the types of assets referenced by the CDS contract and the duration of the contract. Management applies judgment when developing these estimates and considers factors such as current prices charged for similar agreements, performance of underlying assets, changes in internal credit assessments or rating agency-based shadow ratings, and the level at which the deductible has been set. Estimates generated from the Company's valuation process may differ materially from values that may be realized in market transactions.

        In the ordinary course, the Company does not post collateral to the counterparty as security for the Company's obligation under CDS contracts. As a result, the Company receives a smaller fee than it would for a CDS contract that required the posting of collateral. In order to determine the exit value premium for CDS that do not have collateral posted, the Company applies a factor (the "non-collateral posting factor") to the indicated market premium for CDS contracts that require collateral. The factor was 50% for the quarter ended June 30, 2008. The Company believes that the non-collateral posting factor has the effect of adjusting the fair value of these contracts for the Company's credit quality in addition to adjusting the contract to a collateral posting basis.

        The following discussion reviews in turn how the Company determines the current exit value premium for each of the types of CDS contracts:

    Pooled Corporate CDS Contracts:
    investment grade pooled corporate CDS;

    high yield pooled corporate CDS; and

    CDS of funded CDOs and collateralized loan obligations ("CLOs").

         Pooled Corporate CDS Contracts :    A pooled corporate CDS contract insures the default risk of a pool of referenced corporate entities. As there is no observable exchange trading of bespoke pooled corporate CDS, the Company values these contracts using an internal pricing model that uses the mid-point of the bid and ask prices (the "mid-market price") of published third-party indexes as inputs to its pricing model, principally the Dow Jones CDX for domestic corporate CDS ("DJ CDX") and iTraxx for European corporate CDS ("iTraxx"). The mid-market price is a practical expedient for the fair-value measurement within a bid-ask spread. For those pooled corporate CDS contracts that include both domestic and foreign reference entities, the Company applies the iTraxx price in proportion to the applicable quoted prices of foreign reference entities comprising the pool by calculating a weighted average of the DJ CDX and iTraxx quoted prices.

        Both the DJ CDX and iTraxx indices provide quoted prices for standard attachment and detachment points (or "tranches") for contracts with maturities of three, five, seven and ten years. Prices quoted for these tranches do not represent perfect pricing references, but are the only relevant market-based information available for this type of non-traded contract. The recent market volatility in

14


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)


the index tranches has had a significant impact on the estimated fair value of the Company's portfolio of pooled corporate CDS.

        The Company's valuation process for pooled corporate CDS involves stratifying its investment grade and high-yield contracts by remaining term to maturity, consistent with the reference indexes. Within maturity bands, further distinction is made for contracts that have higher attachment points. As index prices are quoted for standard attachment and detachment points (or tranches), the Company calibrates the quoted index price to the approximate attachment points for its individual CDS contracts in order to derive the appropriate value, which is then validated by comparing it with relevant recent market transactions, if available.

         Investment-Grade Pooled Corporate CDS Contracts:     In order to estimate the weighted-average market price of an investment-grade pooled corporate CDS contract ("IG CDS"), the Company multiplies (a) the mid-market price quoted for a given tranche of a given duration as published in the CDX North America IG Index (the "CDX IG Index") or iTraxx by (b) the ratio of that tranche's width to the total tranche width for that given duration.

    For purposes of this calculation, the Company's IG CDS contracts are stratified into four maturity bands: less than 3.5 years; 3.5 to 5.5 years; 5.5 to 7.5 years; and 7.5 to 10 years. Within the maturity bands, further distinction is made for contracts that have a higher starting attachment point (usually 30% or higher).

    The CDX IG Index is comprised of prices sourced from 125 of the most liquid North American investment grade CDS quoted and is supported by 10 of the largest CDS dealers. In addition to the full capital structure, the CDX IG Index also provides price quotes for various tranches delineated by attachment and detachment points: 0 to 3%; 3 to 7%; 7 to10%; 10 to15%; 15 to 30% and 30 to100%. Each quarter, the Company uses the average of the series of the CDX IG and iTraxx indices that most closely relates to the credit characteristics of the CDS contracts in the Company's portfolio. In some cases it may be the most recently published series of those indices, but in other cases it may be the previously published series, to the extent that it is still being published.

        The Company's Transaction Oversight Department reviews the pooled corporate CDS portfolio on a quarterly basis to ensure that the attachment point for each contract in the portfolio continues to be at a "super senior" credit rating. Accordingly, the Company applied the calculated pricing for "super senior" level risk to all pooled corporate CDS in the portfolio, except for one that was determined to be below the "super-senior" credit rating.

        To arrive at the exit value premium applied to each of the Company's IG CDS contracts, the Company:

    (a)
    determines the weighted average of the mid-market prices for the applicable tranches by (1) multiplying the mid-market price for each tranche by the tranche width and (2) dividing the total amount derived by the total tranche width, using CDX IG and iTraxx quoted prices; and then

    (b)
    applies the non-collateral posting factor to the weighted-average market price determined for each maturity band.

15


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

        Below is an example of the pricing algorithm that is applied to the Company's domestic IG CDS contracts with durations of 3.5 to 5.5 years to determine the exit premium value as of June 30, 2008:

 
Index
Duration
  Unadjusted
Quoted Price
  Non-collateral
Posting Factor
  Adjusted to Non-
collateral Posting
Contract Value
 
    5 yrs     65.6 bps     50.0 %   32.8 bps  

         High-Yield Pooled Corporate CDS Contracts:     In order to estimate the weighted-average market price for high-yield pooled corporate CDS contracts ("HY CDS"), the Company uses the average of dealer prices obtained for the most senior quoted of the respective three year, five-year and seven-year tranches of the CDX North America High Yield Index ("CDX HY Index") and iTraxx and then applies a factor to the quoted prices (the "calibration factor"). The calibration factor is intended to calibrate the published index price to the Company's pooled corporate high-yield CDS contract, which reference pools of entities that are of higher credit quality than those reflected in the published CDX HY or iTraxx indices (as measured by Weighted-Average Rating Factor).

        To arrive at the exit value premium that is applied to each of the Company's CDS contracts in a given maturity band, the non-collateral posting factor is applied to the weighted-average market price determined for that maturity band.

    For purposes of this calculation, the Company's HY CDS contracts are stratified into three maturity bands: less than 3.5 years; 3.5 to 5.5 years; and 5.5 to 7.5 years.

    Each quarter, the average of the series of the CDX HY or iTraxx that most closely relates to the credit characteristics of the CDS contracts in the Company's portfolio is used. In some cases it may be the most recently published series of those indices, but in other cases, it may be the previously published series to the extent that it is still being published.

    A calibration factor of 60% and a 50% non-collateral posting factor adjustment is applied to the average of all the quotes received as of June 30, 2008.

        Below is an example of the pricing algorithm that is applied to the Company's domestic HY CDS contracts with durations of 3.5 to 5.5 years to determine the exit premium value as of June 30, 2008:

 
Index
Duration
  Unadjusted
Quoted Price
  After 60%
Calibration
Factor
  Adjusted to Non-
collateral Posting
Contract Value
 
    5 yrs     134.3 bps     80.6 bps     40.3 bps  

         CDS of Funded CDOs and CLOs :    As with pooled corporate CDS, there is no observable exchange trading of CDS of funded CDOs and CLOs. The price of protection charged by a CDS writer is based on the "credit spread component" of the "all-in credit spread" of funded CLOs, as quoted by underwriter participants. As the all-in credit spread for a given CLO may not always be observable in the market, the CDS writer often utilizes an index, published by an underwriter participant, such as the "all-in" London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") spread for Triple-A rated cash-funded CLOs (the "Triple-A CLO Rate") as published by J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. The Triple-A CLO rate is an all-in credit spread that includes both a funding and credit spread component.

16


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

        The CDS protection of a CLO provided by the Company is priced to capture only the credit spread component, as the CDS writer is not providing funding for the CLO, only credit protection. The Company determines the exit value premium for these CDS contracts with reference to the Triple-A CLO Rate, which was 175 bps as of June 30, 2008, to which the Company applies a 50% factor ("credit component factor") as a means of estimating the fair value of its contract, which only refers to the credit component.

        To arrive at the exit value premium that is applied to each of the Company' CDO and CLO CDS contracts, the non-collateral posting factor is applied to the weighted-average market price determined for each maturity band.

        The determination of the exit value premium is summarized as follows:

 
  Triple A CLO Rate   After Credit Component Factor   After Non-collateral Posting Factor  

Rate

    175 bps     87.5 bps     43.8 bps  

         Other Structured Obligations Valuation:     For CDS for which observable market value information is not available, management applies its best judgment to estimate the appropriate current exit value premium, and takes into consideration the Company's estimation of the price at which the Company would currently charge to provide similar protection, and other factors such as the nature of the underlying reference credit, the Company's attachment point, and the tenor of the CDS contract.

    Fair Value of CDS Contracts in which the Company Purchases Protection

        The Company generally utilizes reinsurance to purchase protection for CDS contracts it writes in the same way that it employs reinsurance in respect of other financial guaranty insurance policies. The Company's uses of reinsurance to mitigate risk exposures for CDS contracts and financial guaranty insurance policies are nearly identical as they involve the same reinsurers, the same underwriting process evaluating the reinsurers and the same credit risk management and surveillance processes supporting the reinsurance function. The Company enters into reinsurance agreements on CDS contracts primarily on a quota share basis. Under a quota share reinsurance agreement with a reinsurer, the Company cedes to the assuming reinsurer a proportionate share of the risk and premium.

        The Company determines the fair value of a CDS contract in which it purchases protection from a reinsurer (the "ceded CDS contract") as the proportionate percentage of the fair value of the related written CDS contract, adjusted for any ceding commission and consideration of counterparty risk. In quota share reinsurance agreements, the assuming reinsurer typically pays a ceding commission periodically over the life of the CDS contract to the ceding company that is intended to defray the ceding company's costs for the services it provides to the reinsurer, such as risk selection, underwriting activities and ongoing servicing and reporting. As an element of the fair value of the ceded CDS contract, the ceding commission paid to the ceding company represents the ceding company's profit on the ceded CDS contract after considering counterparty credit risk and servicing costs, i.e., the difference between (a) the price of the protection the ceding company purchased from the reinsurer, which is net of the ceding commission, and (b) the price that the ceding company would receive to exit the ceded CDS contract in its principal market, which is comprised of other ceding insurers of comparable credit standing. The Company applies a credit valuation adjustment to the fair value of a ceded CDS contract due from a reinsurer if the reinsurer's credit quality (as determined by CDS price

17


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)


if available, or if not, its credit rating) is less than that of the Company's based upon the premise that the exit market for these contracts would be another monoline financial guarantee insurer that has similar credit rating or spread as the Company.

    Insured Interest Rate Swaps and NIMs

        The Company insures IR swaps entered into in connection with the issuance of certain public finance obligations. Because the financial guaranty contract insures a derivative, the financial guaranty contract is deemed to be a derivative. Therefore, the contract is required to be carried at fair value, with the change in fair value being recorded in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income. As there is no observable market for these policies, the fair value of these contracts is determined by using an internally developed model and therefore, they are classified as Level 3 in the valuation hierarchy.

        The insured NIM securitizations issued in connection with certain mortgage-backed security financings are deemed to be hybrid instruments that contain an embedded derivative. The Company elected to record these financial instruments at fair value under SFAS No. 155, "Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments." Changes in the fair value of these contracts are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. As there is no observable market for these policies, the fair value of these contracts is based on internally derived estimates and they are therefore classified as Level 3 in the valuation hierarchy.

FP Segment Derivatives

        All of the derivatives used in the FP segment, except for those used to hedge the VIE debt, are valued using a pricing model that uses observable market inputs, such as interest rate curves, foreign exchange rates and inflation indices. These derivatives are therefore classified as Level 2 in the valuation hierarchy, except for exchange traded futures contracts, which are classified as Level 1, or Level 3 if any of the significant model inputs were not observable in the market. On the date of adoption, all derivatives used to hedge VIE debt were valued by obtaining prices from brokers or counterparties, and accordingly were classified as Level 3 in the valuation hierarchy. At June 30, 2008, these derivatives were valued using a pricing model that uses observable market inputs such as interest rate curves, foreign exchange rates and inflation indices. Therefore these derivatives are classified as Level 2 in the valuation hierarchy at June 30, 2008, provided all of the significant model inputs were observable in the market, or Level 3 if not observable in the market.

Committed Preferred Trust Put Options

        As there is no observable market for the Company's committed preferred trust put options, fair value is based on internally derived estimates and therefore these put options are categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

        The Company determined the fair value of the committed preferred trust put options by estimating the fair value of a floating rate security with an estimated market yield reflective of the underlying committed preferred security structure and the relevant coupon based on the capped auction rate.

18


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

FP Segment Debt

        The fair value of the FP segment debt for which the Company elected the fair value option as described in Note 4 (the "fair-valued liabilities") is determined based on a discounted cash flow model. Fair value calculated by these models includes assumptions for interest rate curves based on selected benchmark securities and weighted average expected lives. In addition, the valuation of the fair-valued liabilities includes an adjustment to reflect the credit quality of the Company that represents the impact of changes in market credit spreads on these liabilities. The fair-valued liabilities are categorized as Level 3 in the valuation hierarchy.

        The following table presents the financial instruments carried at fair value at June 30, 2008, by caption on the consolidated balance sheet and by SFAS 157 valuation hierarchy.


Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                         

General investment portfolio:

                         
 

Bonds

  $   $ 5,457,205   $ 61,801   $ 5,519,006  
 

Equity securities

    189         1,000     1,189  
 

Short-term investments

    90,299     254,519         344,818  

Financial products segment investment portfolio:

                         
 

Bonds

        1,982,935     11,409,238     13,392,173  
 

Short-term investments

    1,517,881             1,517,881  
 

Trading portfolio

        86,558     168,962     255,520  

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions

        18,174     142,978     161,152  

Other assets:

                         
 

FP segment derivatives(1)

    20,229     878,251     35,926     934,406  
 

Credit derivatives

            229,069     229,069  
 

DCP and SERP

    120,029     75         120,104  
 

Committed preferred trust put option

            56,000     56,000  
                   
   

Total assets at fair value

  $ 1,748,627   $ 8,677,717   $ 12,104,974   $ 22,531,318  
                   

Liabilities:

                         

FP segment debt

  $   $   $ 8,207,447   $ 8,207,447  

Other liabilities:

                         
 

FP segment derivatives(1)

        81,080     75,214     156,294  
 

Credit derivatives

            1,036,715     1,036,715  
 

Other financial guarantee segment derivatives

        103         103  
                   
   

Total liabilities at fair value

  $   $ 81,183   $ 9,319,376   $ 9,400,559  
                   

(1)
The Company offsets the fair value of derivative contracts in a loss position against the fair value of contracts in a gain position. The Company also offsets fair value amounts recognized for

19


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

    derivative instruments and fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral or the obligation to return cash collateral arising from derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement.

Changes in Level 3 Recurring Fair Value Measurements

        The table below includes a rollforward of the balance sheet amounts for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 for financial instruments classified by the Company within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. When a determination is made to classify a financial instrument within Level 3, the determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable data to the overall fair value measurement. However, Level 3 financial instruments may include, in addition to the unobservable or Level 3 components, observable components. Accordingly, the gains and losses in the table below include changes in fair value due in part to observable factors that are part of the valuation methodology. Level 3 assets were 45.7% of total assets at June 30, 2008. Level 3 liabilities were 35.2% of total liabilities at June 30, 2008.


Level 3 Rollforward

 
   
  Three Months Ended June 30, 2008  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Change in
Unrealized
Gains/(Losses)
Related to
Financial
Instruments
Held at
June 30, 2008
 
 
   
  Total Pre-tax Realized/
Unrealized Gains/(Losses)(1)
Recorded in:
   
   
   
 
 
   
  Purchases,
Issuances,
Settlements,
net
  Transfers
in and/or
out of
Level 3(2)
  Fair
Value at
June 30,
2008
 
 
  Fair Value at
March 31,
2008
  Net Income
(Loss)
  Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

General investment portfolio:

                                           
 

Bonds

  $ 56,002   $   $ 352   $ 5,447   $   $ 61,801   $  
 

Equity securities

    38,070     (38,000 )(3)   930             1,000     (38,000 )

FP segment bonds

    12,244,023     (1,072,248 )(4)   633,763     (396,300 )       11,409,238     (1,072,248 )

FP trading portfolio

    191,885     (22,923 )(5)               168,962     (22,923 )

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions

    154,398     (1,172 )(6)   (2,472 )   (7,775 )       142,978     (1,172 )

FP segment debt

    (9,221,619 )   1,041,774 (7)       (27,602 )       (8,207,447 )   1,044,870  

Net FP segment derivatives(8)

    (8,610 )   (27,044 )(9)           (3,635 )   (39,289 )   (29,712 )

Committed preferred trust put options

    32,000     24,000 (5)               56,000     24,000  

Net credit derivatives(8)

    (1,024,584 )   248,085 (10)       (31,147 )       (807,646 )   242,118  

(1)
Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) from changes in values of Level 3 financial instruments represent gains/(losses) from changes in values of those financial instruments only for the periods in which the instruments were classified as Level 3.

(2)
Transfers are assumed to be made at the beginning of the period.

(3)
Included in net realized gains (losses) from general investment portfolio.

(4)
Reported in net interest income from financial products segment if designated in a qualifying fair-value hedging relationship, or net realized gains (losses) on FP segment if determined to be OTTI.

(5)
Reported in net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value.

(6)
Unrealized loss of $1.3 million reported in net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value.

(7)
Unrealized gain of $1,047.4 million reported in net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value.

(8)
Represents net position of derivatives. The consolidated balance sheets present gross assets and liabilities based on net counterparty exposure.

(9)
Reported in net interest income from financial products segment if designated in a qualifying fair-value hedging relationship, or net unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments if not so designated.

(10)
Reported in net change in fair value of credit derivatives.

20


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

 
   
  Six Months Ended June 30, 2008  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Change in
Unrealized
Gains/(Losses)
Related to
Financial
Instruments
Held at
June 30, 2008
 
 
   
  Total Pre-tax Realized/
Unrealized Gains/(Losses)(1)
recorded in:
   
   
   
 
 
   
  Purchases,
Issuances,
Settlements,
net
  Transfers
in and/or
out of
Level 3(2)
  Fair
Value at
June 30,
2008
 
 
  Fair Value at
January 1,
2008
  Net Income
(Loss)
  Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

General investment portfolio:

                                           
 

Bonds

  $ 60,273   $   $ (1,571 ) $ 3,099   $   $ 61,801   $  
 

Equity securities

    39,000     (38,000 )(3)               1,000     (38,000 )

FP segment bonds

    14,764,502     (1,037,184 )(4)   (1,583,680 )   (734,400 )       11,409,238     (1,037,184 )

FP trading portfolio

    250,575     (81,613 )(5)               168,962     (81,613 )

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions

    170,492     (3,206 )(6)   (3,563 )   (20,744 )       142,979     (3,206 )

FP segment debt

    (9,367,135 )   606,555 (7)       553,133         (8,207,447 )   609,651  

Net FP segment derivatives(8)

    591,325     (48,145 )(9)           (582,469 )   (39,289 )   (34,992 )

Committed preferred trust put options

        56,000 (5)               56,000     56,000  

Net credit derivatives(8)

    (537,321 )   (204,870 )(10)       (65,455 )       (807,646 )   (212,650 )

(1)
Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) from changes in values of Level 3 financial instruments represent gains/(losses) from changes in values of those financial instruments only for the periods in which the instruments were classified as Level 3.

(2)
Transfers are assumed to be made at the beginning of the period.

(3)
Included in net realized gains (losses) from general investment portfolio.

(4)
Reported in net interest income from financial products segment if designated in a qualifying fair-value hedging relationship, or net realized gains (losses) on FP segment if determined to be OTTI.

(5)
Reported in net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value.

(6)
Unrealized loss of $3.2 million reported in net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value.

(7)
Unrealized gain of $668.1 million reported in net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value.

(8)
Represents net position of derivatives. The consolidated balance sheet presents gross assets and liabilities based on net counterparty exposure.

(9)
Reported in net interest income from financial products segment if designated in a qualifying fair-value hedging relationship, or net unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments if not so designated.

(10)
Reported in net change in fair value of credit derivatives.

4. FAIR VALUE OPTION

        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company adopted SFAS 159 effective January 1, 2008. SFAS 159 provides an option to elect fair value as an alternative measurement for selected financial assets and financial liabilities not previously carried at fair value. The fair-value option may be applied to single eligible instruments, is irrevocable and is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments. For a discussion of the Company's valuation methodologies, see Note 3.

        The Company's fair value elections were intended to mitigate the volatility in earnings that had been created by recording financial instruments and the related risk management instruments on a

21


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

4. FAIR VALUE OPTION (Continued)


different basis of accounting, to eliminate the operational complexities of applying hedge accounting or to conform to the fair value elections made by the Company in 2006 under its International Financial Reporting Standards reporting to Dexia. The requirement, under SFAS 157, to incorporate a reporting entity's own credit risk in the valuation of liabilities which are carried at fair value, has created some additional volatility in earnings as credit risk is not hedged. The following table provides detail regarding the Company's elections by consolidated balance sheet line as of January 1, 2008.

 
  Carrying Value of
Financial
Instruments
  Transition
Gain/(Loss)
Recorded in
Retained Earnings
  Adjusted Carrying
Value
of Financial
Instruments
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions

  $ 163,285   $ 2,537 (1) $ 165,822  

FP segment debt

    (9,470,797 )   (88,310 )   (9,559,107 )
                   
 

Pretax cumulative effect of adoption of SFAS 159

          (85,773 )      

Deferred income taxes

          30,021        
                   
 

Cumulative effect of adoption of SFAS 159

        $ (55,752 )      
                   

(1)
Includes the reversal of $0.7 million of valuation allowances.

Elections

        On January 1, 2008, the Company elected to record the following at fair value:

    Certain FP segment debt instruments including fixed-rate GICs and VIE liabilities for which interest rate risk is hedged using interest rate derivatives in accordance with the Company's risk management strategies. The fair value election enabled the Company to record GICs hedged with IR swaps and/or foreign exchange rate swaps at fair value without having to designate them in a fair value hedge relationship under SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," ("SFAS 133"), as it had previously.

    Certain fixed-rate assets in the portfolio of assets acquired in refinancing transactions. The fair value election enabled the Company to record those assets that are economically hedged with derivatives at fair value without having to designate them in a fair value hedge relationship under SFAS 133.

Changes in Fair Value under the Fair Value Option Election

        The following table presents the pre-tax changes in fair value included in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, for items for which the SFAS 159 fair value election was made. The profit and loss information presented below only includes the financial instruments for which the Company elected the fair value option.

22


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

4. FAIR VALUE OPTION (Continued)


Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Financial Instruments at Fair Value

 
  Three Months
Ended
June 30, 2008
  Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions

  $ (1,345 ) $ (3,206 )

FP segment debt

    1,047,426     668,095  

        Included in the amounts in the table above are gains of approximately $732.6 million and $762.8 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, which are attributable to changes in the Company's own credit spread.

Aggregate Fair Value and Aggregate Remaining Contractual Principal Balance Outstanding

        The following table reflects the aggregate fair value and the aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding at June 30, 2008, for certain assets acquired in refinancing transactions and FP segment debt for which the SFAS 159 fair value option has been elected.

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
  Remaining
Aggregate
Contractual Principal Amount Outstanding
  Fair Value  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions

  $ 144,289 (1) $ 142,954  

FP segment debt(2)

    (8,770,473 )   (8,207,447 )

(1)
Includes $24.5 million of loans that are 90 days or more past due.

(2)
The fair-value adjustment for FP segment debt considers interest rate, foreign exchange rates and the Company's own credit risk. The Company economically hedges interest and foreign exchange rate risk through the use of derivatives. The fair-value adjustments on these derivatives are recorded in net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. See Note 11.

5. FP INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO

        The FP Investment Portfolio is broadly comprised of short-term investments, agency and non-agency RMBS, securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government sponsored agencies, taxable municipal bonds, securities issued by utilities, infrastructure-related securities, CDOs of asset-backed securities ("CDOs of ABS"), and other asset-backed securities. In addition to its available-for-sale portfolio, the FP Investment Portfolio includes foreign currency denominated securities classified as "trading," with fair value adjustments recorded as net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. The Company economically hedges, through the use of derivatives, interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk in the FP Investment Portfolio.

23


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

5. FP INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO (Continued)

Portfolio Credit Quality

        The following table sets forth the FP Investment Portfolio fixed income securities based on ratings:


FP Investment Portfolio Fixed Income Securities by Rating

 
  Percentage of FP Investment Portfolio June 30, 2008  

Rating(1)

       
 

AAA

    64.2 %
 

AA

    14.7  
 

A

    9.6  
 

BBB

    7.9  
 

Below investment grade

    3.6  
       
   

Total

    100.0 %
       

      (1)
      Ratings are based on the lower of Moody's or S&P ratings available at June 30, 2008. Rating agencies continue to monitor the ratings on the residential mortgage-backed securities closely, and future adverse rating actions on these securities may occur.

        The FP Investment Portfolio includes FSA-insured investments. Of the bonds included in the FP Investment Portfolio at June 30, 2008, 4.3% were rated Triple-A by virtue of insurance provided by FSA. As of that date, 98.8% of the FSA-insured investments were investment grade without giving effect to the FSA insurance. The average shadow rating of the FSA-insured investments, which is the rating without giving effect to the FSA insurance, was in the Triple-B range. Of the bonds included in the FP Investment Portfolio, 17.9% were insured by other monoline guarantors.

Trading Securities

        In the second quarter of 2008, the Company recorded unrealized losses of $32.1 million in income related to the trading portfolio, compared with unrealized gains of $9.4 million in the second quarter of 2007. Comparable amounts for the first half of 2008 were unrealized losses of $94.3 million compared with unrealized gains of $6.3 million in the first half of 2007.

Available-for-sale Securities

        At June 30, 2008, the primary source of the Company's unrealized losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income was from the FP Investment Portfolio. The following tables present the

24


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

5. FP INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO (Continued)


amortized cost (after OTTI) and fair value of available-for-sale bonds and short-term investments held in the FP Investment Portfolio:


Available-for-Sale Securities in the FP Investment Portfolio by Security Type

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
  Amortized Cost   Gross Unrealized Gains   Gross Unrealized Losses   Fair Value  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  $ 562,663   $   $ (47,972 ) $ 514,691  

Mortgage-backed securities

    12,334,484     2,492     (2,742,472 )   9,594,504  

Corporate securities

    522,810     11,509     (93,344 )   440,975  

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

    1,986,326     10,365     (302,700 )   1,693,991  
                   
 

Total available-for-sale bonds

    15,406,283     24,366     (3,186,488 )   12,244,161  

Short-term investments

    1,506,330             1,506,330  
                   
 

Total available-for-sale bonds and short-term investments

  $ 16,912,613   $ 24,366   $ (3,186,488 ) $ 13,750,491  
                   

 

 
  At December 31, 2007  
 
  Amortized Cost   Gross Unrealized Gains   Gross Unrealized Losses   Fair Value  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  $ 556,241   $ 5,608   $ (6,367 ) $ 555,482  

Mortgage-backed securities

    14,080,222     8,998     (1,316,493 )   12,772,727  

Corporate securities

    521,727     15,569     (18,074 )   519,222  

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

    2,056,868     10,963     (118,772 )   1,949,059  
                   
 

Total available-for-sale bonds

    17,215,058     41,138     (1,459,706 )   15,796,490  

Short-term investments

    1,918,729             1,918,729  
                   
 

Total available-for-sale bonds and short-term investments

  $ 19,133,787   $ 41,138   $ (1,459,706 ) $ 17,715,219  
                   

        There were 49 securities whose fair value was recorded in accumulated comprehensive income as of June 30, 2008, that had been in a continuous unrealized loss position of 20% or more of amortized cost for six months or longer.

        The following tables show the gross unrealized losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and fair values of the available-for-sale bonds in the FP Investment Portfolio,

25


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

5. FP INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO (Continued)


aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:


Aging of Unrealized Losses of Available-for-Sale Bonds
in the FP Investment Portfolio

 
  At June 30, 2008  
Aging Categories
  Number
of
Securities
  Amortized
Cost
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
  Unrealized
Loss as a
Percentage of
Amortized Cost
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Less than Six Months(1)

                               
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

        $ 438,111   $ (39,441 ) $ 398,670     (9.0 )%
 

Mortgage-backed securities

          431,817     (13,899 )   417,918     (3.2 )
 

Corporate securities

          270,000     (67,500 )   202,500     (25.0 )
 

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

          177,355     (21,410 )   155,945     (12.1 )
                           
   

Total

    56     1,317,283     (142,250 )   1,175,033     (10.8 )

More than Six Months but Less than 12 Months(2)

                               
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

          59,203     (3,295 )   55,908     (5.6 )
 

Mortgage-backed securities

          6,474,059     (1,531,617 )   4,942,442     (23.7 )
 

Corporate securities

          65,000     (18,332 )   46,668     (28.2 )
 

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

          1,186,508     (220,967 )   965,541     (18.6 )
                           
   

Total

    481     7,784,770     (1,774,211 )   6,010,559     (22.8 )

12 Months or More(3)

                               
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

          65,349     (5,236 )   60,113     (8.0 )
 

Mortgage-backed securities

          4,500,194     (1,196,956 )   3,303,238     (26.6 )
 

Corporate securities

          82,148     (7,512 )   74,636     (9.1 )
 

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

          272,982     (60,323 )   212,659     (22.1 )
                           
   

Total

    227     4,920,673     (1,270,027 )   3,650,646     (25.8 )

Total

                               
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

          562,663     (47,972 )   514,691     (8.5 )
 

Mortgage-backed securities

          11,406,070     (2,742,472 )   8,663,598     (24.0 )
 

Corporate securities

          417,148     (93,344 )   323,804     (22.4 )
 

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

          1,636,845     (302,700 )   1,334,145     (18.5 )
                         
   

Total

    764   $ 14,022,726   $ (3,186,488 ) $ 10,836,238     (22.7 )%
                         

(1)
The largest unrealized loss on an individual investment, in terms of absolute dollars, was $67.5 million, or 25.0% of its amortized cost.

(2)
The largest unrealized loss on an individual investment, in terms of absolute dollars, was $37.4 million, or 24.1% of its amortized cost.

(3)
The largest unrealized loss on an individual investment, in terms of absolute dollars, was $39.4 million, or 52.5% of its amortized cost.

26


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

5. FP INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO (Continued)


Aging of Unrealized Losses of Available-for-Sale Bonds
in the FP Investment Portfolio

 
  At December 31, 2007  
Aging Categories
  Number
of
Securities
  Amortized
Cost
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
  Unrealized Loss
as a Percentage
of Amortized
Cost
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Less than Six Months(1)

                               
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

        $ 159,215   $ (3,958 ) $ 155,257     (2.5 )%
 

Mortgage-backed securities

          7,913,682     (723,166 )   7,190,516     (9.1 )
 

Corporate securities

          335,000     (14,412 )   320,588     (4.3 )
 

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

          1,324,000     (90,845 )   1,233,155     (6.9 )
                           
   

Total

    533     9,731,897     (832,381 )   8,899,516     (8.6 )

More than Six Months but Less than 12 Months(2)

                               
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

                       
 

Mortgage-backed securities

          5,232,805     (568,375 )   4,664,430     (10.9 )
 

Corporate securities

          82,161     (3,662 )   78,499     (4.5 )
 

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

          211,025     (26,231 )   184,794     (12.4 )
                           
   

Total

    223     5,525,991     (598,268 )   4,927,723     (10.8 )

12 Months or More(3)

                               
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

          64,087     (2,409 )   61,678     (3.8 )
 

Mortgage-backed securities

          282,554     (24,952 )   257,602     (8.8 )
 

Corporate securities

                       
 

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

          57,826     (1,696 )   56,130     (2.9 )
                           
   

Total

    39     404,467     (29,057 )   375,410     (7.2 )

Total

                               
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

          223,302     (6,367 )   216,935     (2.9 )
 

Mortgage-backed securities

          13,429,041     (1,316,493 )   12,112,548     (9.8 )
 

Corporate securities

          417,161     (18,074 )   399,087     (4.3 )
 

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

          1,592,851     (118,772 )   1,474,079     (7.5 )
                         
   

Total

    795   $ 15,662,355   $ (1,459,706 ) $ 14,202,649     (9.3 )%
                         

(1)
The largest unrealized loss on an individual investment, in terms of absolute dollars, was $32.2 million, or 30.1% of its amortized cost.

(2)
The largest unrealized loss on an individual investment, in terms of absolute dollars, was $21.3 million, or 32.1% of its amortized cost.

(3)
The largest unrealized loss on an individual investment, in terms of absolute dollars, was $6.3 million, or 18.0% of its amortized cost.

27


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

5.    FP INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO (Continued)

        At June 30, 2008, the FP Investment Portfolio had 65.6% of its portfolio in non-agency RMBS. Based on its analysis of the credit quality and credit protections in the portfolio, management determined that 86 positions in the available-for-sale FP Investment Portfolio were other-than-temporarily impaired. The OTTI charge in the second quarter for such investments was $1,042.4 million and was recorded in realized gains (losses) from financial products segment. The amount of the OTTI charge recorded in the second quarter statement of operations and comprehensive income is not necessarily indicative of management's estimate of economic loss, but instead represents the write-down to current fair-value. The amount of OTTI and the estimate of economic loss are based on the Company's ability and intent to hold these assets to maturity. The table below provides the composition of the OTTI charge by asset class.


Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Charge

 
  Three and Six Months Ended
June 30, 2008
 
 
  Number of
Securities
  Other-Than
Temporary
Impairment
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Non-agency U.S. RMBS:

             
 

First-lien subprime

    23   $ 282,483  
 

Alt-A

    45     590,224  
 

Option ARMs

    6     43,640  
 

CES

    4     54,275  
 

HELOC

    6     45,026  

Collateral bond obligations, CDO, CLO:

             
 

CDOs of ABS

    2     26,771  
           
   

Total

    86   $ 1,042,419  
           

Review of FP Investment Portfolio for Other-than-temporary Impairment

        In its evaluation of securities in the FP Investment Portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment, management uses judgment in reviewing the specific facts and circumstances of individual securities and uses estimates and assumptions of expected default rates, liquidation rates, loss severity rates and prepayment speeds to determine declines in fair value that are other-than-temporary. The Company uses both proprietary and third-party cash flow models to analyze the underlying collateral of asset-backed securities ("ABS") and the cash flows generated by the collateral to determine whether a security's performance is consistent with the expectation that all payments of principal and interest will be made as contractually required. The Company evaluates each security in the FP Investment Portfolio for OTTI on a quarterly basis.

        The following are the Company's assumptions used in the cash flow models. For securities for which the cash flow model projected a shortfall in contractual payments due to the tranche of the security held by FP, the Company recorded an OTTI charge.

28


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

5.    FP INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO (Continued)

    First-lien subprime, Alt-A and Option ARM

        For first-lien subprime, Alt-A and option adjustable rate mortgage loan ("Option ARM") securities, the Company applied liquidation rates to each of the delinquency categories over an 18 month liquidation horizon starting at 50% for delinquencies between 30 and 59 days overdue and increasing to 100% for collateral repossessed. "Alt-A" refers to borrowers whose credit quality falls between prime and subprime. Upon liquidation, loss severity rates were assumed to be 35% initially for Alt-A and Option ARM securities, increasing linearly over 18 months to 50%, where they were assumed to remain constant for the remaining life. For first-lien subprime securities, the loss severity rate was assumed to start at 50% and increase linearly to 60% over the same 18 month period, where it was assumed to remain constant for the remaining life.

    HELOC and CES

        All of the home equity line of credit ("HELOC") securities and all but four of the closed-end second-lien mortgage ("CES") securities in the FP Investment Portfolio are insured by other monolines. The HELOC and CES securities that are insured by below investment grade financial guarantors were modeled giving 50% benefit to the insurance policy. The Company used assumptions (liquidation rates, expected default rates, prepayment rates and loss severity rates) consistent with those used in the loss reserving process for the Company's insured portfolio of HELOC and CES securities.

    CDOs of ABS

        The sole CDO of ABS in the FP Investment Portfolio is wrapped by a below investment grade financial guarantor. Concentrations of lower-quality RMBS collateral of this security and the assumption that only 50% benefit was given to the below investment grade financial guarantor insurance led the Company to believe that all contractual payments due under the investment will not be made. As a result the Company recorded an OTTI charge.

        Management has determined that the unrealized losses in the remainder of the available-for-sale portfolio are attributable primarily to the current market environment for mortgage-backed securities, and has concluded that these unrealized losses are temporary in nature on the basis of (a) the absence of principal or interest payment defaults on these securities; (b) its analysis of the creditworthiness of the issuers and guarantors, if applicable; (c) its expectation that all payments of principal and interest will be made as contractually required, based on the market-based assumptions previously described; and (d) the Company's ability and intent to hold these securities until a recovery in their fair value or maturity.

        The amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale securities in the FP Investment Portfolio are shown below by contractual maturity. Actual maturities could differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay certain obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

    Securities Pledged to Note Holders

        In the normal course of business, the Company may hold securities purchased under agreements to resell. A portion of these securities may be pledged to the Company's investment agreement counterparties (including counterparties with agreements structured as investment repurchase

29


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

5.    FP INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO (Continued)

agreements). However, such securities generally may not be rehypothecated by the investment agreement counterparty. The Company also pledges investments held in the FP Investment Portfolio to investment agreement counterparties. At June 30, 2008, $8,084.9 million of the assets held in its FP Investment Portfolio and related accrued interest were pledged as collateral to investment agreement counterparties.


Distribution of Available-for-Sale Securities
in the FP Investment Portfolio by Contractual Maturity

 
  June 30, 2008   December 31, 2007  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Due in one year or less

  $ 1,506,330   $ 1,506,330   $ 1,918,729   $ 1,918,729  

Due after ten years

    1,329,781     1,171,377     1,317,809     1,316,947  

Mortgage-backed securities(1)

    12,334,484     9,594,504     14,080,222     12,772,727  

Asset-backed and other securities(2)

    1,742,018     1,478,280     1,817,027     1,706,816  
                   
 

Total available-for-sale bonds and short-term investments

  $ 16,912,613   $ 13,750,491   $ 19,133,787   $ 17,715,219  
                   

(1)
Stated maturities for mortgage-backed securities of one to 39 years at June 30, 2008 and of two to 39 years at December 31, 2007.

(2)
Stated maturities for asset-backed and other securities of four to 44 years at June 30, 2008 and of four to 44 years at December 31, 2007.

6.    LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES

        The Company establishes loss and loss adjustment expense ("LAE") liabilities based on its estimate of specific and non-specific losses. LAE consists of the estimated cost of settling claims, including legal and other fees and expenses associated with administering the claims process.

        The Company calculates case reserves based upon identified risks inherent in its insured portfolio. If an individual policy risk has a reasonably estimable and probable loss as of the balance sheet date, a case reserve is established. For the remaining policy risks in the portfolio, a non-specific reserve is calculated to account for the statistically estimated inherent credit losses.

        The following table presents the activity in non-specific and case reserves for the six months ended June 30, 2008. Adjustments to reserves represent management's estimate of the amount required to cover the present value of the net cost of claims, based on statistical provisions for new originations. In order to determine reasonableness of the non-specific reserve, management employs a methodology that references a calculation of expected loss for risks that are below-investment-grade and high risk watch-list transactions. In the second quarter of 2008, the result of the reasonableness test required a higher non-specific reserve than the statistical calculation in order to account for a significant increase of case reserves related to the second lien RMBS portfolio, which resulted in estimates of loss in excess of the non-specific reserve balance.

30


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

6.    LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES (Continued)


Reconciliation of Net Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

 
  Non-Specific   Case   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

December 31, 2007 balance

  $ 99,999   $ 98,079   $ 198,078  

Incurred

    300,429         300,429  

Transfers

    (354,137 )   354,137      

Payments and other decreases

        (97,384 )   (97,384 )
               

March 31, 2008 balance

    46,291     354,832     401,123  

Incurred

    602,842         602,842  

Transfers

    (615,438 )   615,438      

Payments and other decreases

        (149,991 )   (149,991 )
               

June 30, 2008 balance

  $ 33,695   $ 820,279   $ 853,974  
               


Case Reserve Summary

 
  June 30, 2008  
 
  Gross Par
Outstanding
  Net Par
Outstanding
  Gross Case
Reserve(1)
  Net Case
Reserve(1)
  Number
of Risks
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Asset-backed—HELOCs

  $ 5,636,846   $ 4,449,321   $ 659,216   $ 521,465     10  

Asset-backed—Alt-A CES

    1,020,694     971,286     177,227     168,315     5  

Asset-backed—Option ARM

    383,782     353,518     41,255     38,765     3  

Asset-backed—other

    157,209     96,747     51,923     7,546     10  

Public finance

    1,523,755     716,443     182,647     84,188     5  
                       
 

Total

  $ 8,722,286   $ 6,587,315   $ 1,112,268   $ 820,279     33  
                       

(1)
The amount of the discount at June 30, 2008 for the gross and net case reserves was $380.3 million and $338.8 million, respectively.

 
  March 31, 2008  
 
  Gross Par
Outstanding
  Net Par
Outstanding
  Gross Case
Reserve(1)
  Net Case
Reserve(1)
  Number
of Risks
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Asset-backed—HELOCs

  $ 5,618,089   $ 4,535,008   $ 280,234   $ 228,829     8  

Asset-backed—Alt-A CES

    823,504     784,928     91,202     86,894     4  

Asset-backed—other

    128,870     115,764     22,829     6,847     7  

Public finance

    1,165,087     561,417     85,745     32,262     4  
                       
 

Total

  $ 7,735,550   $ 5,997,117   $ 480,010   $ 354,832     23  
                       

(1)
The amount of the discount at March 31, 2008 for the gross and net case reserves was $206.2 million and $191.0 million, respectively.

31


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

6.    LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES (Continued)

 
  December 31, 2007(2)  
 
  Gross Par
Outstanding
  Net Par
Outstanding
  Gross Case
Reserve(1)
  Net Case
Reserve(1)
  Number
of Risks
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Asset-backed—HELOCs

  $ 1,803,340   $ 1,442,657   $ 69,633   $ 56,913     5  

Asset-backed—other

    47,185     40,554     8,289     6,267     4  

Public finance

    1,164,248     560,610     96,635     34,899     4  
                       
 

Total

  $ 3,014,773   $ 2,043,821   $ 174,557   $ 98,079     13  
                       

(1)
The amount of the discount at December 31, 2007 for the gross and net case reserves was $14.5 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

        The table below presents certain assumptions inherent in the calculations of the case and non-specific reserves:


Assumptions for Case and Non-Specific Reserves

 
  June 30,
2008
  March 31,
2008
  December 31,
2007

Case reserve discount rate

  1.84%–5.90%   1.93%–5.90%   3.13%–5.90%

Non-specific reserve discount rate

  1.20%–7.95%   1.20%–7.95%   1.20%–7.95%

Current experience factor

  10.8   5.3   2.0

        The increase in case reserves was primarily due to increased net reserves on ten HELOC transactions and five Alt-A CES transactions. In the second quarter, the Company also established net reserves of $38.8 million on three Option ARM insured transactions and $50.6 on one public finance transaction. At June 30, 2008, the Company increased its projected estimated ultimate net loss (discounted to present value) on RMBS transactions to $983.3 million, from $420.0 million at March 31, 2008, primarily as a result of its revised assumption that economic stress in the U.S. economy will continue at a high level until the middle of 2009 and return to normal in late 2010. Management's current reserve estimates assume loss levels for transactions backed by second-lien mortgage products will remain at their peaks until mid-2009 (six months longer than assumed last quarter) and slowly recover to more normal rates by mid-2010. For first-lien mortgage transactions, where losses take longer to develop than in second-lien mortgage transactions, peak conditional default rates are assumed to continue until early 2010 and then decline linearly over 12 months to 25% of the peak, remain there for three years and then taper down to 5% of peak rates over several years.

        Estimates of loss are net of reinsurance and anticipated recoveries and are reevaluated on a quarterly basis. In the second quarter of 2008, the Company paid net claims of $150.5 million in HELOC claims. This brought the inception to date net claim payments on HELOC transactions to $254.7 million. There were no claims paid on Alt-A CES and Option ARMs through June 30, 2008. Most Alt-A CES claims will not be due for at least 28 years. Option ARM claim payments are expected to occur beginning in 2012.

32


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

6.    LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES (Continued)

        Credit support for the HELOC transactions is primarily provided by excess spread. Generally, once the overcollateralization is exhausted, the Company pays a claim if losses in a period exceed excess spread for the period, and to the extent excess spread exceeds losses, the Company is reimbursed for any losses paid to date.

        The Company assigns each insured credit to one of five designated surveillance categories to facilitate the appropriate allocation of resources to monitoring, loss mitigation efforts and rating the credit condition of each risk exposure. Such categorization is determined in part by the risk of loss and in part by the level of routine involvement required. The surveillance categories are organized as follows:

    Categories I and II represent fundamentally sound transactions requiring routine monitoring, with Category II indicating that routine monitoring is more frequent, due, for example, to the sector or a need to monitor triggers.

    Category III represents transactions with some deterioration in asset performance, financial health of the issuer or other factors, but for which losses are deemed unlikely. Active monitoring and intervention is employed for Category III transactions.

    Category IV reflects transactions demonstrating sufficient deterioration to indicate that material credit losses are possible even though not yet probable.

    Category V reflects transactions where losses are probable. This category includes (1) risks where claim payments have been made and where ultimate losses, net of recoveries, are expected, and (2) risks where claim payments are probable but none have yet been made and ultimate losses, net of recoveries, are expected. Category IV and Category V transactions are subject to intense monitoring and intervention.

        The table below presents the gross and net par outstanding and the gross and net reserves for risks classified as described above:


Par Outstanding

 
  June 30, 2008   December 31, 2007  
 
  Gross   Net   Gross   Net  
 
  (in millions)
 

Categories I and II

  $ 545,011   $ 410,777   $ 527,931   $ 395,470  

Category III

    8,572     5,096     8,467     5,053  

Category IV

    152     141     3,976     3,297  

Category V no claim payments

    4,474     3,225     2,654     1,737  

Category V with claim payments

    5,256     4,211     1,163     900  
                   
 

Total

  $ 563,465   $ 423,450   $ 544,191   $ 406,457  
                   


Case Reserves

 
  June 30, 2008   December 31, 2007  
 
  Gross   Net   Gross   Net  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Category V no claim payments

  $ 436,882   $ 302,160   $ 112,629   $ 64,430  

Category V with claim payments

    675,386     518,119     61,928     33,649  
                   
 

Total

  $ 1,112,268   $ 820,279   $ 174,557   $ 98,079  
                   

33


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

6.    LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES (Continued)

        Management periodically evaluates its estimates for losses and LAE and establishes reserves that management believes are adequate to cover the present value of the ultimate net cost of claims. The Company will continue, on an ongoing basis, to monitor these reserves and may periodically adjust such reserves, upward or downward, based on the Company's actual loss experience, its mix of business and economic conditions. However, because of the uncertainty involved in developing these estimates, the ultimate liability may differ materially from current estimates.

        Management is aware that there are differences regarding the method of defining and measuring both case reserves and non-specific reserves among participants in the financial guaranty industry. Other financial guarantors may establish case reserves only after a default and use different techniques to estimate probable loss. Other financial guarantors may establish the equivalent of non-specific reserves, but refer to these reserves by various terms, such as, but not limited to, "unallocated losses," "active credit reserves" and "portfolio reserves," or may use different statistical techniques from those used by the Company to determine loss at a given point in time.

7.    FINANCIAL PRODUCTS SEGMENT DEBT

        FP segment debt consists of GIC and VIE debt. The obligations under GICs issued by the GIC Subsidiaries may be called at various times prior to maturity based on certain agreed-upon events. At June 30, 2008, interest rates were between 1.34% and 6.07% per annum on outstanding GICs and between 1.98% and 6.22% per annum on VIE debt. Payments due under GICs are based on expected withdrawal dates, which are subject to change, and include accretion of $981.2 million. VIE debt includes $975.6 million of future interest accretion on zero-coupon obligations. The following table presents the combined principal amounts due under GIC and VIE debt for the remainder of 2008, each of the next four calendar years ending December 31, and thereafter:

 
  Principal Amount  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2008

  $ 2,460,236  

2009

    4,143,986  

2010

    2,103,601  

2011

    727,545  

2012

    1,279,022  

Thereafter

    11,332,271  
       
 

Total

  $ 22,046,661  
       

8.    OUTSTANDING EXPOSURE

        The Company's insurance policies typically guarantee the scheduled payments of principal and interest on public finance and asset-backed (including credit derivatives in the insured portfolio) obligations. The gross amount of financial guaranties in force (principal and interest) was $874.7 billion at June 30, 2008 and $833.2 billion at December 31, 2007. The net amount of financial guaranties in force was $635.9 billion at June 30, 2008 and $598.3 billion at December 31, 2007.

        The Company seeks to limit its exposure to losses from writing financial guarantees by underwriting investment-grade obligations, diversifying its portfolio and maintaining rigorous collateral requirements on asset-backed obligations, as well as through reinsurance.

34


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

8.    OUTSTANDING EXPOSURE (Continued)

        The par outstanding of insured obligations in the public finance insured portfolio includes the following amounts by type of issue:


Summary of Public Finance Insured Portfolio

 
  Gross Par Outstanding   Ceded Par Outstanding   Net Par Outstanding  
Types of Issues
  June 30,
2008
  December 31,
2007
  June 30,
2008
  December 31,
2007
  June 30,
2008
  December 31,
2007
 
 
  (in millions)
 

Domestic obligations

                                     
 

General obligation

  $ 155,681   $ 146,883   $ 32,727   $ 32,427   $ 122,954   $ 114,456  
 

Tax-supported

    76,083     69,409     20,452     19,453     55,631     49,956  
 

Municipal utility revenue

    63,997     57,913     14,349     13,610     49,648     44,303  
 

Health care revenue

    25,218     25,843     11,539     11,796     13,679     14,047  
 

Housing revenue

    9,835     9,898     2,068     2,187     7,767     7,711  
 

Transportation revenue

    33,170     29,189     12,021     11,782     21,149     17,407  
 

Education/University

    9,427     7,178     1,828     1,710     7,599     5,468  
 

Other domestic public finance

    2,910     2,773     742     900     2,168     1,873  
                           
   

Subtotal

    376,321     349,086     95,726     93,865     280,595     255,221  

International obligations

    50,950     49,224     22,192     21,925     28,758     27,299  
                           
 

Total public finance obligations

  $ 427,271   $ 398,310   $ 117,918   $ 115,790   $ 309,353   $ 282,520  
                           

        The par outstanding of insured obligations in the asset-backed insured portfolio includes the following amounts by type of collateral:


Summary of Asset-Backed Insured Portfolio

 
  Gross Par Outstanding   Ceded Par Outstanding   Net Par Outstanding  
Types of Collateral
  June 30,
2008
  December 31,
2007
  June 30,
2008
  December 31,
2007
  June 30,
2008
  December 31,
2007
 
 
  (in millions)
 

Domestic obligations

                                     
 

Residential mortgages

  $ 21,030   $ 22,882   $ 2,866   $ 3,108   $ 18,164   $ 19,774  
 

Consumer receivables

    11,473     12,401     1,236     1,060     10,237     11,341  
 

Pooled corporate

    67,292     69,317     10,198     10,110     57,094     59,207  
 

Other domestic asset-backed

    3,909     4,000     1,817     2,024     2,092     1,976  
                           
   

Subtotal

    103,704     108,600     16,117     16,302     87,587     92,298  

International obligations

    32,490     37,281     5,980     5,642     26,510     31,639  
                           
 

Total asset-backed obligations

  $ 136,194   $ 145,881   $ 22,097   $ 21,944   $ 114,097   $ 123,937  
                           

35


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

9.    FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

        The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits at both June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007 was $19.2 million. If recognized, the entire amount would favorably affect the effective tax rate. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of income taxes. For the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, the Company accrued $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively, of expenses related to interest and penalties. For the first half of 2008 and 2007, the Company accrued $0.5 million and $0.7 million, respectively, of expenses related to interest and penalties. Cumulative interest and penalties of $2.8 million and $2.3 million have been accrued on the Company's balance sheet at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

        The Company files consolidated income tax returns in the United States as well as separate tax returns for certain of its subsidiaries in various state and local and foreign jurisdictions, including the United Kingdom, Japan and Australia. With limited exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations for its 2003 and prior tax years for U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. jurisdictions.

        Within the next 12 months, it is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken on previously filed tax returns will become recognized as a result of the expiration of the statute of limitations for the 2004 tax year, which, absent any extension, will close in September 2008.

        The 2008 and 2007 effective tax rates differ from the statutory rate of 35% as follows:

 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  

Tax provision (benefit) at statutory rate

    (35.0 )%   35.0 %   (35.0 )%   35.0 %

Tax-exempt investments

    (2.7 )   (17.3 )   (2.4 )   (13.9 )

Fair-value adjustment for committed preferred trust put options

    (1.6 )       (1.6 )    

Other

    0.3     (0.8 )   0.3     0.6  
                   
 

Total tax provision (benefit)

    (39.0 )%   16.9 %   (38.7 )%   21.7 %
                   

        The current-year effective tax rate reflects the lower ratio of tax-exempt interest income to year-to-date pre-tax loss due to the significant negative fair value adjustments. The additional losses from the HELOC and CES transactions led to a distorted budgeted effective tax rate. The Company, therefore, believes it is unable to make a reliable estimate using the effective rate method and has used the actual tax calculated for the period ended June 30, 2008.


Tax Provision (Benefit)

 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Current tax provision (benefit)

  $ (83,342 ) $ 30,489   $ (155,285 ) $ 47,368  

Deferred tax provision (benefit)

    (128,012 )   (17,694 )   (319,885 )   (6,314 )
                   
   

Total tax provision (benefit)

  $ (211,354 ) $ 12,795   $ (475,170 ) $ 41,054  
                   

36


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

10.    CREDIT DERIVATIVES IN THE INSURED PORTFOLIO

        Management views credit derivatives contracts as part of its financial guarantee business, under which the Company intends to hold its written and purchased positions for the entire term of the related contracts. The Company's credit derivative portfolio is comprised of (a) CDS contracts that are accounted for at fair value since they do not qualify for the financial guarantee scope exception under SFAS 133 and (b) financial guarantees of other derivative contracts that are required to be marked to market, namely insured interest rate swaps entered into in connection with the issuance of certain public finance obligations and insured NIM securitizations issued in connection with certain RMBS financings.

        In consultation with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), members of the financial guaranty industry have collaborated to develop a presentation of credit derivatives issued by financial guaranty insurers that is more consistent with that of non-insurers. The tables below illustrate the current required presentation with prior-period balances reclassified to conform to the current presentation. The reclassifications do not affect net income or equity, although they do affect various revenue, asset and liability line items. Changes in fair value are recorded in "Net change in fair value of credit derivatives" in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. The "realized gains (losses) and other settlements" component of this income statement line includes primarily premiums received and receivable on written CDS contracts and premiums paid and payable on purchased contracts. If a credit event occurred that required a payment under the contract terms, this caption would also include losses paid and payable to CDS contract counterparties due to the credit event and losses recovered and recoverable on purchased contracts.

        The components of net change in fair value of credit derivatives are shown in the table below:


Summary of Net Change in Fair Value of Credit Derivatives

 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net change in fair value of credit derivatives:

                         
 

Realized gains (losses) and other settlements(1)

  $ 32,660   $ 23,161   $ 68,839   $ 45,400  
 

Net unrealized gains (losses):

                         
   

CDS:

                         
     

Pooled corporate CDS:

                         
       

Investment grade

    145,694   $ (9,483 ) $ (28,027 ) $ (16,240 )
       

High yield

    78,447     (33,018 )   (63,395 )   (35,384 )
                   
         

Total pooled corporate CDS

    224,141     (42,501 )   (91,422 )   (51,624 )
     

Funded CLOs and CDOs

    56,214     (2,146 )   (59,915 )   (5,030 )
     

Other structured obligations

    (46,493 )   (716 )   (105,801 )   (441 )
                   
           

Total CDS

    233,862     (45,363 )   (257,138 )   (57,095 )
   

NIMs and interest rate swaps

    (18,437 )   (224 )   (16,571 )   (1,698 )
                   
 

Subtotal

    215,425     45,587     273,709     58,793  
                   

Net change in fair value of credit derivatives

  $ 248,085   $ (22,426 ) $ (204,870 ) $ (13,393 )
                   

(1)
Includes amounts that in prior periods were classified as premiums earned.

37


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

10.    CREDIT DERIVATIVES IN THE INSURED PORTFOLIO (Continued)

        The fair value of credit derivatives are reported in the balance sheet as "other assets" or "other liabilities and minority interest" based on the net gain or loss position with each counterparty. The unrealized component includes the market appreciation or depreciation of the derivative contracts, as discussed in Note 3.


Unrealized Gains (Losses) of Credit Derivative Portfolio(1)

 
  At
June 30,
2008
  At
December 31,
2007
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Pooled corporate CDS:

             
 

Investment grade

  $ (124,752 ) $ (116,482 )
 

High yield(2)

    (203,452 )   (151,228 )
           
     

Total pooled corporate CDS

    (328,204 )   (267,710 )

Funded CLOs and CDOs

    (320,872 )   (269,204 )

Other structured obligations(3)

    (135,622 )   (34,883 )
           
   

Total CDS

    (784,698 )   (571,797 )
 

NIMs and IR swaps

    (22,948 )   (6,485 )
           
   

Total credit derivatives

  $ (807,646 ) $ (578,282 )
           

      (1)
      Upon the adoption of SFAS 157, $40.9 million pre-tax, or $26.6 million after tax, was recorded as an adjustment to beginning retained earnings related to credit derivatives.

      (2)
      Includes credit impairment of $50.1 million on below investment grade CDS contracts.

      (3)
      Includes credit impairment of $17.8 million on below investment grade CDS contracts.

        Prior to the adoption of SFAS 157 on January 1, 2008 (the "Adoption Date"), the Company followed EITF 02-03. Under EITF 02-03, the Company was prohibited from recognizing a profit at the inception of its CDS contracts (referred to as "day one" gains) because the fair value of those derivatives is based on a valuation technique that incorporated unobservable inputs. Accordingly, the Company deferred approximately $40.9 million pre-tax of day one gains related to the fair value of CDS contracts purchased that were not permitted to be recognized under EITF 02-03. As SFAS 157 nullified the guidance in EITF 02-03, on the Adoption Date the Company recognized in beginning retained earnings as a transition adjustment $40.9 million of previously deferred day one gains (pre-tax). See Note 3 for further discussion of the Company's adoption of SFAS 157.

        The negative fair-value adjustments for the first six months of 2008 were a result of continued widening of credit spreads in the insured CDS portfolio, offset in part by the positive income effects of the Company's own credit spread widening. For the second quarter, the credit spread in the underlying CDS portfolio continued to widen, but its effect was more than offset by the positive effects of the widening of the Company's own credit spread. Despite the structural protections associated with CDS contracts written by FSA, the significant widening of credit spreads on pooled corporate CDS and funded CDOs and CLOs, as with other structured credit products, resulted in a decline in the fair value of these contracts compared with December 31, 2007.

38


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

10.    CREDIT DERIVATIVES IN THE INSURED PORTFOLIO (Continued)

        As the fair value of a CDS contract incorporates all the remaining future payments to be received over the life of the CDS contract, the fair value of that contract will change, in part, solely from the passage of time as fees are received.

        The Company's typical CDS contract is different from CDS contracts entered into by parties that are not financial guarantors because:

    CDS contracts written by FSA are neither held for trading purposes (i.e., a short-term duration contract written for the purpose of generating trading gains) nor used as hedging instruments. Instead, they are written with the intent to provide protection for the stated duration of the contract, similar to the Company's intent with regard to a financial guaranty contract.

    FSA is not entitled to terminate its CDS contracts and realize a profit on a position that is "in the money." A counterparty to a CDS contract written by FSA generally is not able to force FSA to terminate a CDS contract that is "out of the money."

    The liquidity risk present in most CDS contracts sold outside the financial guaranty industry, i.e. the risk that the CDS writer would be required to make cash payments, is not present in a CDS contract written by a financial guarantor. Terms of the CDS contracts are designed to replicate the payment provisions of financial guaranty contracts in that (a) losses, if any, are generally paid over time, and (b) the financial guarantor is not required to post collateral to secure its obligation under the CDS contract.

        CDS contracts in the asset-backed portfolio represent 69% of total asset-backed par outstanding. The tables below summarize the credit rating, net par outstanding and remaining weighted average lives for the primary components of the Company's CDS portfolio. Net par outstanding in the table below is also included in the tables in Note 8.


Selected Information for CDS Portfolio
at June 30, 2008

 
  Credit Ratings    
   
 
 
  Triple-A*(1)   Triple-A   Double-A   Other Investment Grades(2)   Below Investment Grade(3)   Net Par Outstanding   Remaining Weighted Average Life  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (in millions)
  (in years)
 

Pooled Corporate CDS:

                                           
 

Investment grade

    90 %   1 %   9 %   %   % $ 21,495     4.2  
 

High yield

    86     9             5     15,151     2.9  

Funded CDOs and CLOs

    28     65 (5)   6     1         32,390     3.0  

Other structured obligations(4)

    48     21 (5)   12     18     1     9,265     3.1  
                                           
   

Total

    59     31     7     2     1   $ 78,301     3.4  
                                           

39


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

10.    CREDIT DERIVATIVES IN THE INSURED PORTFOLIO (Continued)


Selected Information for CDS Portfolio
at December 31, 2007

 
  Credit Ratings    
   
 
 
  Triple-A*(1)   Triple-A   Double-A   Other Investment Grades(2)   Below Investment Grade   Net Par Outstanding   Remaining Weighted Average Life  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (in millions)
  (in years)
 

Pooled Corporate CDS:

                                           
 

Investment grade

    91 %   1 %   8 %   %   % $ 22,883     4.1  
 

High yield

    95             5         14,765     3.3  

Funded CDOs and CLOs

    28     72 (5)               33,000     3.4  

Other structured obligations(4)

    62     36 (5)   1     1         13,529     2.1  
                                           
   

Total

    62     34     3     1       $ 84,177     3.4  
                                           

(1)
Triple-A*, also referred to as "Super Triple-A," indicates a level of first-loss protection generally exceeding 1.3 times the level required by a rating agency for a Triple-A rating.

(2)
Various investment grades below Double-A minus.

(3)
Amount includes one CDS with Double-B underlying rating and one CDS with Single-B underlying rating.

(4)
Primarily infrastructure obligations and European mortgage-backed securities. Also includes $409.6 million and $223.9 million at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, in U.S. RMBS net par outstanding. All U.S. RMBS exposures were rated Double-A or higher.

(5)
Amounts include transactions previously wrapped by other monolines.

11.    FINANCIAL PRODUCTS SEGMENT DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

        The Company enters into derivative contracts to manage interest rate and foreign currency exposure in its FP Segment Investment Portfolio and FP segment debt. All gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income whether designated in fair-value hedging relationships or not. These derivatives generally include futures, interest rate and currency swap agreements, which are primarily utilized to convert fixed-rate debt and investments into U.S.-dollar floating rate debt and investments. Hedge accounting is applied to fair-value hedges provided certain criteria are met.

        As a result of interest rate fluctuations, fixed-rate assets and liabilities appreciate or depreciate in market value. Gains or losses on the derivative instruments that are linked to the fixed-rate assets and liabilities being hedged are expected to substantially offset this unrealized appreciation or depreciation relating to the risk being hedged.

        The Company uses foreign currency contracts to manage the foreign exchange risk associated with certain foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities. Gains or losses on the derivative instruments that are linked to the foreign currency denominated assets or liabilities being hedged are expected to substantially offset this variability.

40


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

11.    FINANCIAL PRODUCTS SEGMENT DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        In order for a derivative to qualify for hedge accounting, it must be highly effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged. In order for a derivative to be designated as a hedge, there must be documentation of the risk management objective and strategy, including identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item and the risk exposure, and how effectiveness is to be assessed prospectively and retrospectively. To assess effectiveness, the Company uses analysis of the sensitivity of fair values to changes in the risk being hedged, as well as dollar value comparisons of the change in the fair value of the derivative to the change in the fair value of the hedged item that is attributable to the risk being hedged. The extent to which a hedging instrument has been and is expected to continue to be effective at achieving offsetting changes in fair value must be assessed and documented at least quarterly. Any ineffectiveness must be reported in current-period earnings. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective at hedging the designated exposure, hedge accounting is discontinued.

        An effective fair-value hedge is defined as one whose periodic change in fair value is 80% to 125% correlated with the change in fair value of the hedged item. The difference between a perfect hedge (i.e., the change in fair value of the hedge and hedged item offset one another so that there is zero effect on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, referred to as being "100% correlated") and the actual correlation within the 80% to 125% effectiveness range is the ineffective portion of the hedge. A failed hedge is one whose correlation falls outside of the 80% to 125% effectiveness range. The table below presents the net gain (loss) related to the ineffective portion of the Company's fair-value hedges.


Hedging Ineffectiveness

 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Ineffective portion of fair-value hedges(1)

  $ 1,663   $ 4,812   $ 1,234   $ 5,095  

(1)
Includes the changes in value of hedging instruments related to the passage of time, which have been excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

Changes in Hedge Accounting Designations

        In 2007, the Company designated certain interest rate swaps, which economically hedged FP segment GIC liabilities, as being in fair value hedging relationships. All derivative income, expense and fair value adjustments were reflected in the caption "Net interest expense from financial products segment" in order to offset interest expense and fair value adjustments on the hedged interest rate risk of the GICs, which were also recorded in that caption. With the adoption of SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008, the Company elected to discontinue hedge accounting for these GICs and elected the fair value option for certain liabilities in the FP segment debt portfolio, as described in Note 4. The fair value option allows the fair value adjustment on these liabilities to be recorded in earnings without hedge documentation and effectiveness testing requirements prescribed under SFAS 133. However, when the fair value option is elected, the fair value adjustment of liabilities must incorporate all components of fair value, including valuation adjustments related to the reporting entity's own credit risk. Under hedge accounting, only the component of fair value attributable to the hedged risk (i.e. interest rate risk) was recorded in earnings.

41


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

11.    FINANCIAL PRODUCTS SEGMENT DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        As of January 1, 2008, fixed-rate assets in the available-for-sale FP Segment Investment Portfolio that are economically hedged with interest rate swaps were designated in fair value hedging relationships. Prior to January 1, 2008, changes in the fair value of these economically hedged assets were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, whereas the corresponding changes in fair value of the related hedging instrument were recorded in earnings. Under fair value hedge accounting, the fair value adjustments related to the hedged risk are recorded in earnings and adjust the amortized cost basis of the related assets. The interest and fair value adjustments on the derivatives and the interest income and fair value adjustment on the assets attributable to the hedged interest rate risk are recorded in "Net interest income from financial products segment" in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, thereby offsetting each other and reflecting economic inefficiency on the hedging relationship in earnings. The Company does not seek to apply hedge accounting to all of its economic hedges.

Other Derivatives

        The Company enters into various other derivative contracts that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. These derivatives may include swaptions, caps and other derivatives, which are used principally as protection against large interest rate movements. Gains and losses on these derivatives are reflected in "net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on other derivative instruments" in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

12.    OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES AND MINORITY INTEREST

        The detailed balances that comprise other assets and other liabilities and minority interest at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007 are as follows:


Other Assets

 
  At
June 30, 2008
  At December 31, 2007  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Other assets:

             
 

FP segment derivatives at fair value

  $ 934,406   $ 837,676  
 

Credit derivatives at fair value

    229,069     124,282  
 

VIE other invested assets

    24,743     24,091  
 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

    100,000     152,875  
 

DCP and SERP at fair value

    120,104     142,642  
 

Tax and loss bonds

    155,352     153,844  
 

Accrued interest in FP segment investment portfolio

    33,765     52,776  
 

Accrued interest income on general investment portfolio

    67,714     63,546  
 

Salvage and subrogation recoverable

    4,740     39,669  
 

Committed preferred trust put options at fair value

    56,000      
 

Federal income tax receivable

    166,357      
 

Other assets

    159,342     123,055  
           

Total other assets

  $ 2,051,592   $ 1,714,456  
           

42


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

12.    OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES AND MINORITY INTEREST (Continued)


Other Liabilities and Minority Interest

 
  At
June 30,
2008
  At December 31,
2007
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Other liabilities and minority interest:

             
 

FP segment derivatives at fair value

  $ 156,294   $ 99,457  
 

Credit derivatives at fair value

    1,036,715     702,564  
 

DCP and SERP payable

    120,104     142,653  
 

Accrued interest on FP segment debt

    175,060     186,854  
 

Equity participation plan

        112,151  
 

Payable for securities purchased

    153,213      
 

Other liabilities and minority interest

    164,357     234,576  
           

Total other liabilities and minority interest

  $ 1,805,743   $ 1,478,255  
           

13.    SEGMENT REPORTING

        The Company operates in two business segments: financial guaranty and financial products. The financial guaranty segment is primarily in the business of providing financial guaranty insurance, which it has historically provided for both public finance and asset-backed obligations. The FP segment includes the GIC operations of the Company, which issues GICs to municipalities and other market participants, and the VIEs' operations. See Note 1 for description of business. The following tables summarize the financial information by segment on a pre-tax basis, as of and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.


Financial Information Summary by Segment

 
  Three Months Ended June 30, 2008  
 
  Financial
Guaranty
  Financial
Products
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                         
 

External

  $ 428,295   $ (152,693 ) $   $ 275,602  
 

Intersegment

    6,589     (2,899 )   (3,690 )    

Expenses:

                         
 

External

    (629,988 )   (187,468 )       (817,456 )
 

Intersegment

    (2,866 )   (824 )   3,690      
                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (197,970 )   (343,884 )       (541,854 )

GAAP income to operating earnings adjustments

    (310,028 )   58,083         (251,945 )
                   

Pre-tax segment operating earnings (losses)

  $ (507,998 ) $ (285,801 ) $   $ (793,799 )
                   

Segment assets

  $ 10,223,173   $ 16,456,310   $ (207,606 ) $ 26,471,877  

43


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

13.    SEGMENT REPORTING (Continued)


 
  Three Months Ended June 30, 2007  
 
  Financial
Guaranty
  Financial
Products
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                         
 

External

  $ 138,353   $ 271,936   $   $ 410,289  
 

Intersegment

    837     4,062     (4,899 )    

Expenses:

                         
 

External

    (66,790 )   (267,877 )       (334,667 )
 

Intersegment

    (4,062 )   (837 )   4,899      
                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    68,338     7,284         75,622  

GAAP income to operating earnings adjustments

    49,281     11,640         60,921  
                   

Pre-tax segment operating earnings (losses)

  $ 117,619   $ 18,924       $ 136,543  
                   

Segment assets

  $ 7,091,807   $ 20,185,782   $ (262,199 ) $ 27,015,390  

 

 
  Six Months Ended June 30, 2008  
 
  Financial
Guaranty
  Financial
Products
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                         
 

External

  $ 145,785   $ 44,640   $   $ 190,425  
 

Intersegment

    726     7,386     (8,112 )   0  

Expenses:

                         
 

External

    (972,632 )   (445,039 )       (1,417,671 )
 

Intersegment

    (6,612 )   (1,500 )   8,112     0  
                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (832,733 )   (394,513 )       (1,227,246 )

GAAP income to operating earnings adjustments

    147,661     113,917         261,578  
                   

Pre-tax segment operating earnings (losses)

  $ (685,072 ) $ (280,596 ) $   $ (965,668 )
                   

 

 
  Six Months Ended June 30, 2007  
 
  Financial
Guaranty
  Financial
Products
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                         
 

External

  $ 293,948   $ 551,170   $   $ 845,118  
 

Intersegment

    1,746     8,301     (10,047 )    

Expenses:

                         
 

External

    (123,467 )   (532,574 )       (656,041 )
 

Intersegment

    (8,301 )   (1,746 )   10,047      
                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    163,926     25,151         189,077  

GAAP income to operating earnings adjustments

    66,025     9,936         75,961  
                   

Pre-tax segment operating earnings (losses)

  $ 229,951   $ 35,087   $   $ 265,038  
                   

44


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

13.    SEGMENT REPORTING (Continued)


Reconciliations of Segments' Pre-Tax Operating Earnings (Losses) to Net Income (Loss)

 
  Three Months Ended June 30, 2008  
 
  Financial
Guaranty
  Financial
Products
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Pretax operating earnings (losses)

  $ (507,998 ) $ (285,801 ) $   $ (793,799 )

Operating earnings to GAAP income adjustments

    310,028     (58,083 )       251,945  

Tax (provision) benefit

                      211,354  
                         

Net income (loss)

                    $ (330,500 )
                         

 

 
  Three Months Ended June 30, 2007  
 
  Financial
Guaranty
  Financial
Products
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Pretax operating earnings (losses)

  $ 117,619   $ 18,924   $   $ 136,543  

Operating earnings to GAAP income adjustments

    (49,281 )   (11,640 )       (60,921 )

Tax (provision) benefit

                      (12,795 )
                         

Net income (loss)

                    $ 62,827  
                         

45


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

13.    SEGMENT REPORTING (Continued)

 
  Six Months Ended June 30, 2008  
 
  Financial
Guaranty
  Financial
Products
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Pretax operating earnings (losses)

  $ (685,072 ) $ (280,596 ) $   $ (965,668 )

Operating earnings to GAAP income adjustments

    (147,661 )   (113,917 )       (261,578 )

Tax (provision) benefit

                      475,170  
                         

Net income (loss)

                    $ (752,076 )
                         

 

 
  Six Months Ended June 30, 2007  
 
  Financial
Guaranty
  Financial
Products
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Pretax operating earnings (losses)

  $ 229,951   $ 35,087   $   $ 265,038  

Operating earnings to GAAP income adjustments

    (66,025 )   (9,936 )       (75,961 )

Tax (provision) benefit

                      (41,054 )
                         

Net income (loss)

                    $ 148,023  
                         

        The intersegment assets consist primarily of intercompany notes issued by FSA and held within the FP Investment Portfolio. The intersegment revenues and expenses relate to interest income and interest expense on intercompany notes and premiums paid by FSA Global on FSA-insured notes.

        GAAP income to operating earnings adjustments are primarily comprised of fair-value adjustments deemed to be non-economic. Such adjustments relate to (1) non-economic fair-value adjustments for credit derivatives in the insured portfolio, (2) non-economic impairment charges on investments, (3) fair-value adjustments for instruments with economically hedged risks and (4) fair-value adjustments attributable to the Company's own credit risk. Management believes that by making such adjustments the measure more closely reflects the underlying economic performance of segment operations.

        The GIC Subsidiaries and VIEs in the FP segment pay premiums to FSA, which is in the financial guaranty segment. In addition, management of FSA provides management, oversight and administrative support services ("indirect FP expenses") to the entities in the FP segment. The Company's management evaluates the FP segment based on the separate results of operation of the GIC Subsidiaries and FSAM, excluding the premium paid to FSA and including the indirect FP expenses. For the VIEs, the premium paid approximates the indirect expenses incurred by FSA.

14.    RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

        In May 2008 the FASB issued SFAS 163, "Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 60" ("SFAS 163"). This statement addresses accounting standards applicable to existing and future financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance contracts issued by insurance companies under GAAP, including accounting for claims liability measurement and recognition and premium recognition and related disclosures. SFAS 163 requires the Company to recognize a claim liability when there is an expectation that a claim loss will exceed the unearned premium revenue (liability) on a policy basis based on the present value of expected net cash flows. The premium earnings methodology under SFAS 163 will be based on a constant rate methodology. SFAS does not apply to financial guarantee insurance contracts accounted for as

46


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

14.    RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS (Continued)


derivatives within the scope of SFAS 133. SFAS 163 also requires the Company to provide expanded disclosures relating to factors affecting the recognition and measurement of financial guaranty contracts. SFAS 163 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements related to claim liabilities which are effective for financial statements prepared as of September 30, 2008. The cumulative effect of initially applying SFAS 163 is required to be recognized as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. The Company is currently assessing the impact of SFAS 163 on the Company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

        In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, "Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of SFAS 133" ("SFAS 161"). This statement amends and expands the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring companies to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity's financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This statement is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. Since SFAS 161 requires only additional disclosures concerning derivatives and hedging activities, adoption of SFAS 161 will not affect the Company's consolidated financial position and results of operations or cash flows.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, "Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements" ("SFAS 160"). SFAS 160 will change the accounting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified by the parent company as a component of equity. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with early adoption prohibited. Upon adoption, SFAS 160 requires retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests and prospective adoption for all other requirements. The Company is currently assessing the impact of SFAS 160 on the Company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

15.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company and certain subsidiaries are parties to litigation.

        On November 15, 2006, the Company received a subpoena from the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice issued in connection with an ongoing criminal investigation of bid rigging of awards of municipal GICs. On November 16, 2006, FSA received a subpoena from the SEC related to an ongoing industry-wide investigation concerning the bidding of municipal GICs. The subpoenas requested that the Company furnish to the DOJ and SEC records and other information with respect to the Company's municipal GIC business.

        On February 4, 2008, the Company received a "Wells Notice" from the staff of the Philadelphia Regional Office of the SEC relating to the SEC's investigation concerning the bidding of municipal GICs. The Wells Notice indicates that the SEC staff is considering recommending that the SEC authorize the staff to bring a civil injunctive action and/or institute administrative proceedings against the Company, alleging violations of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder and Section 17(a) of the Securities Act.

47


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

15.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

        As previously disclosed, in March and April 2008 three purported class action lawsuits were commenced seeking damages for alleged violations of antitrust laws in connection with the bidding of municipal GICs and derivatives: (i)  Hinds County, Mississippi et al. v. Wachovia Bank, N.A. et al. (filed on or about March 12, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, case no. 1:08 CV 2516); (ii)  Fairfax County, Virginia et al. v. Wachovia Bank, N.A. et al. (filed on or about March 12, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, case no. 1:08-cv-00432); and (iii)  City of Oakland, California, et al. v. AIG Financial Products Corp. et al. (filed on or about April 23, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, case no. 1:CV 08 2116). In the lawsuits, a large number of financial institutions, including the Company and/or FSA, are named as defendants. In June 2008, the U.S. Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation transferred the three actions to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York and ordered them consolidated under case no. 1.08-cv-2516(VM).

        Four additional purported class action lawsuits subsequently were commenced, also seeking damages for alleged violations of antitrust laws in connection with the bidding of municipal GICs and derivatives: (i)  Central Bucks School Dist. v. Wachovia Bank N.A. et al. (filed on or about June 4, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, case no.1:08-cv-956); (ii)  Mayor & City Counsel of Baltimore v. Wachovia Bank N.A. et al. (filed on or about July 3, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, case no. 1:08-cv-6142); (iii)  County of Alameda v. AIG Financial Products Corp. et al. (filed on or about July 9, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, case no. 1:08-cv-3278); and (iv)  City of Fresno, California v. AIG Financial Products Corp. et al. (filed on or about July 18, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of California, case no. 1.08-cv-1045). These four additional purported class actions have been transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York and consolidated with the other three actions described above.

        The complaints in these lawsuits generally seek unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees and other costs. Class certification has yet to be addressed by any court. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from these lawsuits.

        In July 2008, two lawsuits were commenced in California state court seeking damages for alleged violations of California antitrust laws in connection with the bidding of municipal GICs and derivatives: (i)  City of Los Angeles v. Bank of America, N.A. et al. (filed on or about July 23, 2008 in the Superior Court of the State of California in and for the County of Los Angeles, case no. BC 394944); and (ii)  City of Stockton v. Bank of America, N.A. et al. (filed on or about July 23, 2008 in the Superior Court of the State of California in and for the County of San Francisco, case no. CGC-08-477851). The lawsuits name a large number of financial institutions, including the Company and FSA, as defendants. The complaints in the lawsuits generally seek unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from these lawsuits.

        The Company has also received various regulatory inquiries and requests for information. These include subpoenas duces tecum and interrogatories from the State of Connecticut Attorney General related to antitrust concerns associated with the municipal rating scales employed by Moody's and a proposal by Moody's to assign corporate equivalent ratings to municipal obligations.

48


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

16.    EXPOSURE TO MONOLINES

        The tables below summarize the exposure to each financial guaranty monoline insurer by exposure category and the underlying ratings of the Company's insured risks.


Summary of Exposure to Monolines

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
  Insured Portfolios   Investment Portfolios  
 
  FSA Insured
Portfolio(1)
  Ceded Par
Outstanding
  General
Investment
Portfolio(2)
  FP Segment
Investment
Portfolio(2)
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Assured Guaranty Re Ltd

  $ 1,032   $ 32,338   $ 82,450   $ 200,250  

Radian Asset Assurance Inc. 

    99     25,794     1,941     258,108  

RAM Reinsurance Co. Ltd. 

        12,580          

BluePoint Re, Limited(3)

        8,705          

XL Capital Assurance Inc. and XL Financial Assurance Ltd. 

    1,567     8,215     33,769     368,747  

CIFG Assurance North America Inc. 

    202     2,085     25,886     105,770  

Ambac Assurance Corporation

    5,184     1,295     673,199     914,634  

Financial Guaranty Insurance Company

    5,532     1,138     388,301     402,352  

ACA Financial Guaranty Corporation

    21     949          

MBIA Insurance Corporation

    4,391         705,068     853,943  
                   
 

Total

  $ 18,028   $ 93,099   $ 1,910,614   $ 3,103,804  
                   
 

Total portfolio

  $ 423,450   $ 140,015   $ 5,808,512   $ 18,390,184  

% of total portfolio

    4 %   66 %   33 %   17 %

(1)
Represents transactions with second-to-pay FSA-insurance that were previously insured by other monolines. Based on net par outstanding. Includes credit derivatives in the insured portfolio.

(2)
Based on amortized cost, which includes write-down of securities that were deemed to be OTTI.

(3)
In August 2008, the Company learned that a provisional liquidator of BluePoint Re, Limited, had been appointed. The Company's reinsurance recoverable from BluePoint Re, Limited is collateralized. Moody's downgraded BluePoint Re, Limited, from A2 to Ca on August 13, 2008.

49


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

16.    EXPOSURE TO MONOLINES (Continued)


Exposures to Monolines
and Ratings of Underlying Risks

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
  Insured Portfolio   Investment Portfolios  
 
  FSA Insured
Portfolio(1)
  Ceded Par
Outstanding
  General
Investment
Portfolio
  FP Segment
Investment
Portfolio
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Assured Guaranty Re Ltd.

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 1,032   $ 32,338   $ 82,450   $ 200,250  
   

Triple-A

    %   7 %   2 %   %
   

Double-A

    11     39         23  
   

Single-A

    28     37     79     71  
   

Triple-B

    22     15     19      
   

Below Investment Grade

    39     2         6  

Radian Asset Assurance Inc.

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 99   $ 25,794   $ 1,941   $ 258,108  
   

Triple-A

    5 %   8 %   %   %
   

Double-A

        41     100      
   

Single-A

    14     39          
   

Triple-B

    57     11          
   

Below Investment Grade

    24     1         100  

RAM Reinsurance Co. Ltd.

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $   $ 12,580   $   $  
   

Triple-A

    %   14 %   %   %
   

Double-A

        40          
   

Single-A

        32          
   

Triple-B

        12          
   

Below Investment Grade

        2          

BluePoint Re, Limited

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $   $ 8,705   $   $  
   

Triple-A

    %   11 %   %   %
   

Double-A

        41          
   

Single-A

        32          
   

Triple-B

        15          
   

Below Investment Grade

        1          

50


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

16.    EXPOSURE TO MONOLINES (Continued)

Syncora Guarantee Inc. and Syncora
Guarantee Re Ltd.(3)

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 1,567   $ 8,215   $ 33,769   $ 368,747  
   

Triple-A

    29 %   %   %   2 %
   

Double-A

        18     17      
   

Single-A

    24     35     80     13  
   

Triple-B

    25     45         68  
   

Below Investment Grade

    22     2         17  
   

Not Rated

            3      

CIFG Assurance North America Inc.

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 202   $ 2,085   $ 25,886   $ 105,770  
   

Triple-A

    %   2 %   %   %
   

Double-A

    2     28         25  
   

Single-A

    9     34     100     28  
   

Triple-B

    89     32         10  
   

Below Investment Grade

        4         37  

Ambac Assurance Corporation

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 5,184   $ 1,295   $ 673,199   $ 914,634  
   

Triple-A

    6 %   %   %   16 %
   

Double-A

    40     8     27     6  
   

Single-A

    33     35     70     32  
   

Triple-B

    14     57     2     37  
   

Below Investment Grade

    7         1     9  

Financial Guaranty Insurance Company

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 5,532   $ 1,138   $ 388,301   $ 402,352  
   

Triple-A

    %   %   %   %
   

Double-A

    32     18     32     2  
   

Single-A

    57     47     65     39  
   

Triple-B

    9     35     3     44  
   

Below Investment Grade

    2             15  

ACA Financial Guaranty Corporation

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 21   $ 949   $   $  
   

Triple-A

    %   %   %   %
   

Double-A

    63     72          
   

Single-A

        26          
   

Triple-B

        2          
   

Below Investment Grade

    37              

51


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

16.    EXPOSURE TO MONOLINES (Continued)

MBIA Insurance Corporation

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 4,391   $   $ 705,068   $ 853,943  
   

Triple-A

    %   %   %   %
   

Double-A

    50         46     24  
   

Single-A

    12         47     21  
   

Triple-B

    38         5     40  
   

Below Investment Grade

            2     15  

(1)
Represents transactions with second-to-pay FSA insurance that were previously insured by other monolines.

(2)
Represents par balances for the insured portfolios and amortized cost for the investment portfolios.

(3)
Formerly XL Capital Assurance Inc. and XL Financial Assurance Ltd. Excludes $1.0 million in redeemable preferred shares of SGR, which are not rated. See Note 18.

17.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        On June 30, 2008, the Company's subsidiary FSAM entered into a revolving credit agreement with Dexia Crédit Local, pursuant to which Dexia Crédit Local provides a $5.0 billion committed, unsecured standby line of credit to FSAM. The standby line of credit has an initial termination date of June 30, 2013, which will be extended for five year terms on a rolling basis, subject to termination by Dexia Crédit Local upon five years notice. There were no borrowings under the agreement as of June 30, 2008.

18.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        On July 21, 2008, Moody's placed the ratings of FSA on review for possible downgrade. On August 6, 2008, S&P placed FSA's ratings on negative watch and Fitch re-affirmed FSA's Triple-A, stable rating.

        On July 28, FSA agreed to commute its reinsurance from SGR, totaling approximately $8.4 billion principal outstanding, in return for the ceded statutory unearned premium, loss reserve and commutation premium of $35.0 million, and to sell its preferred shares in SGR to Syncora Holdings Ltd. Additionally, FSA has reinsured approximately $6.4 billion of that commuted par outstanding to Syncora Guarantee Inc. ("SGI"), formerly XL Capital Assurance Inc., with SGI's reinsurance obligations to FSA secured by collateral to be held in a trust. FSA has retained the remainder of the commuted exposure. In connection with this commutation, the Company is undergoing a review of the reassumed portfolio to determine whether the Company will be required to consolidate any the issuers of the insured obligations in this portfolio. In August 2008, the Company received $2.9 million in final settlement for its SGR investment, resulting in a gain of $1.9 million to be recorded in the third quarter of 2008.

        On August 4, 2008, Dexia Holdings injected $300 million into the Company.

52


Item 2.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

        In this Quarterly Report, the Company has included statements that may constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as "believes," "anticipates," "expects," "intends" and "plans" and future and conditional verbs such as "will," "should," "would," "could" and "may" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. The Company cautions that a number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from the plans, objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions expressed in forward-looking statements made by the Company. Important factors that could cause its results to differ, possibly materially, from those indicated in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed under "—Forward-Looking Statements."

Executive Overview

Business Environment and Market Trends

        Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. ("FSA Holdings" or, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, the "Company") operates in two business segments: financial guaranty and financial products ("FP"). The financial guaranty segment includes primarily the operations of Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("FSA") and its insurance company subsidiaries. Historically, the Company provided financial guaranty insurance on both public finance and asset-backed obligations. On August 6, 2008, the Company announced that it will cease providing financial guaranty insurance on asset-backed obligations and participate exclusively in the global public finance and infrastructure markets.

        The FP segment is composed of non-insurance company subsidiaries that borrow funds by issuing either guaranteed investment contracts and other investment agreements ("GICs") issued by certain subsidiaries of FSA Holdings (the "GIC Subsidiaries") or debt issued by certain consolidated variable interest entities (the "VIEs"). The Company invests the proceeds of FP segment debt issuances in fixed-income securities that satisfy the Company's investment criteria, with the objective of generating a positive net interest margin ("NIM"). The GIC Subsidiaries are consolidated by FSA Holdings, and the VIEs are consolidated by FSA. On August 6, 2008, the Company announced that Dexia S.A. ("Dexia"), the Company's parent, will assume the liquidity and credit risks of the Company's GIC operations.

        In both segments, the Company is affected by conditions in the financial markets and general economic conditions, primarily in the United States and also, to a growing extent, outside the U.S.

    Continuing Stress on the Financial Guaranty Industry

        A number of the Company's competitors in the financial guaranty industry announced sharp increases in projected losses on insured transactions in the first quarter 2008 and subsequently were downgraded or placed on credit watch, negative outlook or review for further downgrade by the major securities rating agencies. These guarantors generally had significant exposure to collateralized debt obligations ("CDOs") of asset-backed securities ("ABS"), which include CDOs of CDOs (also referred to as "CDO squared"). The Company's two largest competitors, MBIA Insurance Corp. ("MBIA") and Ambac Assurance Corp. ("Ambac") were downgraded to Aa3/negative outlook and A2/negative outlook, respectively, by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and AA/watch negative by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P"). Fitch Ratings ("Fitch") withdrew its Insurer Financial Strength ratings on those two guarantors.

        On August 6, 2008, Fitch affirmed FSA's Triple-A rating. On July 21, 2008, Moody's placed FSA's Aaa-stable ratings on review for possible downgrade, and on August 6, 2008, S&P placed FSA's AAA rating on negative outlook. Moody's placed the Aaa stable-ratings of Assured Guaranty Corp. on

53



review for possible downgrade as well. The ratings actions regarding FSA were based in part upon rating agency concerns regarding the prospects for new business originations by financial guarantors in general as well as FSA's reported losses and potential future earnings volatility associated with exposures to mortgage-backed securities. In announcing the review for possible downgrade, Moody's stated that it had re-estimated expected and stress loss projections on FSA's aggregate insured portfolio and that FSA was estimated to be $140 million below the Aaa target level. The Company subsequently received $300 million from Dexia Holdings Inc. in August 2008, which, in addition to Dexia's assumption of liquidity and credit risk of the GIC operations, will bring FSA's capital to levels in excess of the Moody's Triple-A capital requirements.

        The effect of the recent Moody's and S&P ratings actions on FSA's market opportunities remains unclear. FSA was the market leader in the first half of 2008, originating record PV premiums in the U.S. municipal sector and achieving a 62% share of the insured U.S. municipal market. Prior to the ratings actions, due to the impact of losses and downgrades on the majority of FSA's competitors, FSA's share of the primary U.S. municipal bond insurance market had been increasing since November of 2007.

        Concerns regarding the capital adequacy of Triple-A guarantors have drawn attention not only from rating agencies but also state regulators, the federal government and financial institutions concerned about their own exposure to monolines. In February 2008, the Superintendent of Insurance of the State of New York (the "New York Superintendent") stated his intention to propose new regulations for financial guaranty insurers, potentially including limitations or prohibitions on insuring credit default swaps ("CDS") and certain structured finance obligations, such as CDOs of ABS, or separating the municipal insurance business from the non-municipal insurance business. There also have been proposals for a federal office to oversee bond insurers. The cost of buying protection in the CDS market on monoline names continued to rise markedly in the second quarter.

        The Company's competitors are taking a variety of actions to protect policyholders, restore stable Triple-A ratings and recover market confidence. Certain financial guaranty insurers have announced or are considering plans to divide their insurance operations into separate legal operating companies for municipal and non-municipal insurance. Some have raised substantial amounts of new capital.

        A new monoline competitor, Berkshire Hathaway, has obtained Triple-A ratings for Berkshire's Columbia Insurance Company and Berkshire Hathaway Assurance Corporation from Moody's and S&P. Other entities have announced an intention or interest in establishing new financial guaranty insurers, but their ability to do so remains uncertain. The Company has direct exposure to other financial guaranty insurers through secondary guaranties of previously insured securities, reinsurance and investments. Downgrades of other monolines could cause incurred loss in the insured portfolio and mark-to-market losses in the Company's investment portfolios. Additionally, such downgrades could reduce the credit for reinsurance and for previously wrapped insured transactions that rating agencies assign in their capital adequacy models, increasing the capital charges in those models.

        At this stage, management cannot predict how the situation will be resolved for the Company or its competitors, or what competitive, regulatory and rating agency environments may emerge, but it is taking a number of steps to strengthen its capital position and effect a strategic review of its business.

    FSA's Strategic Review

        After a careful strategic analysis, the Company decided, in the third quarter, to cease providing financial guaranty insurance of asset-backed obligations in order to devote its full human and capital resources to expanding its position in the global public finance and infrastructure markets. This decision is based on weighing the risks and volatility embedded in the asset-backed security business, in particular residential mortgage-backed securities ("RMBS"), versus the opportunities available in lower-risk sectors of the public finance markets.

54


        The Company believes that the current U.S. municipal operating environment remains favorable for highly rated bond insurers. While the insured penetration of bond insurance in the U.S. municipal market decreased to 24% in the first half of 2008, the Company believes that it will normalize to a higher level as financial markets stabilize and conversions from auction rate securities to fixed rate bonds occur during the second half of 2008. Further, U.S. municipal investors continue to focus on underlying issuer credit fundamentals. The Company believes that, even if credit spreads tighten from current market levels, FSA would continue to find profitable opportunities to apply its guaranty to municipal and infrastructure obligations. Additionally, the international public finance markets are steadily regaining momentum with smaller private placements and wrapped bank loans complementing the still illiquid bond market. The Company will redeploy some personnel from asset-backed security origination to transaction oversight and loss mitigation. Overall, the Company expects the strategic review to result in an approximately 10% head-count reduction. Additionally, the Company estimates that approximately $1.0 billion of economic capital will be released over the next three to five years as the asset-backed portfolio amortizes with no new originations. The amortizing asset-backed portfolio is expected to generate in excess of $700 million of earned revenue over the remaining life of the policies.

        In addition, Dexia has announced that it will assume the liquidity and credit risks of the Company's GIC operations. Dexia had previously provided liquidity support to the Company's FP business through the provision of a $5 billion credit facility on June 30, 2008.

    Credit Deterioration in Certain RMBS Sectors Accelerated

        The credit crisis that began in 2007 followed several years of seemingly benign credit conditions, during which delinquency and default rates were comparatively low across the residential mortgage, consumer finance and corporate finance credit markets. Beginning in 2005, credit spreads were tight, indicating that investors were relatively undiscriminating about risk, and structures of some asset-backed securities were based on loss assumptions that have proven to be too optimistic. This was particularly true in the RMBS sector and with CDOs of ABS that contain a high percentage of RMBS. During these years, FSA maintained its underwriting and pricing standards, even though this meant declining to insure certain transactions.

        Beginning in 2005, the Company reduced insurance of RMBS and generally avoided insurance of CDOs of ABS. In all, FSA insured two CDOs of ABS with a total net par outstanding of $363 million: (1) a Double-A rated obligation insured in 2000 with $63 million net par outstanding and less than 3% invested in U.S. subprime and "Alt-A" RMBS collateral, and (2) a Single-A rated $300 million CDS excess-of-loss reinsurance transaction insured in 2005 at four times the original Triple-A attachment point. "Alt-A" refers to borrowers whose credit quality falls between prime and subprime. In contrast, most of the Company's peers have suffered from projected losses and market concerns related to their exposure to CDOs of ABS that contain a high percentage of mezzanine tranches of subprime RMBS, with most credit concerns focused on 2006 and 2007 originations.

        In 2007 and 2008, mortgage performance deteriorated rapidly, exceeding the most conservative historical loss expectations. For the first time since the Great Depression, year-over-year home prices declined across the entire United States, not just regionally. As projected losses on subprime and other RMBS increased, some mortgage lenders failed, and rating agencies downgraded many mortgage-related securities. This included a large amount of CDOs of ABS. In the home equity line of credit ("HELOC") market, which generally involves prime borrowers, projected losses rose to unprecedented levels. In the first quarter of 2008, these borrowers began to default at much higher rates, a trend which continued through the first half of the year.

        In the first quarter of 2008, the Company established case reserves on several HELOC and Alt-A insured obligations. During the second quarter of 2008, the Company increased its loss provisions, primarily those related to the insured RMBS portfolio, to reflect the assumption that economic stress in the U.S. economy will continue at least six months longer than the Company had estimated in the

55



first quarter, increasing the length of time that higher than previously estimated default rate levels will continue. Loss expense in the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 was $602.9 million and $903.3 million, respectively, related primarily to insured RMBS. Additionally, the Company recorded pre-tax other than temporary impairment ("OTTI") charges of $1,042.4 million (of which $316.5 million was considered economic) for RMBS in the Company's portfolio of investments supporting FSA-insured GICs (the "FP Investment Portfolio"). At June 30, 2008, approximately 65.6% of the FP Investment Portfolio was invested in non-agency RMBS, of which 66.2% were rated Triple-A, 12.7% were rated Double-A, 7.8% were rated Single-A and 7.7% were rated Triple-B.

        The Company has evaluated all its U.S. RMBS of 2005 vintage or later, in both the insured portfolio and the FP Investment Portfolio, using the same severity assumptions and the same approach to setting transaction default assumptions, driven by the actual performance of each transaction. For second lien mortgages, loss projections are based on the assumption that peak defaults will continue until mid-2009 and slowly recover to more normal rates by mid-2010. First-lien mortgage transactions are assumed to experience defaults at peak rates until early 2010 and slowly recover to more normal rates by early 2011.

        In the FP segment, the Company generally intends to hold its investments to maturity, consistent with its normal investment policy. Adverse loss developments surrounding subprime RMBS may lead to earlier than anticipated withdrawals on its GICs issued in connection with CDOs of ABS. At June 30, 2008, $447 million of CDO of ABS GICs had been unwound due to an event of default in the underlying collateral of the CDOs of ABS. The Company expects further withdrawals and is regularly evaluating general market conditions, as well as specific transactions. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company has been maintaining the liquidity available to its FP Investment Portfolio by investing newly originated GIC proceeds in short-term investments. As a result, the NIM on new business originations in the FP segment has been eliminated and, in some cases, negative.

        The full extent of credit losses in the mortgage sector, and the extent to which they may affect the Company, will not be known for several years. The Company is also closely monitoring the consumer and corporate sectors for signs of deepening economic stress.

        In 2008, the market turmoil resulted in disruptions in the domestic public finance market, evidenced by auction failures for auction rate municipal bonds, higher rates on variable rate demand notes and historic high yields for tax-exempt municipal bonds compared with U.S. government treasury securities. In the short-term, these conditions may present the Company with new business opportunities to refinance outstanding obligations but, if they persist for an extended period of time, the Company's own insured obligations could experience increased losses because, in extreme cases, higher borrowing costs could put financial stress on municipal issuers, leading to defaults of FSA-insured securities.

    Illiquidity Continues to Limit Issuance Volume

        While credit problems remained largely concentrated in the mortgage market, the concerns they have generated continued to constrain liquidity across the capital markets in the second quarter of 2008. This had a negative impact on new-issue volume in the public finance and structured finance markets. Credit spreads continued to widen through the second quarter of 2008. Wider spreads generally necessitate unrealized negative fair-value (mark-to-market) adjustments for credit derivatives in the insured portfolio and for certain FP investments, under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP"). On the other hand, wider spreads generally mean that a financial guarantor has more opportunities to sell insurance at higher premium rates. This was true for the first half of 2008 in the primary U.S. municipal business, where FSA's business production was strong, based on a combination of wider credit spreads and investor's continued preference for FSA-insured securities. However, illiquidity reduced FSA's structured finance originations.

56


Summary Results of Operations and Financial Condition

        To more accurately reflect how the Company's management evaluates the Company's operations and progress toward long-term goals the Company discloses both GAAP and non-GAAP measures. Although the measures identified as non-GAAP should not be considered substitutes for GAAP measures, management considers them key performance indicators and employs them in determining compensation. Non-GAAP measures therefore provide investors with important information about the way management analyzes its business and rewards performance. The purpose and definition of each non-GAAP measure are briefly described when the term first appears. For a more complete explanation of these terms, see "—Non-GAAP Measures" below.

    Net Income (Loss) and Operating Earnings (Losses)

        For the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, the Company reported a net loss of $330.5 million and $752.1 million, respectively, compared with net income of $62.8 million and $148.0, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2007. Net income reported in accordance with GAAP is volatile because it includes (a) fair-value adjustments for credit derivatives in the insured portfolio, (b) fair-value adjustments for instruments with economically hedged risks that are not in designated hedging relationships under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS 133"), and adjustments related to non-economic changes in fair value related to the trading portfolio, such as the effect of changes in credit spreads, (c) beginning January 1, 2008, fair-value adjustments related to the Company's own credit risk, and (d) where applicable, other than temporary impairment charges that are not indicative of estimated economic loss. Beginning in 2008, operating earnings includes International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") adjustments that serve to align the Company's compensation metrics (i.e. the non-GAAP measures operating earnings and adjusted book value ("ABV")) to those used by Dexia. The change was made in 2008 because all performance cycles for outstanding equity awards based on operating earnings without IFRS adjustments have expired. See "—Non-GAAP Measures." Operating earnings (losses) are reconciled to net income (loss) as follows:

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Non-GAAP Operating Earnings (Losses)

 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

Net income (loss)

  $ (330.5 ) $ 62.8   $ (752.1 ) $ 148.0  

Less after-tax non-economic adjustments:

                         
 

Fair-value adjustments for instruments with economically hedged risks(1)

    (35.3 )   (7.2 )   (94.3 )   (7.2 )
 

Fair-value adjustments for credit derivatives in insured portfolio

    184.1     (29.6 )   (133.8 )   (38.2 )
 

Fair-value adjustments attributable to the Company's own credit risk(2)

    500.3         551.9      
 

Fair-value adjustments attributable to impairment charges

    (471.9 )       (471.9 )    
                   

Subtotal

    (507.7 )   99.6     (604.0 )   193.4  
 

IFRS adjustments

    5.0     2.8     2.3     4.0  
                   

Operating earnings (losses)

  $ (502.7 ) $ 102.4   $ (601.7 ) $ 197.4  
                   

(1)
Hedge ineffectiveness remains in operating earnings.

(2)
Comprised of the fair value adjustment attributable to the Company's own credit risk recorded on FP segment debt at fair value and committed preferred trust put options.

57


        Operating earnings decreased in both the financial guaranty and FP segments. In the financial guaranty segment, higher losses related to insured RMBS transactions were primarily responsible for producing negative segment operating earnings. In the FP segment, non-GAAP FP Segment NIM decreased due primarily to economic OTTI charges.

         Fair-value adjustments for instruments with economically hedged risks:     The majority of the Company's economic hedges relate to FP segment interest rate derivatives used to convert the fixed interest rates of certain assets and liabilities to dollar-denominated floating rates based on the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"). Without hedge accounting or a fair-value option, SFAS 133 requires the marking to fair value of each such derivative in income without the offsetting mark to fair value on the risk it is intended to hedge. The one-sided valuations for economically hedged risks that do not qualify for hedge accounting and unhedged credit risk valuations for instruments with fair-value option elections cause volatility in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Management views fair-value adjustments on economically hedged risks together with the fair-value adjustments on the hedging items in order to analyze and manage hedge inefficiency, regardless of the prescribed accounting treatment. Under the Company's definition of operating earnings, the economic effect of these hedges is recognized, which, for interest rate swaps, generally results in any cash paid or received being recognized ratably as an expense or revenue over the hedged item's life. For assets within the trading portfolio, operating earnings reflects the economic effect of hedged economic risks related to interest and foreign exchange rates. Operating earnings excludes non-economic changes in fair value related to the trading portfolio.

        Prior to January 1, 2008, the Company elected to comply with the SFAS 133 documentation and testing requirements for certain liability hedging relationships and for none of the asset hedging relationships. Effective January 1, 2008, the Company elected the fair value option under SFAS No. 159, "The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities" ("SFAS 159"), for certain of its FP segment liabilities, which allowed for fair value accounting through current income without the onerous SFAS 133 requirements. On January 1, 2008, the Company elected to designate certain assets and derivatives in fair-value hedging relationships qualifying under SFAS 133.

         Fair-value adjustments for credit derivatives in the insured portfolio:     Fair-value adjustments for credit derivatives in the insured portfolio are excluded from operating earnings except for credit impairments representing estimated economic losses. In the second quarter of 2008, the Company estimated credit impairments of $67.9 million pre-tax, which were included in operating earnings. At June 30, 2008, the non-economic portion of fair-value adjustments for credit derivatives in the insured portfolio had no effect on insurance company statutory equity or claims-paying resources, and rating agencies generally do not take these unrealized gains or losses into account for evaluating FSA's capital adequacy.

         Fair-value adjustments attributable to the Company's own credit risk:     Fair value measurement rules under SFAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" ("SFAS 157") require the consideration of the Company's own credit risk. The Company removes the effect of fair-value adjustments attributable to the Company's own credit risk from operating earnings and ABV. In 2008, the Company's credit spread has widened, leading to material unrealized gains of $818.8 million, pre-tax.

         Fair-value adjustments attributable to impairment charges:     OTTI securities must be written down to fair value through the income statement, regardless of management's estimate of economic loss. Operating earnings reflects only the portion of the fair-value adjustment deemed by management to be economic loss. In the first half of 2008, the Company recorded $1,042.4 million pre-tax in OTTI charges in the FP Investment Portfolio, of which $316.5 million pre-tax represented economic loss.

        For discussion of the Company's fair value methodology, see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.

58


    Book Value and Adjusted Book Value

        Shareholders' equity under GAAP ("book value") was $61.9 million at June 30, 2008, compared with $1.6 billion as of December 31, 2007. The decline in the first half of 2008 was primarily a result of negative fair value adjustments on the FP Investment Portfolio and loss expense relating to the Company's RMBS insured portfolio.

        Non-GAAP ABV was $4.6 billion at June 30, 2008 and $4.5 billion at December 31, 2007. Management uses ABV as a measure of performance and to calculate a portion of employee compensation. An investor attempting to evaluate the Company using GAAP measures alone would not have the benefit of this information. The ABV calculation relies on estimates of the amount and timing of installment premiums, credit derivative fees and NIM and applies discount factors to determine the present value. Actual values may vary from the estimates. For performance reporting purposes, the calculation of ABV includes adjustments to reflect IFRS results that the Company reports to its parent, Dexia, in order to better align the interests of employees with the interests of Dexia, whose accounts are maintained under IFRS. The IFRS adjustments relate primarily to accounting for foreign exchange, contingencies and certain fair-value items.

        Ignoring dividends and capital contributions, ABV grew at a compounded annual growth rate of 2.0% over the last 12 months. ABV takes into account after-tax future revenue streams from unearned revenue recorded on the Company's balance sheet as well as PV premiums, credit derivative fees and the present value of net interest margin outstanding ("PV NIM outstanding"), which represent future revenue and cash flows not recorded on the balance sheet under GAAP. ABV deducts the after-tax effect of deferred acquisition costs ("DAC"), which represents costs incurred to acquire the future premium revenue flows, and fair-value adjustments that are expected to sum to zero by each contract's maturity, barring a credit event. Any credit deterioration indicating a realized loss on the investment or CDS portfolios would be recognized in operating earnings and ABV at such time that a loss is probable and reasonably estimable. ABV is reconciled to book value in the table that follows.

Reconciliation of Book Value to Non-GAAP Adjusted Book Value

 
  June 30,
2008
  December 31,
2007
 
 
  (in millions)
 

Shareholders' equity (GAAP)

  $ 61.9   $ 1,577.8  

After-tax adjustments:

             
 

Plus net unearned financial guaranty revenues

    1,358.4     1,162.4  
 

Plus PV outstanding(1)

    883.3     857.8  
 

Less net deferred acquisition costs

    191.7     226.1  
 

Less fair-value adjustments for credit derivatives in insured portfolio

    (466.9 )   (359.7 )
 

Less fair-value adjustments attributable to the Company's own credit risk

    581.2      
 

Less fair-value adjustments for instruments with economically hedged risks

    (98.6 )   84.9  
 

Less fair-value adjustments attributable to non-economic impairment charges

    (471.9 )    
 

Less unrealized gains (losses) on investments

    (2,050.0 )   (848.4 )
           
   

Subtotal

    4,618.1     4,495.1  
 

IFRS adjustments

    1.3     0.2  
           
   

Adjusted book value

  $ 4,619.4   $ 4,495.3  
           

(1)
PV outstanding includes the after-tax present value of future earnings from premiums, credit derivative fees, FP net interest margin and ceding commissions. The discount rate varies according to the year of origination. For each year's originations, the Company calculates the discount rate as

59


    the average pre-tax yield on its investment portfolio for the previous three years. The rate was 4.92% for 2008 and 4.86% for 2007.

New Business Production

        The Company employs the non-GAAP measure present value originations ("PV originations") to describe the economic value of the Company's new business originations in a given period.

        PV originations are estimated by the Company as the sum of:

    the present value of financial guaranty originations, which includes the present value of premiums and credit derivative fees originated and represents estimated future installment premiums and credit derivative fees discounted to their present value, plus the nominal value of upfront premiums and credit derivative fees (see "—Non-GAAP Measures—Present Value Financial Guaranty Originations"), and

    the present value of FP NIM originated in a given period ("PV NIM originated"), defined as estimated interest to be received on investments less estimated transaction expenses and interest to be paid on liabilities plus results from derivatives used for hedging purposes, discounted to present value (see "—Non-GAAP Measures—Present Value of Financial Products Net Interest Margin Originated").

        Management believes that, by disclosing the components of PV originations in addition to premiums written, the Company provides investors with a more comprehensive description of its new business activity in a given period.

        "PV financial guaranty originations" is a measure of gross origination activity in the financial guaranty segment and does not reflect premiums ceded to reinsurers or the cost of CDS or other credit protection purchased, which may be considerable, employed by the Company to manage its credit exposures.

Total Originations

 
  Three Months Ended
June 30, 2008
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2008
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

Gross par insured

  $ 23,242.4   $ 26,035.2   $ 43,717.1   $ 55,756.2  

Gross PV originations

    309.3     217.9     591.2     415.4  

        For each of the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, PV originations increased 42% over that of the previous year, primarily due to increased FSA production in the U.S. public finance sector, which was attributable to a preference for FSA insurance over guarantees from certain other monolines, as well as wider credit spreads across FSA's financial guaranty markets, resulting in increased premium rates. The increase was partially offset by declines in asset-backed originations in the U.S. and abroad and a decline in FP originations due to a general decrease in opportunities in the GIC market and the Company's decision to curtail new asset acquisitions in order to build liquidity while issuing new GICs with average interest rates above LIBOR.

60


Financial Guaranty Segment

Results of Operations

Financial Guaranty Segment

 
  Three Months
Ended June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

Net premiums earned in financial guaranty segment

  $ 84.7   $ 83.4   $ 158.7   $ 161.4  

Net investment income from general investment portfolio

    67.4     58.1     132.2     115.8  

Net realized gains (losses) from general investment portfolio

    (2.4 )   (1.9 )   (2.2 )   (2.1 )

Net change in fair value of credit derivatives:

                         
 

Realized gains (losses) and other settlements

    32.6     23.2     68.8     45.4  
 

Net unrealized gains (losses)

    215.4     (45.6 )   (273.7 )   (58.8 )
                   
   

Net change in fair value of credit derivatives

    248.0     (22.4 )   (204.9 )   (13.4 )

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

    (0.1 )   0.1     0.1     0.4  

Net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value

    22.7         52.8      

Income from assets acquired in refinancing transactions

    2.3     5.5     6.0     11.3  

Other Income

    12.3     16.4     3.8     22.3  
                   
 

Total Revenue

    434.9     139.2     146.5     295.7  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

    (602.9 )   (4.7 )   (903.3 )   (9.1 )

Interest expense

    (14.5 )   (15.6 )   (29.8 )   (31.4 )

Amortization of deferred acquisition costs

    (16.6 )   (18.1 )   (32.4 )   (34.0 )

Other operating expense

    1.1     (32.5 )   (13.8 )   (57.3 )
                   
 

Total Expenses

    (632.9 )   (70.9 )   (979.3 )   (131.8 )
                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (198.0 )   68.3     (832.8 )   163.9  

GAAP income to operating earnings adjustments

    (310.0 )   49.3     147.7     66.0  
                   

Pre-tax segment operating earnings (losses)

  $ (508.0 ) $ 117.6   $ (685.1 ) $ 229.9  
                   

        The financial guaranty segment includes the results of operations of the insurance company subsidiaries as well as the results of operations related to holding company activities. The primary components of financial guaranty segment earnings are premiums, credit derivative fees, net investment income from the Company's portfolio of investments held by FSA, FSA Holdings and certain other subsidiaries (the "General Investment Portfolio"), income on assets acquired in refinancing transactions, loss and loss adjustment expenses ("LAE"), interest expense on corporate debt and other operating expenses. In prior years, all credit derivative fees were recorded in premiums earned. Management analyzes segment results on a pre-tax operating earnings basis.

         2008 vs.2007:     In the financial guaranty segment, negative operating earnings for the quarter and first half were due to increased loss expense driven by increased RMBS estimates of ultimate net losses, specifically on HELOC, Alt-A CES and Option adjustable rate mortgage loan ("Option ARMs") securitizations, as well as higher public finance losses, credit impairments in the Company's CDS portfolio of $67.9 million and an OTTI charge of $38.0 million related to its investment in Syncora Guarantee Re Ltd. ("SGR") (formerly XL Financial Assurance Ltd.). Higher upfront premiums and capital contributions of $504.3 million from Dexia Holdings increased the General Investment Portfolio's invested asset balance, which increased net investment income from the General Investment Portfolio. Premiums earned and realized gains (losses) of credit derivative fees, collectively, also increased.

61


    Premiums Earned

Premiums Earned

 
  Three Months
Ended
June 30,
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

Premiums earned, excluding refundings

  $ 71.8   $ 68.2   $ 138.3   $ 130.0  

Refundings

    12.5     14.6     18.9     29.6  
                   
 

Consolidated net premiums earned

    84.3     82.8     157.2     159.6  

Intersegment premiums

    0.4     0.6     1.5     1.8  
                   
 

Net premiums earned in financial guaranty segment

  $ 84.7   $ 83.4   $ 158.7   $ 161.4  
                   

        Net premiums earned are broken down into two major categories: premiums earned on refundings and premiums earned on new and recurring insured obligations. Refundings may vary significantly from year to year as they are affected by the interest rate environment. In periods of declining interest rates, issuers generally seek to refinance their obligations. In cases where an issuer defeases or calls an outstanding obligation insured by the Company, all unearned premiums are accelerated and recognized in current earnings. Over the past several years, the Company has limited its originations of asset-backed securities due to management's avoidance of CDOs of ABS and restraint in other RMBS sectors. Generally, asset-backed transactions in FSA's insured portfolio have an average life of approximately 4.3 years. As transactions originated in earlier years matured, they were not being replaced with the same volume of new originations, resulting in a decline in asset-backed earnings. During much of the last three years, tightening credit spreads combined with a competitive market environment resulted in the Company foregoing opportunities to insure transactions due to unattractive premium rates or credit quality that did not comply with the Company's underwriting guidelines. There has been a considerable slow-down in the market for asset-backed issuances and in August 2008, the Company announced that it would cease providing financial guaranty insurance of asset-backed obligations. Premium earnings from insured asset-backed transactions will continue for several years, but will decline as the insured par runs off. At the same time, public finance premiums earned have steadily increased over the past several years and in the second quarter of 2008, the Company experienced its largest market share since inception, as the demand for FSA's financial guaranty increased, leading to improved pricing.

        The Company employs reinsurance to manage single-risk limits and maintain capacity to write new business. The ratio of ceded premiums written to gross premiums written was 19% in the second quarter of 2008 and 40% in the second quarter of 2007. The decline in this ratio compared to the comparable prior year period was attributable in part to a decline in available reinsurance capacity satisfying the Company's underwriting criteria. Due to recent downgrades of certain reinsurers, the Company has and may continue to re-assume ceded exposures. Such reassumptions may result in the consolidation of certain entities employed in structuring insured obligations.

        Geographical diversification has always been a risk management strategy for the financial guaranty segment, particularly in the public finance sector. In recent years, the Company's growth area has been in international business, particularly public-private partnership transactions in the infrastructure sector and financings of water and other utility companies. The table below shows the amount of U.S. and international premiums earned based on geography of underlying risks. These types of transactions serve to support the Company's future earnings for extended periods of time due to their long-dated maturities.

62


Net Premiums Earned by Geographic Distribution

 
  Three Months
Ended
June 30,
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

Public Finance:

                         
 

United States

  $ 54.2   $ 49.6   $ 96.4   $ 97.0  
 

International

    11.1     7.7     22.2     15.7  
                   
   

Total Public Finance

    65.3     57.3     118.6     112.7  

Asset-Backed Finance:

                         
 

United States

    14.2     21.5     29.4     38.3  
 

International

    4.8     4.0     9.2     8.6  
                   
   

Total Asset-Backed Finance

    19.0     25.5     38.6     46.9  
 

Total United States

    68.4     71.1     125.8     135.3  
 

Total International

    15.9     11.7     31.4     24.3  
                   

Consolidated net premiums earned

    84.3     82.8     157.2     159.6  

Intersegment premiums

    0.4     0.6     1.5     1.8  
                   

Net premiums earned in financial guaranty segment

  $ 84.7   $ 83.4   $ 158.7   $ 161.4  
                   

    Net Investment Income and Realized Gains (Losses) from General Investment Portfolio

        Premium collections are invested in the General Investment Portfolio, which consists primarily of municipal tax-exempt bonds. The Company's invested balances have increased since year-end as a result of higher upfront premium originations and capital contributions of $504.3 million from Dexia Holdings in the first quarter of 2008, increasing net investment income. The Company's year-to-date effective tax rate on investment income (excluding the effects of realized gains and losses) was 12.9% and 12.3% at June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

        The following table sets forth certain information concerning the securities in the Company's General Investment Portfolio based on amortized cost and fair value.

General Investment Portfolio

 
  At June 30, 2008   At December 31, 2007  
 
  Amortized Cost   Weighted Average Yield(1)   Fair Value   Amortized Cost   Weighted Average Yield(1)   Fair Value  
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

Taxable bonds

  $ 1,117.8     5.19 % $ 1,119.2   $ 971.1     5.27 % $ 990.0  

Tax-exempt bonds

    4,345.3     4.89     4,399.8     3,920.5     4.84     4,064.6  

Short-term investments

    344.1     2.46     344.8     96.3     4.18     97.4  

Equity securities

    1.3           1.2     40.0           39.9  
                               
 

Total General Investment Portfolio

  $ 5,808.5         $ 5,865.0   $ 5,027.9         $ 5,191.9  
                               

(1)
Yields are based on amortized cost and stated on a pre-tax basis.

63


        In the second quarter of 2008, the Company recorded an OTTI charge of $38.0 million on its investment in SGR preferred stock, bringing its carrying value to its estimated net realizable value of $1.0 million as of June 30, 2008. In August 2008, the Company sold its investment in SGR, receiving $2.9 million in final settlement, resulting in a gain of $1.9 million to be recorded in the third quarter of 2008.

    Fair Value of Credit Derivatives

        The Company sold credit protection by insuring CDS contracts under which special purpose entities or other parties provide credit protection to various financial institutions. In certain cases the Company acquired back-to-back credit protection on all or a portion of the risk written, primarily by reinsuring its CDS guaranties. Management views these CDS contracts as part of its financial guarantee business, under which the Company generally intends to hold its written and purchased positions for the entire term of the related contracts. These CDS contracts are accounted for at fair value since they do not qualify for the financial guarantee scope exception under SFAS 133.

        In consultation with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), members of the financial guaranty industry have collaborated to develop a presentation of credit derivatives issued by financial guaranty insurers that is more consistent with that of non-insurers. The tables below illustrate the current required presentation with prior period balances reclassified to conform to the current presentation. The reclassifications do not affect net income or equity, although they do affect various revenue, asset and liability line items. Changes in fair value are recorded in "Net change in fair value of credit derivatives" in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. The "realized gains (losses) and other settlements" component of this income statement line includes primarily premiums received and receivable on written CDS contracts and premiums paid and payable on purchased contracts. If a credit event occurred that required a payment under the contract terms, this caption would also include losses paid and payable to CDS contract counterparties due to the credit event and losses recovered and recoverable on purchased contracts.

        The Company's insured portfolio includes other contracts accounted for as derivatives, namely insured interest rate swaps entered into by the issuer in connection with the issuance of certain public finance obligations and insured net interest margin ("NIM") securitizations.

        The components of net change in fair value on credit derivatives are shown in the table below:


Summary of Net Change in Fair Value of Credit Derivatives

 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

Net change in fair value of credit derivatives:

                         
 

Realized gains (losses) and other settlements(1)

  $ 32.6   $ 23.2   $ 68.8   $ 45.4  
 

Net unrealized gains (losses):

                         
   

CDS:

                         
     

Pooled corporate CDS:

                         
       

Investment grade

    145.7     (9.5 )   (28.0 )   (16.2 )
       

High yield

    78.5     (33.0 )   (63.4 )   (35.4 )
                   
         

Total pooled corporate CDS

    224.2     (42.5 )   (91.4 )   (51.6 )
     

Funded CLOs and CDOs

    56.2     (2.2 )   (59.9 )   (5.1 )
     

Other structured obligations

    (46.5 )   (0.7 )   (105.8 )   (0.4 )
                   
           

Total CDS

    233.9     (45.4 )   (257.1 )   (57.1 )
   

NIMs and IR swaps

    (18.5 )   (0.2 )   (16.6 )   (1.7 )
                   
   

Subtotal

    215.4     45.6     273.7     58.8  
                   

Net change in fair value of credit derivatives

  $ 248.0   $ (22.4 ) $ (204.9 ) $ (13.4 )
                   

(1)
Includes amounts which in prior periods were classified as premiums earned.

64


        Considerable judgment is necessary to interpret the data to develop the estimates of fair value. Under the SFAS 157 fair value hierarchy, all credit derivative valuations are categorized as Level 3. (For a description of the SFAS 157 fair value hierarchy, see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1.) Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amount the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair-value amounts.

        Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is determined based on quoted market prices, if available. If quoted market prices are not available, as is the case with most of the Company's CDS contracts because these contracts are not traded, then the determination of fair value is based on internally developed estimates. The Company's methodology for estimating the fair value of a CDS contract incorporates all the remaining future premiums to be received over the life of the CDS contract, discounted to present value and multiplied by the ratio of the current exit value premium to the contractual premium. The estimation of the current exit value premium is derived using a unique credit-spread algorithm for each defined CDS category that utilizes various publicly available credit indices, depending on the types of assets referenced by the CDS contract and the length of the contract. Management applies judgment when developing these estimates and considers factors such as current prices charged for similar agreements, performance of underlying assets, changes in internal credit assessments or rating agency-based shadow ratings, and the level at which the deductible has been set. Estimates generated from the Company's valuation process may differ materially from values that may be realized in market transactions. For more information regarding the Company's valuation process, see "Credit Derivatives in the Insured Portfolio" in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 1.

        As the fair value of a CDS contract incorporates all the remaining future payments to be received over the life of the CDS contract, the fair value of that contract will change, in part, solely from the passage of time as fees are received. Absent any claims under the contract, any "losses" recorded in marking the contract to fair value will be reversed by an equivalent "gain" at or prior to the expiration of the contract, and any "gain" recorded will be reversed by an equivalent "loss" over the remaining life of the transaction, with the cumulative changes in the fair value of the CDS summing to zero by the time of each contract's maturity. Unrealized fair-value adjustments for credit derivatives, except for estimates of economic losses, have no effect on operations, liquidity or capital resources.


Unrealized Gains (Losses) of Credit Derivatives Portfolio(1)

 
  At June 30,
2008
  At December 31,
2007
 
 
  (in millions)
 

Pooled corporate CDS:

             
 

Investment grade

  $ (124.7 ) $ (116.5 )
 

High yield(2)

    (203.5 )   (151.2 )
           
     

Total pooled corporate CDS

    (328.2 )   (267.7 )

Funded CLOs and CDOs

    (320.9 )   (269.2 )

Other structured obligations(3)

    (135.6 )   (34.9 )
           
   

Total CDS

    (784.7 )   (571.8 )

NIMs and IR swaps

    (22.9 )   (6.5 )
           
   

Total credit derivatives

  $ (807.6 ) $ (578.3 )
           

    (1)
    Upon the adoption of SFAS 157, $40.9 million pre-tax, or $26.6 million after-tax, was recorded as an adjustment to beginning retained earnings related to credit derivatives.

    (2)
    Includes credit impairment of $50.1 million on below investment grade CDS contracts.

    (3)
    Includes credit impairment of $17.8 million on below investment grade CDS contracts.

65


        The negative fair-value adjustments for the first six months of 2008 were a result of widening of credit spreads in the underlying CDS portfolio, offset in part by the positive income effects of the Company's own credit spread widening. For the second quarter, the credit spread in the underlying CDS portfolio continued to widen, but its effect was more than offset by the positive income effects of the widening of the Company's own credit spread. Despite the structural protections associated with the Company's CDS, the widening of credit spreads on pooled corporate CDS and funded CDOs and collateralized loan obligations ("CLOs"), as with other structured credit products, resulted in a decline in the fair value of these contracts compared with December 31, 2007.

        The Company's typical CDS contract is different from CDS contracts entered into by parties that are not financial guarantors because:

    CDS contracts are neither held for trading purposes (i.e., a short-term duration contract written for the purpose of generating trading gains) nor used as hedging instruments. Instead, they are written with the intent to provide protection for the stated duration of the contract, similar to the Company's intent with regard to a financial guaranty contract.

    FSA is not entitled to terminate CDS and realize a profit on a position that is "in the money." A counterparty to a CDS contract written by FSA generally is not able to force FSA to terminate a CDS that is "out of the money."

    The liquidity risk present in most CDS contracts sold outside the financial guaranty industry i.e., the risk that the CDS writer would be required to make cash payments, is not present in a CDS contract sold by a financial guarantor. Terms of the CDS contracts are designed to replicate the payment provisions of financial guaranty contracts in that (a) losses, if any, are generally paid over time, and (b) the financial guarantor is not required to post collateral to secure its obligation under the CDS contract.

        Credit derivatives in the asset-backed portfolio represent 69% of total asset-backed par outstanding. The tables below summarize the credit rating, net par outstanding and remaining weighted average lives for the primary components of the Company's CDS portfolio.


Selected Information for CDS Portfolio
at June 30, 2008

 
  Credit Ratings    
   
 
 
  Triple-A*(1)   Triple-A   Double-A   Other Investment Grades(2)   Below Investment Grade(3)   Net Par Outstanding   Remaining Weighted Average Life  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (in millions)
  (in years)
 

Pooled Corporate CDS:

                                           
 

Investment grade

    90 %   1 %   9 %   %   % $ 21,495     4.2  
 

High yield

    86     9             5     15,151     2.9  

Funded CDOs and CLOs

    28     65 (4)   6     1         32,390     3.0  

Other structured obligations(5)

    48     21 (4)   12     18     1     9,265     3.1  
                                           
   

Total

    59     31     7     2     1   $ 78,301     3.4  
                                           

66



Selected Information for CDS Portfolio
at December 31, 2007

 
  Credit Ratings    
   
 
 
  Triple-A*(1)   Triple-A   Double-A   Other Investment Grades(2)   Other Below Investment Grade(3)   Net Par Outstanding   Remaining Weighted Average Life  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (in millions)
  (in years)
 

Pooled Corporate CDS:

                                           
 

Investment grade

    91 %   1 %   8 %   %   % $ 22,883     4.1  
 

High yield

    95             5         14,765     3.3  

Funded CDOs and CLOs

    28     72 (4)               33,000     3.4  

Other structured obligations(5)

    62     36 (4)   1     1         13,529     2.1  
                                           
   

Total

    62     34     3     1       $ 84,177     3.4  
                                           

(1)
Triple-A*, also referred to as "Super Triple-A," indicates a level of first-loss protection generally exceeding 1.3 times the level required by a rating agency for a Triple-A rating.

(2)
Various investment grades below Double-A minus.

(3)
Amount includes one CDS with Double-B underlying rating and one CDS with Single-B underlying rating. These two risks incurred economic loss as of June 30, 2008.

(4)
Amounts include transactions previously wrapped by other monolines.

(5)
Primarily infrastructure obligations and European mortgage-backed securities. Also includes $409.6 million and $223.9 million at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively in U.S. RMBS net par outstanding. All U.S. RMBS exposures were rated Double-A or higher.

    Credit Default Swaps

        Because the Company generally provides credit protection under contracts defined as derivatives for accounting purposes, widening credit spreads have an adverse mark-to-market effect on the Company's consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income while tightening credit spreads have a positive effect. If credit spreads for the underlying obligations change, the fair value of the related structured CDS changes. Changes in credit spreads are generally caused by changes in the market's perception of the credit quality of the underlying referenced obligations and by supply and demand factors.

        Because the CDS contracts in the Company's portfolio are not traded, the Company has developed a series of asset credit-spread algorithms to estimate fair value for the majority of its portfolio. These algorithms derive fair value by using as significant inputs price information from several publicly available indices, depending on the types of assets referenced by the CDS. See Note 3 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 1.

        Management does not analyze the market sensitivity of its CDS portfolio for purposes other than to quantify the potential exposure to quarterly fair-value gain or loss. Management believes that the transactions for which it has provided CDS protection contain significant protections against loss and that quarterly changes in credit spreads generally do not imply fundamental change in future loss potential.

        The effect of any change in credit spreads on the fair value of the CDS contracts is recognized in current income. The Company has evaluated the sensitivity of the CDS contracts by calculating the effect of changes in pricing or credit spreads. Absent any claims under the Company's guaranty, any "losses" recorded in marking the guaranty to fair value will be reversed by an equivalent "gain" at or prior to the expiration of the guaranty, and any "gain" recorded will be reversed by an equal "loss"

67



over the remaining life of the transaction, with the cumulative changes in fair value of the CDS summing to zero by the time of each contract's maturity.

        The following table summarizes the estimated reduction in the fair value of the Company's portfolio of CDS contracts that would result from an increase of one basis point in market credit spreads assuming the non-collateral posting factor remains constant. Actual results may differ from the amounts in the table below.


Effect of One Basis Point of Credit Spread Widening in CDS Portfolio

 
  Estimated After-Tax Loss  
 
  At June 30, 2008   At December 31, 2007  

Pooled Corporate CDS:

             
 

Investment grade

  $ 7.0   $ 7.2  
 

High yield

    4.3     4.6  
           

Total Pooled Corporate CDS

    11.3     11.8  

Funded CDOs and CLOs

    6.0     6.7  

Other structured obligations

    2.0     1.6  
           
 

Total

  $ 19.3   $ 20.1  
           

    Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Financial Instruments at Fair Value

        Beginning January 1, 2008, the Company, under SFAS 159, elected to apply the fair-value option to certain assets acquired in refinancing transactions. The adjustment to retained earnings at January 1, 2008 was negative $1.6 million after-tax. The change in the fair-value was negative $1.3 million and $3.2 million pre-tax for three and six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively. The fair-value option was elected in order to offset the fair-value adjustment on derivatives hedging interest rate risk of these refinancing assets with the corresponding fair-value adjustment on the hedged assets in income. The change in fair-value of the Company's committed preferred trust put options was $24 million and $56.0 million pre-tax for three and six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively, and was primarily due to widening FSA credit spreads during the quarter.

        Considerable judgment is necessary to interpret the data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amount the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair-value amounts.

    Income from Assets Acquired in Refinancing Transactions

        Where the Company refinanced underperforming insured obligations, the underlying assets or obligations are carried on the consolidated financial statements. The Company manages such assets to maximize recovery value. The Company has not refinanced a transaction since 2004, and the related assets have either been sold or continue to run off and therefore the income contribution of these assets has been declining since 2005.

    Other Income

        Other income includes income and fair-value adjustments on assets held in respect of the Company's deferred compensation plans ("DCP") and supplemental executive retirement plans ("SERP"), foreign exchange gains or losses and other miscellaneous income items. DCP and SERP assets are held to defease the Company's plan obligations and the changes in fair value may vary

68


significantly from period to period. Increases or decreases in the fair value of the assets are primarily offset by like changes in the related liability, which are recorded in other operating expenses.

 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

DCP and SERP interest income

  $ 3.2   $ 2.7   $ 5.0   $ 4.4  

DCP and SERP asset fair-value adjustments

    (5.5 )   4.6     (16.6 )   5.1  

Realized foreign exchange gain (loss)

    3.3     5.3     5.7     5.8  

Other

    4.7     3.1     9.6     6.2  
                   

Subtotal

    5.7     15.7     3.7     21.5  

Intersegment income (loss)

    6.6     0.7     0.1     0.8  
                   

Total

  $ 12.3   $ 16.4   $ 3.8   $ 22.3  
                   

    Losses

        Losses and loss adjustment expenses increased considerably in the second quarter and first half compared to the comparable prior year periods, as a result of increased estimates of ultimate net losses on (1) second lien HELOC and Alt-A CES RMBS transactions, (2) first lien Option ARM RMBS transactions and (3) a public finance transaction. For second lien RMBS transactions, ultimate net loss estimates increased to $983.3 million from $420.0 million at March 31, 2008. In the second quarter, the Company estimated ultimate net losses on first lien Option ARMs for the first time of $38.8 million. In the second quarter, ultimate net losses of $50.6 million were estimated for guaranties of the sewer debt of a specific U.S. municipality. Such estimates of loss are net of reinsurance and anticipated recoveries and are reevaluated on a quarterly basis.

        Generally, once the overcollateralization is exhausted on an insured HELOC transaction, the Company pays a claim if losses in a period exceed excess spread for the period, and to the extent excess spread exceeds losses, the Company is reimbursed for any losses paid to date. In the second quarter and first half of 2008, the Company paid net claims of $150.5 million and $207.1 million, respectively, in HELOC claims. This brought the inception to date net claim payments on HELOC transactions to $254.7 million. There were no claims paid in respect of Alt-A CES, Option ARMs or the new public finance transaction through June 30, 2008. Most Alt-A CES claims will not be due for approximately 28 years. Management expects Option ARM claim payments to occur beginning in 2012.

        The following table shows activity in the liability for losses and loss adjustment expense reserves, which consist of case and non-specific reserves.


Reconciliation of Net Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

 
  Non-Specific   Case   Total  
 
  (in millions)
 

December 31, 2007 balance

  $ 100.0   $ 98.1   $ 198.1  

Incurred

    300.4         300.4  

Transfers

    (354.1 )   354.1      

Payments and other decreases

        (97.4 )   (97.4 )
               

March 31, 2008 balance

    46.3     354.8     401.1  

Incurred

    602.9         602.9  

Transfers

    (615.5 )   615.5      

Payments and other decreases

        (150.0 )   (150.0 )
               

June 30, 2008 balance

  $ 33.7   $ 820.3   $ 854.0  
               

69


        The following table shows the gross and net par outstanding on transactions with case reserves, the gross and net case reserves recorded and the number of transactions comprising case reserves.


Case Reserve Summary

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
  Gross Par Outstanding   Net Par Outstanding   Gross Case Reserve(1)   Net Case Reserve(1)   Number of Risks  
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

Asset-backed—HELOCs

  $ 5,637   $ 4,449   $ 659.2   $ 521.5     10  

Asset-backed—Alt-A CES

    1,021     971     177.2     168.3     5  

Asset-backed—Option ARM

    384     354     41.3     38.8     3  

Asset-backed—other

    157     97     51.9     7.5     10  

Public finance

    1,524     716     182.6     84.2     5  
                       
 

Total

  $ 8,723   $ 6,587   $ 1,112.2   $ 820.3     33  
                       

(1)
The amount of the discount at June 30, 2008 for the gross and net case reserves was $380.3 million and $338.8 million, respectively.

 
  At March 31, 2008  
 
  Gross Par Outstanding   Net Par Outstanding   Gross Case Reserve(1)   Net Case Reserve(1)   Number of Risks  
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

Asset-backed—HELOCs

  $ 5,618   $ 4,535   $ 280.2   $ 228.8     8  

Asset-backed—Alt-A CES

    823     785     91.2     86.9     4  

Asset-backed—other

    129     116     22.8     6.8     7  

Public finance

    1,165     561     85.8     32.3     4  
                       
 

Total

  $ 7,735   $ 5,997   $ 480.0   $ 354.8     23  
                       

(1)
The amount of the discount at March 31, 2008 for the gross and net case reserves was $206.2 million and $191.0 million, respectively.

 
  At December 31, 2007  
 
  Gross Par Outstanding   Net Par Outstanding   Gross Case Reserve(1)   Net Case Reserve(1)   Number of Risks  
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

Asset-backed—HELOCs

  $ 1,803   $ 1,443   $ 69.6   $ 56.9     5  

Asset-backed—other

    47     40     8.3     6.3     4  

Public finance

    1,164     561     96.7     34.9     4  
                       
 

Total

  $ 3,014   $ 2,044   $ 174.6   $ 98.1     13  
                       

(1)
The amount of the discount at December 31, 2007 for the gross and net case reserves was $14.5 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

70


        The table below presents certain assumptions inherent in the calculations of the case and non-specific reserves:


Case and Non-Specific Reserves Assumptions

 
  At June 30, 2008   At March 31, 2008   At December 31, 2007

Case reserve discount rate

  1.84%-5.90%   1.93%-5.90%   3.13%-5.90%

Non-specific reserve discount rate

  1.20%-7.95%   1.20%-7.95%   1.20%-7.95%

Current experience factor

  10.8   5.3   2.0

        Since case and non-specific reserves are based on estimates, there can be no assurance that the ultimate liability will not differ from such estimates. The Company will continue, on an ongoing basis, to monitor these reserves and may periodically adjust such reserves, upward or downward, based on the Company's revised estimate of loss, its actual loss experience, mix of business and economic conditions.

    Risks Most Sensitive to Loss in the Insured Portfolio

        In a volatile mortgage market, future HELOC reserves or actual future losses could vary from the current estimate of loss. In particular, the deterministic models used to establish case reserves for HELOCs are affected by multiple variables, including default rates, the rates at which new borrowings ("draws") under the HELOCs are funded, prepayment rates, recovery rates and the spread between LIBOR and Prime interest rates. Given that draw rates have reduced, management believes the key determinants of future loss are (a) default rates and (b) recoveries based on coordinator representations and warranties.

        In setting its HELOC reserves, management applied recent "roll rates" from the transactions for which they were available to current delinquency amounts in order to project losses for the next five months, then assumed the resulting calculated conditional default rate would remain constant for a period (or plateau) of another seven months (through June 2009). This reflects management's view that peak loss rates will plateau for six months longer than it assumed last quarter, and is the primary reason loss projections in this sector increased. After June 2009, management assumes the conditional default rate decreases over 12 months to the "normal" conditional default rate, defined as the constant conditional default rate the transaction would have achieved had it experienced the prepayment rate, draw rate and lifetime losses expected at closing. Should future default rates be different than those projected by management, actual losses could be more or less than projected. For example, retaining the same shape of the projected default curve, and all other assumptions remaining the same, but extending the plateau initially results in increased net PV losses of approximately $60 million for each month the plateau is extended. The estimated net PV losses per month decline over time as exposure runs off.

        The Company has had vendors reviewing loan files for several months, and believes many of the defaulted loans are subject to repurchase under the governing documents. Actual recoveries on representations and warranties, if any, may vary from the Company's estimates and are dependent on, among other things, the ability of the provider of the representations and warranties to pay, the strength of the actual representations and warranties and the facts supporting the representation and warranty breaches as well as the expenses the Company incurs pursuing recovery.

        In a volatile mortgage market, future Alt-A (or near-prime) CES reserves or actual future losses could vary from the current estimate of loss. In particular, the deterministic models used to establish case reserves for Alt-A CES are affected by multiple variables, including default rates, prepayment rates and recovery rates. Management believes the key determinant of loss is the default rate. In setting its Alt-A reserves, management applied recent "roll rates" from the transactions for which they were available to current delinquency amounts in order to project losses for the next seven months, then

71



assumed the resulting conditional default rate would remain constant for a period of another four months (through June), then decreased the conditional default rate over 12 months to the "normal" conditional default rate. This reflects management's view that peak loss rates will plateau for six months longer than it assumed last quarter, and is the primary reason loss projections in this sector increased. Should future default rates be different than those projected by management, actual losses could be more or less than projected. For example, retaining the same shape of the projected default curve, and all other assumptions remaining the same, but extending the plateau initially results in increased net PV losses of approximately $11 million for each month the plateau is extended.

        Management's estimation of losses in the HELOC and Alt-A CES portfolios assumes that peak loss rates in these products will continue through mid-2009 and that the market conditions and borrower behavior will return to normal by mid-2010 and/or that homeowners who have successfully made their loan payments for two years or more will default at more normalized or expected rates. If the market gets materially worse or does not recover as anticipated, or if the performance of the loans in the loss transactions does not improve with the U.S. residential market, management may need to allocate additional amounts from its non-specific loss reserve to its case reserves, or add to its non-specific reserve, to cover the projected performance of HELOCs and/or Alt-A CES.

        In a volatile mortgage market, future Option ARM actual losses could vary from the current estimate of loss. In particular, the deterministic models used to establish case reserves for Option ARM reserves are affected by multiple variables, including default rates, prepayment rates and recovery rates. Management believes the key determinants of loss are default rates and recovery rates. Management applied liquidation rates to current delinquency amounts to calculate a conditional default rate for the next 18 months, then assumed that peak would extend through early 2010, and decline thereafter. Should future default or severity rates be different than those projected by management, actual losses could be more or less than projected.

        Management's estimation of losses in the Option ARM portfolio assumes that peak loss rates (which takes longer to generate losses than a second-lien product) will continue through early 2010 and return to normal in early 2011 and/or that homeowners who have successfully made their loan payments for three to four years will default at more normalized rates or rates expected at time of origination.

        Management notes that various governmental bodies have undertaken various initiatives to address dislocations in the residential real estate financing market. Should such initiatives have material effects on the performance of the mortgage loans underlying the various residential mortgage securitizations insured by the Company, the Company may revise or amend its projections and actual losses could be more or less than currently projected.

        FSA has $151 million of the $3.2 billion net par exposure of sewer debt of Jefferson County, Alabama. FSA also provides a surety in the net par amount of $15 million (the surety payer is subrogated to the rights of the bondholder). FSA has taken a pre-tax $50.6 million case reserve for Jefferson County due to the repeated failure of the County to restructure its sewer debt to alleviate high interest rates and avoid bank bond acceleration. Jefferson County is a unique municipal situation and not in the Company's view part of a larger trend for the following reasons: (1) 94% of Jefferson County's debt is in the form of Variable Rate Demand Obligations ("VRDOs") and Auction Rate Securities ("ARS"); (2) the market for ARS collapsed in the first quarter of 2008 due to general market illiquidity and the downgrade of its two primary bond insurers caused an unexpectedly large increase in interest rates on the County's debt; (3) it is highly leveraged with $3.2 billion of debt and high user charges; and (4) the sewer debt structure includes over $5 billion of interest rate swaps. FSA is working with Jefferson County and its bankers and advisors on a solution to the county sewer system's debt situation. A restructuring and refinancing of sewer debt without loss to FSA is the objective of the advisory team, but cannot be assured.

72


        FSA management believes that the liability it carries for losses and loss expenses is adequate to cover the net cost of claims. However, the loss liability is based on assumptions regarding the insured portfolio's probability of default and its severity of loss, and there can be no assurance that the liability for losses will not exceed such estimates.

    Interest Expense

        Interest expense in the financial guaranty segment represents interest on corporate debt and intersegment interest on notes payable to FSAM related to the funding of the refinancing transactions. The table below shows the composition of the interest expense. The decrease in interest expense is primarily due to the declining balance of notes payable, which were used to fund the purchases of assets acquired in refinancing transactions and therefore are paid down in proportion to asset paydowns.


Financial Guaranty Segment Interest Expense

 
  Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

Hybrid debt

  $ 4.9   $ 4.9   $ 9.8   $ 9.8  

Other corporate debt

    6.7     6.7     13.4     13.4  

Intersegment debt

    2.9     4.0     6.6     8.2  
                   
 

Total financial guaranty segment interest expense

  $ 14.5   $ 15.6   $ 29.8   $ 31.4  
                   

PV Financial Guaranty Originations

        The GAAP measure "gross premiums written" captures financial guaranty premiums collected or accrued in a given period, whether collected for business originated in the period or in installments for business originated in prior periods. It is not a precise measure of current-period originations because a portion of the Company's premiums are collected in installments and because it excludes, beginning in 2008, written credit derivative fees and related future installments. Therefore, management calculates the non-GAAP measure "PV financial guaranty originations" as a measure of current-period premium and credit derivative fee production. To do so, management combines the following for business closed in the reporting period: (1) gross present value of periodic premium and credit derivative fees and (2) premiums and credit derivative fees received upfront. The actual periodic premiums and fees received could vary from the periodic amounts estimated at the time of origination based on variances in the actual versus estimated outstanding debt balances and foreign exchange rate fluctuations. As a result, the realization of PV financial guaranty fees could be greater or less than the amount reported as originated.

        The Company's insurance policies, including policies accounted for as credit derivatives in the insured portfolio, are generally non-cancelable and remain outstanding for years from the date of inception, in some cases 30 years or longer. Accordingly, PV financial guaranty originations, as distinct from earned premiums, represents premiums, including premiums accounted for as credit derivative fees, to be earned in the future. See "—Non-GAAP Measures—Present Value of Financial Guaranty Originations" below for a more detailed discussion.

73


        The following table reconciles gross premiums written to PV financial guaranty originations.


Reconciliation of Gross Premiums Written to Non-GAAP PV
Financial Guaranty Originations

 
  Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

Gross premiums written

  $ 328.2   $ 145.2   $ 570.3   $ 269.6  

Gross installment premiums received

    (39.8 )   (38.5 )   (74.9 )   (75.4 )
                   

Gross upfront premiums originated

    288.4     106.7     495.4     194.2  

Gross PV estimated installment premiums originated

    21.3     70.5     33.0     95.9  
                   

Gross PV premiums originated

    309.7     177.2     528.4     290.1  

Gross PV credit derivative fees originated

        18.0     62.8     75.8  
                   

Gross PV financial guaranty originations

  $ 309.7   $ 195.2   $ 591.2   $ 365.9  
                   

        The following table shows gross par and gross PV financial guaranty originations.


Financial Guaranty Originations

 
  Gross Par Originated   Gross PV Financial Guaranty Originations  
 
  Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,   Three Months Ended June 30,   Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007   2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

United States:

                                                 
 

Public Finance

  $ 21,290.2   $ 12,010.7   $ 39,648.4   $ 26,275.0   $ 269.5   $ 77.4   $ 466.1   $ 151.4  
 

Asset-backed

    1,225.3     9,670.6     2,374.0     21,824.2     11.0     63.8     57.6     117.6  
                                   
   

Total United States

    22,515.5     21,681.3     42,022.4     48,099.2     280.5     141.2     523.7     269.0  

International:

                                                 
 

Public Finance

    670.7     2,366.6     1,169.8     3,587.0     26.7     42.9     44.7     71.7  
 

Asset-backed

    56.2     1,987.3     524.9     4,070.0     2.5     11.1     22.8     25.2  
                                   
   

Total International

    726.9     4,353.9     1,694.7     7,657.0     29.2     54.0     67.5     96.9  
                                   
 

Total financial guaranty originations

  $ 23,242.4   $ 26,035.2   $ 43,717.1   $ 55,756.2   $ 309.7   $ 195.2   $ 591.2   $ 365.9  
                                   

74


        The following table represents the ratings distribution at origination.


Financial Guaranty Originations by Rating(1)

 
  Three Months Ended June 30, 2008  
 
  Public Finance Obligations   Asset-Backed Obligations  
 
  Gross Par
Originated
  % of
Total
  Gross Par
Originated
  % of
Total
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

United States:

                         
 

Triple-A

  $ 396.1     2 % $ 208.8     16 %
 

Double-A

    6,399.6     29          
 

Single-A

    13,500.8     61     1,016.5     80  
 

Triple-B

    993.7     5          
                   
   

Total United States

    21,290.2     97     1,225.3     96  

International:

                         
 

Triple-A

            56.2     4  
 

Single-A

    285.9     1          
 

Triple-B

    384.8     2          
                   
   

Total International

    670.7     3     56.2     4  
                   

Total financial guaranty originations

  $ 21,960.9     100 % $ 1,281.5     100 %
                   

 

 
  Six Months Ended June 30, 2008  
 
  Public Finance Obligations   Asset-Backed Obligations  
 
  Gross Par
Originated
  % of
Total
  Gross Par
Originated
  % of
Total
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

United States:

                         
 

Triple-A

  $ 6,354.8     15 % $ 1,330.1     46 %
 

Double-A

    10,893.7     27          
 

Single-A

    21,145.6     52     1,043.9     36  
 

Triple-B

    1,254.3     3          
                   
   

Total United States

    39,648.4     97     2,374.0     82  

International:

                         
 

Triple-A

            524.9     18  
 

Single-A

    720.9     2          
 

Triple-B

    448.9     1          
                   
   

Total International

    1,169.8     3     524.9     18  
                   

Total financial guaranty originations

  $ 40,818.2     100 % $ 2,898.9     100 %
                   

(1)
Based on internal underlying ratings at date of origination.

        First-half 2008 estimated U.S. municipal market volume of $221.7 billion was 4% lower than in the first half of 2007. The market made up most of the ground lost during the first quarter, when it was down 21% as a result, in part, of illiquidity in the ARS market. A high volume of ARS were refunded in the second quarter.

        Due to downgrades of some monoline guarantors, insurance penetration of the market for new U.S. municipal bonds sold in the first half was approximately 24%, compared with 49% in the first half

75



of 2007. FSA's share of the insured par sold rose to approximately 62%, compared with 22% in the first half of 2007.

        On a closing-date basis for the second quarter, including both primary- and secondary-market U.S. public finance transactions, FSA's par amount originated increased 77.3%, and PV originations rose 248.3%, due to the market's continued strong preference for FSA-insured bonds. FSA was generally able to obtain more favorable pricing and structuring terms than in recent years. For the first half, U.S. municipal par insured increased 50.9%, and PV originations grew 207.9%. Approximately 96% of the bonds insured year-to-date had an underlying credit quality of Single-A or higher.

        FSA's second-quarter production decreased 71.7% in par insured and 37.8% in PV originations in international public finance markets, which have been limited by a lack of liquidity, but are beginning to see increased activity. FSA guaranteed a senior loan for a toll road public-private partnership in Spain and provided secondary-market guarantees on Polish sovereign and UK water utility issues. For the first half, international public finance par insured decreased 67.4%, and PV premiums originated decreased 37.7%. Premium rates were generally higher due to wider credit spreads.

        In the first half of 2008, asset-backed originations in the U.S. and abroad declined significantly as the market for such securities has been limited. On August 6, 2008, the Company announced plans to cease providing financial guaranty insurance of asset-backed obligations.

Insured Portfolio Summary

        A summary of FSA's insured portfolio and distribution of ratings at June 30, 2008 is shown below. Exposure amounts are expressed net of first-loss, quota share and excess-of-loss reinsurance.


Summary of Insured Portfolio by Obligation Type

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
  Number
of
Risks
  Net Par
Outstanding
  Net Par and
Interest
Outstanding
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

Public finance obligations

                   
 

Domestic obligations

                   
   

General obligation

    7,603   $ 122,954   $ 185,114  
   

Tax-supported

    1,279     55,631     88,209  
   

Municipal utility revenue

    1,247     49,648     81,880  
   

Health care revenue

    248     13,679     25,038  
   

Housing revenue

    164     7,767     13,514  
   

Transportation revenue

    166     21,149     36,993  
   

Education/University

    155     7,599     12,873  
   

Other domestic public finance

    27     2,168     3,334  
               
     

Subtotal

    10,889     280,595     446,955  
 

International obligations

    175     28,758     64,042  
               
     

Total public finance obligations

    11,064     309,353     510,997  
               

Asset-backed obligations

                   
 

Domestic obligations

                   
   

Residential mortgages

    204     18,164     22,651  
   

Consumer receivables

    42     10,237     10,813  
   

Pooled corporate

    294     57,094     60,629  
   

Other domestic asset-backed

    68     2,092     2,641  
               
     

Subtotal

    608     87,587     96,734  
 

International obligations

    60     26,510     28,181  
               
     

Total asset-backed obligations

    668     114,097     124,915  
               
     

Total

    11,732   $ 423,450   $ 635,912  
               

76



Distribution of Insured Portfolio by Ratings based on Net Par Outstanding

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
  Public
Finance
  Asset-
Backed
  Total
Portfolio
 

Rating

                   

Triple-A

    2 %   72 %   21 %

Double-A

    41     6     31  

Single-A

    46     8     36  

Triple-B

    11     8     10  

Other

    0     6     2  
               
 

Total

    100 %   100 %   100 %
               

    Public Finance Insured Portfolio

        The Company seeks to maintain a diversified portfolio of insured public finance obligations designed to spread its risk across a number of geographic areas. The table below sets forth those jurisdictions in which U.S. municipalities issued an aggregate of 2% or more of the total net par amount outstanding of FSA-insured public finance securities:


Public Finance Insured Portfolio by Location of Exposure

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
  Number of
Risks
  Net Par
Amount
Outstanding
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

Domestic obligations

             
 

California

    1,127   $ 40,696  
 

New York

    764     22,677  
 

Pennsylvania

    882     20,174  
 

Texas

    822     19,035  
 

Illinois

    760     16,302  
 

Florida

    296     15,600  
 

Michigan

    637     13,145  
 

New Jersey

    657     12,229  
 

Washington

    356     10,213  
 

Massachusetts

    240     7,814  
 

Ohio

    450     7,359  
 

Georgia

    132     7,048  
 

Indiana

    303     6,913  
 

Colorado

    208     6,193  
 

All other U.S. locations

    3,255     75,197  
           
   

Subtotal

    10,889     280,595  

International obligations

    175     28,758  
           
 

Total

    11,064   $ 309,353  
           

        At June 30, 2008, the public finance insured portfolio contained four obligations for which the Company estimates an ultimate net loss: an international infrastructure obligation, a healthcare transaction, a waste treatment facility transaction and a sewer revenue refunding warrant. At June 30, 2008, the Company had established $84.2 million in net case reserves for these transactions, net of anticipated recoveries and reinsurance. The Company paid $0.3 million and $0.2 million in the second

77



quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively, and $1.1 million and $1.0 million in the first half of 2008 and 2007, respectively, in claims on public finance obligations, net of reinsurance and recoveries. Management continually monitors these obligations and adjusts reserves accordingly.

    Asset-backed Insured Portfolio

        The Company historically insured a wide variety of structured finance securities, including derivatives, which generally are investment grade at origination, typically with low expected loss severity in the event of default. See "—Results of Operations—Fair Value of Credit Derivatives" for a discussion of the Company's credit derivatives in the insured portfolio. In the normal course of business, the Company monitors its exposures in all insured categories. Due to recent events, additional focus has been placed on the RMBS categories. The Company internally rates each insured credit periodically based on criteria similar to those used by the rating agencies. At June 30, 2008, the Company had established $736.1 million in net case reserves for these transactions, on a present value basis, net of anticipated recoveries and reinsurance. See "—Results of Operations—Losses." The Company paid $149.7 million on claims in the asset-backed sector in the second quarter of 2008 and $206.3 for the first half of 2008, net of reinsurance and recoveries.

        The following discussion summarizes the Company's exposure to various types of mortgage-backed obligations.

         HELOCs:     HELOCs represent 5% of total asset-backed par outstanding. Most of the Company's insured HELOCs were originated by mortgage finance companies, which, prior to 2007, had experienced historical lifetime losses between 1% and 3% of original par. At underwriting, applying original expected net prepayment speeds, a typical finance company-originated HELOC pool would have sufficient protection to withstand losses of approximately 15% of original par. During the early stages of a number of transactions prepayment speeds exceeded expectations, reducing excess spread available to cover losses. Subsequently, default rates on a number of FSA-insured HELOC pools rose to historically unprecedented levels, resulting in net FSA claim payments of $260.7 million through June 30, 2008. The Company's internal credit rating is below investment grade on 11 HELOCs, 10 of which it projects will sustain losses. At June 30, 2008, the Company projects present value cumulative lifetime net losses of $776.2 million across ten HELOCs, up from $333.1 million across eight HELOCs last quarter. Most of the increase in projected loss was due to FSA's revising its projections to assume peak loss rates would continue through mid-2009.

         Alt-A Closed-End Second Lien Mortgages:     Alt-A closed-end second lien mortgages represent 1% of total asset-backed par outstanding. Closed-end second lien mortgage transactions insured by FSA are typically structured with 25-27% of subordination plus excess spread of approximately 8% on a present value basis. At initial underwriting, defaults were expected to equal approximately 11%, providing over three times coverage. All FSA-insured closed-end second-lien mortgage transactions were rated Triple-A at closing. At June 30, 2008, the Company had reserved $168.3 million for five Alt-A CES transactions, up from $86.9 million for four transactions in the first quarter. Most of this increase was due to FSA revising its projections to assume peak loss rates would continue through mid-2009. The Company established a reserve for 50% of the projected loss for a new Alt-A CES as a result of the downgrade to below investment grade of its insurer, Syncora Guarantee Inc. ("SGI") (formerly XL Capital Assurance). No claim payments have been made to date, and FSA does not expect to pay most of this amount until 2036 and thereafter. The Company does not currently expect losses on six insured 2007 transactions with an aggregate net par of $517 million that are wrapped by investment-grade rated monolines.

         Subprime U.S. RMBS:     Subprime U.S. RMBS represent 4% of total asset-backed par outstanding. Despite recent internal downgrades, 93% of the net par of subprime U.S. RMBS transactions insured by FSA are rated Single-A or better. One 2007 transaction with net par outstanding of $250 million, originally insured at Triple-A, was internally downgraded to Double-B. At origination, typical FSA-

78



insured subprime RMBS transactions contain approximately 20% overcollateralization and subordination plus excess spread typically estimated at 7% versus an original FSA loss expectation of 10% (22% defaults at 45% loss severity). If loss severity increased to 60%, more than 45% of all borrowers would have to default for the Company to pay a claim.

         NIM Securitizations:     NIM securitizations represent less than 0.02% of total asset-backed par outstanding. Since 2001, FSA has insured 67 NIM securitizations totaling $5.9 billion. Of this amount, 17 transactions, with an aggregate net par outstanding of $199 million, were outstanding at June 30, 2008. Ten of FSA's outstanding NIM securitizations benefit from first-loss insurance or reinsurance.

         Alt-A First-Lien Mortgages:     Alt-A first-lien mortgage securitizations represent 1% of total asset-backed par outstanding. In a typical Alt-A transaction, FSA is protected by approximately 8% subordination plus 3% of future spread, for total protection of 11%. At the time of origination, FSA typically expected pool losses to equal 3%, which assumed a 35% severity rate and 9% foreclosure frequency. Holding severity constant, foreclosures would need to exceed 31% before FSA experienced a loss on its policies. All of the FSA-insured Alt-A first lien exposures were originally rated Triple-A. Projections run in the second quarter show no losses to FSA, but did result in some additional internal downgrades.

         Option Adjustable Rate Mortgages:     Option ARMs securitizations represent 2% of total asset-backed par outstanding. All FSA-insured Option ARM transactions were originally rated Triple-A and are senior in the capital structure. These transactions are prepaying at moderate speeds and building overcollateralization. Although delinquencies are rising, there are few mortgage loan losses to date. FSA's second quarter cash flow projection resulted in some additional internal downgrades and projected losses for three transactions. At June 30, 2008, the Company had reserved $38.8 million for these transactions.

    Reinsurance of Insured Portfolio

        The Company obtains reinsurance to increase its policy-writing capacity on both an aggregate-risk and a single-risk basis; to meet rating agency, internal and state insurance regulatory limits; to diversify risk; to reduce the need for additional capital; and to strengthen financial ratios. The Company reinsures portions of its risks with affiliated and unaffiliated reinsurers under quota share, first-loss and excess-of-loss treaties and on a facultative basis.

        Reinsurance does not relieve the Company of its obligations to policyholders. In the event that any or all of the reinsuring companies are unable to meet their obligations, or contest such obligations, the Company may be unable to recover amounts due. A number of FSA's reinsurers are required to pledge collateral to secure their reinsurance obligations to FSA in an amount equal to their statutory unearned premiums, loss and contingency reserves associated with the ceded business. FSA requires collateral from reinsurers primarily to (a) receive statutory credit for the reinsurance, (b) provide liquidity to FSA in the event of claims on the reinsured exposures, and (c) enhance rating agency capital credit for the reinsurance.

        The Company cedes approximately 25% of its gross par insured to a diversified group of reinsurers, including other monolines. As of June 30, 2008, 63% of FSA's reinsurers were rated Double-A- or higher based on ceded par outstanding, and some are still under review by rating agencies. The Company's reinsurance contracts generally allow the Company to recapture ceded business after certain triggering events, such as reinsurer downgrades. In August 2008, the Company reassumed all exposure ceded to SGR and ceded 75% of such exposure to SGI in connection with a commutation arrangement with SGR and XL Insurance. Included in the table below is $14.8 million in ceded par outstanding related to insured CDS.

79



Reinsurance Recoverable and Ceded Par Outstanding by Reinsurer and Ratings

 
  At June 30, 2008  
Reinsurer
  Moody's
Reinsurer
Rating
  S&P
Reinsurer
Rating
  Reinsurance
Recoverable
  Ceded
Par
Outstanding
  Ceded Par
Outstanding
as a % of
Total
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

Tokio Marine and Nichido Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. 

    Aa2 (1)   AA (1) $ 96.1   $ 33,347     24 %

Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. 

    Aa2 (2)   AA     72.4     32,338     23  

Radian Asset Assurance Inc. 

    A3     A     26.7     25,794     18  

RAM Reinsurance Co. Ltd.(3)

    Aa3     AA     13.9     12,580     9  

BluePoint Re, Limited(4)

    Aa3 (2)   A     20.6     8,705     6  

Syncora Guarantee Re Ltd.(5)

    B2     BBB-     7.6     8,215     6  

Swiss Reinsurance Company. 

    Aa2     AA-     8.8     4,451     3  

R.V.I. Guaranty Co., Ltd. 

    A3     A-         4,185     3  

Mitsui Sumitomo Insurance Co. Ltd. 

    Aa3     AA (1)   6.6     2,621     2  

CIFG Assurance North America Inc. 

    Ba2     A-     10.1     2,085     1  

Ambac Assurance Corporation

    Aa3     AA     0.2     1,295     1  

Financial Guaranty Insurance Company

    B1     BB         1,138     1  

ACA Financial Guaranty Corporation(6)

    NR     CCC         949     1  

Radian Insurance Inc. 

    Baa1     BBB     28.2     31     0  

Other

    Various     Various     0.8     2,281     2  
                           
 

Total

              $ 292.0   $ 140,015     100 %
                           

(1)
The Company has structural collateral agreements satisfying the Triple-A credit requirement of S&P and/or Moody's.

(2)
Outlook revised downward after June 30, 2008.

(3)
Downgraded by Moody's from Aa3 to A3 on August 7, 2008.

(4)
In August 2008, the Company learned that a provisional liquidator of BluePoint Re, Limited, had been appointed. The Company's reinsurance recoverable from BluePoint Re, Limited is collateralized. Moody's downgraded BluePoint Re, Limited, from A2 to Ca on August 13, 2008.

(5)
Formerly XL Financial Assurance Ltd.

(6)
All risks reinsured by ACA Financial Guaranty Corporation are domestic public finance obligations.

Financial Products Segment

Results of Operations

        The FP segment includes the results of operations of the GIC Subsidiaries and consolidated VIEs. Management's analysis of the FP segment is primarily based on FP Segment NIM, a non-GAAP

80



measure. See "—Non-GAAP Measures—FP Segment NIM." On August 6, 2008, the Company announced that Dexia will assume the liquidity and credit risks of the Company's GIC operations.


Financial Products Segment

 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

Net interest income from financial products segment

  $ 149.3   $ 261.1   $ 357.7   $ 511.6  

Net realized gains (losses) from financial products segment

    (1,042.4 )   1.2     (1,042.4 )   1.8  

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

    (274.2 )   0.9     156.4     32.2  

Net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value

    1,015.3     9.4     573.8     6.3  

Other income

    (3.7 )   3.4     6.5     7.6  
                   
 

Total Revenues

    (155.7 )   276.0     52.0     559.5  

Net interest expense from financial products segment

    (187.3 )   (248.4 )   (426.6 )   (490.1 )

Foreign exchange gains (losses) from financial products segment

    (3.4 )   (13.1 )   (16.7 )   (30.6 )

Other operating expenses

    2.4     (7.2 )   (3.3 )   (13.6 )
                   
 

Total Expenses

    (188.3 )   (268.7 )   (446.6 )   (534.3 )

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (344.0 )   7.3     (394.6 )   25.2  
                   

GAAP income to operating earnings adjustments

    58.1     11.6     113.9     9.9  
                   

Pre-tax segment operating earnings

  $ (285.9 ) $ 18.9   $ (280.7 ) $ 35.1  
                   

         2008 vs. 2007:     The decrease in the FP Segment NIM was driven primarily by economic OTTI charges on the FP Investment Portfolio.


Reconciliation of Total NIM to Non-GAAP FP Segment NIM

 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

Net interest income from financial products segment

  $ 149.3   $ 261.1   $ 357.7   $ 511.6  

Net realized gains (losses) from financial products segment

    (1,042.4 )   1.2     (1,042.4 )   1.8  

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

    (274.2 )   0.9     156.4     32.2  

Net unrealized gains (losses) on fair valued financial instruments from financial products segment

    1,015.3     9.4     573.8     6.3  

Net interest expense from financial products segment

    (187.3 )   (248.4 )   (426.6 )   (490.1 )

Foreign exchange gains (losses) from financial products segment

    (3.4 )   (13.1 )   (16.7 )   (30.6 )
                   
 

Total NIM(1)

    (342.7 )   11.1     (397.8 )   31.2  

Intersegment income

    (3.9 )   3.7     6.8     8.2  

Non-operating fair value adjustments

    47.7     11.0     108.2     11.0  
                   
 

FP Segment NIM

  $ (298.9 ) $ 25.8   $ (282.8 ) $ 50.4  
                   

(1)
Excludes other operating expenses.

81


 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

NIM generated by FP Investment Portfolio and GICs

  $ (299.0 ) $ 24.8   $ (284.9 ) $ 48.5  

NIM generated by VIEs

    0.1     1.0     2.1     1.9  
                   
 

FP Segment NIM

  $ (298.9 ) $ 25.8   $ (282.8 ) $ 50.4  
                   

        The Company is subject to an investigation by the Department of Justice and the SEC of bid-rigging of awards of municipal GICs. In the second quarter of 2008, purported class action law suits were commenced related to the subject of these investigations, naming as defendants a large number of financial institutions, including the Company. See Part II, "Item 1. Legal Proceedings."

        The following table summarizes the components of the fair-value adjustments included in the results of operations of the FP segment:

 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

Net interest income from financial products segment:

                         
   

Fair-value adjustments on FP segment investment portfolio

  $ (68.4 ) $   $ 7.6   $  
   

Fair-value adjustments on FP segment derivatives

    69.3         (6.7 )    
                   
     

Net interest income from financial products segment

  $ 0.9   $   $ 0.9   $  
                   

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

                         
 

FP segment derivatives(1)

  $ (274.1 ) $ 0.9   $ 156.5   $ 32.2  
                   

Net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value

                         

FP segment:

                         
 

Assets designated as trading portfolio

  $ (32.1 ) $ 9.4   $ (94.3 ) $ 6.3  
                   
 

Fixed rate FP segment debt:

                         
   

Fair-value adjustments other than the Company's own credit
risk

    314.8         (94.7 )    
   

Fair-value adjustments attributable to the Company's own credit risk

    732.6         762.8      
                   
     

Net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value in the FP segment

  $ 1,015.3   $ 9.4   $ 573.8   $ 6.3  
                   

Net interest expense from financial products segment:

                         
   

Fair-value adjustments on FP segment debt

  $   $ (108.4 ) $   $ (112.2 )
   

Fair-value adjustments on FP segment derivatives

        124.9         135.5  
                   
     

Net interest expense from financial products segment

  $   $ 16.5   $   $ 23.3  
                   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

                         
 

FP Investment Portfolio

    399.8     (48.3 )   (1,133.3 )   (64.0 )
 

VIE Investment Portfolio

    1.1     (0.4 )   0.2     (0.3 )
                   
     

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

  $ 400.9   $ (48.7 ) $ (1,133.1 ) $ (64.3 )
                   

(1)
Represents derivatives not in designated fair-value hedging relationships.

82


PV NIM Originated

        Like installment premiums, PV NIM originated is expected to be earned and collected in future periods. The non-GAAP measure PV NIM originated represents the difference between the present value of estimated interest to be received on investments acquired during the period and the present value of estimated interest to be paid on liabilities issued by the FP segment issued during the period, net of transaction expenses, the expected results of derivatives used to hedge interest rate risk and the estimated effect of adverse changes in the expected lives of FP liabilities. The Company's future positive interest rate spread estimate generally relates to contracts or security instruments that extend for multiple years. More detail on this Non-GAAP measure can be found in "—Non-GAAP Measures—Present Value of Financial Products Net Interest Margin Originated."


Financial Products PV NIM Originated

 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

PV NIM originated

  $ (0.4 ) $ 22.7   $ 0.0   $ 49.5  

        In the FP segment, the PV NIM originated was negative in the second quarter because the Company curtailed new asset acquisitions in order to build liquidity while issuing new GICs with interest rates on average above LIBOR.

FP Segment Investment Portfolio

        The FP Segment Investment Portfolio is made up of:

    the FP Investment Portfolio, consisting of the investments supporting the GIC liabilities; and

    the VIE Investment Portfolio, consisting of the investments supporting the VIE liabilities.


Carrying Value of Assets
in the FP Segment

 
  June 30, 2008   December 31, 2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

FP Investment Portfolio

  $ 14,006.0   $ 18,065.0  

VIE Investment Portfolio(1)

    1,159.6     1,148.2  
           
 

Total

  $ 15,165.6   $ 19,213.2  
           

      (1)
      After intra-segment eliminations.

        The Company's management believes that the assets held in the VIE Investment Portfolio are beyond the reach of the Company and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership.

    FP Investment Portfolio

        At June 30, 2008, the FP Investment Portfolio had 66% of its portfolio in non-agency RMBS. Based on its analysis of the credit quality and credit protections in the portfolio, management determined that 86 positions in the available-for-sale FP Investment Portfolio were other-than-temporarily impaired. The OTTI charge in the second quarter for such investments was $1,042.4 million and was recorded in realized gains (losses) from financial products segment. The amount of the OTTI charge recorded in the second quarter statement of operations and comprehensive income is not necessarily indicative of management's estimate of economic loss, but instead represents the write-down to current fair-value. The amount of OTTI and the estimate of economic loss are based on the Company's ability and intent to hold these assets to maturity. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Summary of Invested Assets."

83


    FP Segment Debt

        The following table indicates the Company's par value of debt outstanding with respect to municipal and non-municipal GICs as well as VIEs:


Par Value of FP Segment Debt by Type

 
  June 30,
2008
  December 31,
2007
 
 
  (in millions)
 

GIC debt:

             
 

Municipal

  $ 6,845.5   $ 7,477.9  
 

Non-municipal GICs:

             
   

CDOs of ABS GICs

    5,384.5     6,099.8  
   

Pooled corporate and CLO structured GICs

    4,383.6     4,404.0  
   

Other non-municipal GICs

    864.6     786.2  
           
 

Total non-municipal GICs

    10,632.7     11,290.0  
           
 

Total GIC debt

    17,478.2     18,767.9  

VIE debt

    2,611.6     2,494.9  
           
 

Total par value of FP segment debt

  $ 20,089.8   $ 21,262.8  
           

        GICs issued by the Company may be withdrawn based upon certain contractually established conditions. While management follows the performance of each contract carefully, in some cases withdrawals may occur substantially earlier than originally projected. In response, the Company has been enhancing the liquidity available in its FP Investment Portfolio by investing newly originated GIC proceeds into short-term investments.

        Effective January 1, 2008, the Company elected to account for certain fixed rate FP segment debt at fair value under the fair value option in SFAS 159. The fair value option was elected to reduce volatility in income on fixed rate debt that is converted to floating U.S. dollar denominated debt through the use of derivatives. The fair value option allows the fair value adjustment on debt to be offset with the fair value on derivatives economically hedging interest and foreign exchange risk. All of the FP segment debt carried at fair value was categorized as Level 3 in the SFAS 157 fair value hierarchy.

Other Operating Expenses and Amortization of Deferred Acquisition Costs

        The table below shows other operating expenses with and without compensation expense related to the Company's DCP and SERP obligations. These liabilities are offset by the fair-value adjustments of the assets held to defease the plan obligations, which amounts are reflected in other income.


Other Operating Expenses

 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

Amortization of previously deferred underwriting expenses and reinsurance commissions

  $ 16.6   $ 18.1   $ 32.4   $ 34.0  
                   

Other operating expenses

    (17.2 )   64.0     34.7     121.8  

Underwriting expenses deferred

    17.8     (36.8 )   (9.4 )   (70.5 )

Financial products other operating expenses

    (2.4 )   4.3     1.8     8.3  

Reinsurance commissions written, net

    (18.5 )   (16.9 )   (32.8 )   (30.6 )

Reinsurance commissions deferred, net

    18.5     16.9     32.8     30.6  
                   
 

Other operating expenses, excluding DCPs/SERPs

    (1.8 )   31.5     27.1     59.6  

DCP/SERP expenses

    (2.4 )   7.2     (11.4 )   9.4  
                   
 

Total other operating expenses

    (4.2 )   38.7     15.7     69.0  
                   
   

Total expenses

  $ 12.4   $ 56.8   $ 48.1   $ 103.0  
                   

84


        Compensation expense consists largely of bonus and equity participation plan expenses, which are driven by the performance of the Company. The Company defines success by its operating earnings, growth in ABV per share and growth in book value per share. The decrease was primarily attributable to declines in compensation expense, reflecting performance in the first half of 2008.

Taxes

        For the first six months of 2008 and 2007, the Company's effective tax rate benefit was 38.7% and provision of 21.7%, respectively. The 2008 effective tax rate reflects a higher than expected benefit of 35% due to tax-exempt interest income and the tax-exempt fair value adjustments related to the Company's committed preferred securities. The 2007 rate differs from the statutory rate of 35% due primarily to tax-exempt interest.

        At June 30, 2008, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $1.4 billion, primarily attributable to a $1.1 billion tax benefit from unrealized losses on bonds in the FP Investment Portfolio and a $0.3 billion tax benefit from unrealized losses on credit derivatives in the insured portfolio, partially offset by the Company's deferred tax liability.

        Management concluded that it is more likely than not that the tax benefit of the deferred tax assets will be realized and that therefore no valuation allowance is necessary on its deferred tax asset based on the following factors:

    1.
    The Company has the intent and ability to hold investments in the FP Investment Portfolio to maturity. More specifically, based on its analysis, the Company has determined that it is capable, if necessary, of holding to maturity all investments in the FP Investment Portfolio whether or not impaired. As the investments mature, the par amount of the investments will be realized except for credit impairment and over time the deferred tax asset will be fully reversed.

    2.
    The Company has substantial streams of future premium earnings from its in force insured portfolio, with the total aggregating to approximately $3.4 billion as of June 30, 2008.

    3.
    The Company believes that, except for true credit losses, mark-to-market losses from its CDS will reverse over time. As the mark-to-market losses reverse, the deferred tax asset will reverse. To the extent that true credit losses increase, mark-to-market losses will not reverse and less of the deferred tax asset will be realized.

    4.
    The Company has never allowed net operating losses, capital losses, tax credits, or other tax benefits to expire unutilized. It expects that appropriate tax planning will allow it to maintain this performance record.

Exposure to Monolines

        The tables below summarize the exposure to each financial guaranty monoline insurer by exposure category and the underlying ratings of the Company's insured risks.

85



Summary of Exposure to Monolines

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
  Insured Portfolios   Investment Portfolios  
 
  FSA
Insured
Portfolio(1)
  Ceded Par
Outstanding
  General
Investment
Portfolio(2)
  FP Segment
Investment
Portfolio(2)
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

Assured Guaranty Re Ltd

  $ 1,032   $ 32,338   $ 82.4   $ 200.3  

Radian Asset Assurance Inc. 

    99     25,794     1.9     258.1  

RAM Reinsurance Co. Ltd. 

        12,580          

BluePoint Re, Limited(3)

        8,705          

Syncora Guarantee Inc. and Syncora Guarantee Re. Ltd.(4)

    1,567     8,215     33.8     368.7  

CIFG Assurance North America Inc. 

    202     2,085     25.9     105.8  

Ambac Assurance Corporation

    5,184     1,295     673.2     914.6  

Financial Guaranty Insurance Company

    5,532     1,138     388.3     402.4  

ACA Financial Guaranty Corporation

    21     949          

MBIA Insurance Corporation

    4,391         705.1     853.9  
                   
 

Total

  $ 18,028   $ 93,099   $ 1,910.6   $ 3,103.8  
                   
 

Total portfolio

  $ 423,450   $ 140,015   $ 5,808.5   $ 18,390.2  

% of total portfolio

    4 %   66 %   33 %   17 %

(1)
Represents transactions with second-to-pay FSA-insurance that were previously insured by other monolines. Based on net par outstanding.

(2)
Based on amortized cost, which would include write-down of securities that were deemed to be OTTI.

(3)
In August 2008, the Company learned that a provisional liquidator of BluePoint Re, Limited, had been appointed. The Company's reinsurance recoverable from BluePoint Re, Limited is collateralized. Moody's downgraded BluePoint Re, Limited, from A2 to Ca on August 13, 2008.

(4)
Formerly XL Capital Assurance Inc. and XL Financial Assurance Ltd.

86



Exposures to Monolines
and Ratings of Underlying Risks

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
  Insured Portfolios   Investment Portfolios  
 
  FSA Insured
Portfolio(1)
  Ceded Par
Outstanding
  General
Investment
Portfolio
  FP Segment
Investment
Portfolio
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

Assured Guaranty Re Ltd.

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 1,032   $ 32,338   $ 82.4   $ 200.3  
   

Triple-A

    %   7 %   2 %   %
   

Double-A

    11     39         23  
   

Single-A

    28     37     79     71  
   

Triple-B

    22     15     19      
   

Below Investment Grade

    39     2         6  

Radian Asset Assurance Inc.

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 99   $ 25,794   $ 1.9   $ 258.1  
   

Triple-A

    5 %   8 %   %   %
   

Double-A

        41     100      
   

Single-A

    14     39          
   

Triple-B

    57     11          
   

Below Investment Grade

    24     1         100  

RAM Reinsurance Co. Ltd.

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $   $ 12,580   $   $  
   

Triple-A

    %   14 %   %   %
   

Double-A

        40          
   

Single-A

        32          
   

Triple-B

        12          
   

Below Investment Grade

        2          

BluePoint Re, Limited

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $   $ 8,705   $   $  
   

Triple-A

    %   11 %   %   %
   

Double-A

        41          
   

Single-A

        32          
   

Triple-B

        15          
   

Below Investment Grade

        1          

Syncora Guarantee Inc. and Syncora Guarantee Re Ltd.(3)

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 1,567   $ 8,215   $ 33.8   $ 368.7  
   

Triple-A

    29 %   %   %   2 %
   

Double-A

        18     17      
   

Single-A

    24     35     80     13  
   

Triple-B

    25     45         68  
   

Below Investment Grade

    22     2         17  
   

Not Rated

            3      

87



Exposures to Monolines
and Ratings of Underlying Risks (Continued)

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
  Insured Portfolios   Investment Portfolios  
 
  FSA Insured
Portfolio(1)
  Ceded Par
Outstanding
  General
Investment
Portfolio
  FP Segment
Investment
Portfolio
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

CIFG Assurance North America Inc.

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 202   $ 2,085   $ 25.9   $ 105.8  
   

Triple-A

    %   2 %   %   %
   

Double-A

    2     28         25  
   

Single-A

    9     34     100     28  
   

Triple-B

    89     32         10  
   

Below Investment Grade

        4         37  

Ambac Assurance Corporation

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 5,184   $ 1,295   $ 673.2   $ 914.6  
   

Triple-A

    6 %   %   %   16 %
   

Double-A

    40     8     27     6  
   

Single-A

    33     35     70     32  
   

Triple-B

    14     57     2     37  
   

Below Investment Grade

    7         1     9  

Financial Guaranty Insurance Company

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 5,532   $ 1,138   $ 388.3   $ 402.4  
   

Triple-A

    %   %   %   %
   

Double-A

    32     18     32     2  
   

Single-A

    57     47     65     39  
   

Triple-B

    9     35     3     44  
   

Below Investment Grade

    2             15  

ACA Financial Guaranty Corporation

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 21   $ 949   $   $  
   

Triple-A

    %   %   %   %
   

Double-A

    63     72          
   

Single-A

        26          
   

Triple-B

        2          
   

Below Investment Grade

    37              

MBIA Insurance Corporation

                         
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 4,391   $   $ 705.1   $ 853.9  
   

Triple-A

    %   %   %   %
   

Double-A

    50         46     24  
   

Single-A

    12         47     21  
   

Triple-B

    38         5     40  
   

Below Investment Grade

            2     15  

(1)
Represents transactions with second-to-pay FSA insurance that were previously insured by other monolines.

(2)
Represent par balances for the insured portfolios and amortized cost for the investment portfolios.

(3)
Formerly XL Capital Assurance Inc. and XL Financial Assurance Ltd. Excludes $1.0 million in redeemable preferred shares of SGR, which are not rated.

88


Liquidity and Capital Resources

FSA Holdings Liquidity

        At June 30, 2008, FSA Holdings had cash and investments of $44.9 million available to fund the liquidity needs of its separate holding company operations. Because the majority of the Company's operations are conducted through FSA, the long-term ability of FSA Holdings to service its debt will largely depend on its receipt of dividends from FSA and FSA's repurchase of its own shares from FSA Holdings. In February 2008, Dexia Holdings, Inc. contributed $504.3 million of capital to FSA Holdings and injected $300.0 million in August 2008. In the first quarter 2008, FSA Holdings contributed $500.0 million to FSA.

        FSA Holdings paid no dividends in the second quarter and paid dividends of $33.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2008, and of $30.5 million and $61.0 million during the comparable periods of 2007.

        On November 22, 2006, FSA Holdings issued $300.0 million principal amount of Junior Subordinated Debentures with a scheduled maturity date of December 15, 2036 and a final repayment date of December 15, 2066. The final repayment date of December 15, 2066 may be automatically extended up to four times in five-year increments provided certain conditions are met. The debentures are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time prior to December 15, 2036 at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption or, if greater, the make-whole redemption price. Interest on the debentures will accrue from November 22, 2006 to December 15, 2036 at the annual rate of 6.40%. If any amount of the debentures remains outstanding after December 15, 2036, then the principal amount of the outstanding debentures will bear interest at a floating interest rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 2.215% until repaid. FSA Holdings may elect at one or more times to defer payment of interest on the debentures for one or more consecutive interest periods that do not exceed ten years. In connection with the completion of this offering, FSA Holdings entered into a replacement capital covenant for the benefit of persons that buy, hold or sell a specified series of FSA Holdings long-term indebtedness ranking senior to the debentures. Under the covenant, the debentures will not be repaid, redeemed, repurchased or defeased by FSA Holdings or any of its subsidiaries on or before the date that is 20 years prior to the final repayment date, except to the extent that FSA Holdings has received proceeds from the sale of replacement capital securities. The proceeds from this offering were used to pay a dividend to the shareholders of FSA Holdings.

        On July 31, 2003, FSA Holdings issued $100.0 million principal amount of 5.60% Notes due July 15, 2103, which are callable without premium or penalty in whole or in part at any time on or after July 31, 2008. Debt issuance costs of $3.3 million are being amortized over the life of the debt.

        On November 26, 2002, FSA Holdings issued $230.0 million principal amount of 6.25% Notes due November 1, 2102, which are callable without premium or penalty in whole or in part at any time on or after November 26, 2007. Debt issuance costs of $7.4 million are being amortized over the life of the debt. FSA Holdings used a portion of the proceeds of this issuance to redeem in whole FSA Holdings' $130.0 million principal amount of 7.375% Senior QUIDS due September 30, 2097.

        On December 19, 2001, FSA Holdings issued $100.0 million of 6 7 / 8 % Quarterly Income Bond Securities due December 15, 2101, which are callable without premium or penalty on or after December 19, 2006. Debt issuance costs of $3.3 million are being amortized over the life of the debt.

FSA's Liquidity

        In its financial guaranty business, premiums, credit derivative fees and investment income are the Company's primary sources of funds to pay its operating expenses, insured losses and taxes. FSA's primary uses of funds are to pay operating expenses, pay dividends to its parent FSA Holdings, and pay claims under insurance policies in the event of default by an issuer of an insured obligation and the

89



unavailability or exhaustion of other payment sources in the transaction, such as the cash flow or collateral underlying the obligations. FSA seeks to structure asset-backed transactions to address liquidity risks by matching insured payments with available cash flow or other payment sources. Insurance policies issued by FSA guaranteeing payments under bonds and other securities provide, in general, that payments of principal, interest and other amounts insured by FSA may not be accelerated by the holder of the obligation but are paid by FSA in accordance with the obligation's original payment schedule or, at FSA's option, on an accelerated basis. Payments made in settlement of the Company's obligations in its insured portfolio may, and often do, vary significantly from year to year depending primarily on the frequency and severity of payment defaults and its decisions regarding whether to exercise its right to accelerate troubled insured transactions in order to mitigate future losses. The Company has not drawn on any alternative sources of liquidity to meet its obligations in 2008 and 2007. In prior years, the Company has refinanced certain transactions using funds raised through its GIC Subsidiaries.

        FSA insurance policies guaranteeing payments under CDS may provide for acceleration of amounts due upon the occurrence of certain credit events, subject to single risk limits specified in the insurance laws of the State of New York (the "New York Insurance Law"). These constraints prohibiting or limiting acceleration of certain claims are mandatory under Article 69 of the New York Insurance Law and serve to reduce FSA's liquidity requirements.

        The terms of the Company's CDS contracts generally are modified from standard CDS contract forms approved by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. ("ISDA") in order to provide for payments on a scheduled basis and generally replicate the terms of a traditional financial guaranty insurance policy. Some CDS contracts the Company enters into as credit protection seller, however, utilize standard ISDA settlement mechanics of cash settlement (a process to value the loss of market value of a reference obligation) or physical settlement (delivery of the reference obligation against payment of principal by the protection seller) in the event of a "credit event," as defined in the terms of the contract.

        Potential acceleration of claims with respect to CDS obligations occur with funded CDOs and synthetic CDOs as described below:

    Funded CDOs:   The Company has credit exposure to the senior tranches of funded corporate CDOs. The senior tranches are typically rated Triple-A at the time of inception. While the majority of these exposures obligate the Company to pay only shortfalls in scheduled interest and principal at final maturity, in a limited number of cases the Company has agreed to physical settlement following a credit event. In these limited circumstances the Company has adhered to internal limits within applicable statutory single risk constraints. In these transactions, the credit events giving rise to a payment obligation are (a) the bankruptcy of the special purpose issuer or (b) the failure by the issuer to make a scheduled payment of interest or principal pursuant to the referenced senior debt security.

    Synthetic CDOs:   In the area of pooled corporate synthetic CDOs, where the Company's credit exposure is set at "super Triple-A" levels at origination, the Company is exposed to credit losses of a synthetic pool of corporate obligors following the exhaustion of a deductible. In these transactions, losses are typically calculated using ISDA cash settlement mechanics. As a result, the Company's exposures to the individual corporate obligors within any synthetic transaction are constrained by the New York Insurance Law single risk limits. In these transactions, the credit events giving rise to a payment obligation are (a) the reference entity's bankruptcy; (b) failure by the reference entity to pay its debt obligations; and, (c) in certain transactions, the restructuring of the reference entity's debt obligations. The Company would not be required to make a payment until aggregate credit losses exceed the designated deductible threshold and only as each incremental default occurs.

90


        FSA's ability to pay dividends depends, among other things, upon FSA's financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements and compliance with rating agency requirements for maintaining its Triple-A ratings, and is also subject to restrictions contained in the insurance laws and related regulations of New York and other states. Under the New York Insurance Law, FSA may pay dividends out of earned surplus, provided that, together with all dividends declared or distributed by FSA during the preceding 12 months, the dividends do not exceed the lesser of (a) 10% of policyholders' surplus as of its last statement filed with the New York Superintendent or (b) adjusted net investment income during this period. Based on FSA's statutory statements for 2007, and considering dividends that can be paid by its subsidiary, the maximum amount normally available for payment of dividends by FSA without regulatory approval over the 12 months following June 30, 2008 is approximately $117.1 million. FSA did not pay dividends in the first six months of 2008 or 2007.

        FSA may repurchase shares of its common stock from its shareholder subject to the New York Superintendent's approval. The New York Superintendent has approved the repurchase by FSA of up to $500.0 million of its shares from FSA Holdings through December 31, 2008. FSA repurchased shares of its common stock from FSA Holdings totaling $70 million in the first half of 2008, $180.0 million in 2007 and $100.0 million in 2006, and retired such shares.

        Management believes that FSA's expected operating liquidity needs, on both a short- and long-term basis, can be funded from its operating cash flow. The Company's primary sources of liquidity available to pay claims on a short- and long-term basis are cash flow from premiums written, FSA's investment portfolio and earnings thereon, reinsurance arrangements with third-party reinsurers, liquidity lines of credit with banks, and capital market transactions. FSA's ability to fund short- and long-term operating cash flow is also dependent on factors outside management's control such as general credit and liquidity conditions within the market.

        Downgrades of FSA's Triple-A financial strength ratings could have a material adverse effect on its long-term competitive position and prospects for future business opportunities as well as its results of operations and financial condition. Credit ratings are an important component of a financial institution's ability to compete in the financial guaranty market.

FP Segment Liquidity

        In its FP segment, the Company relies on net interest income to fund its net interest expense and operating expenses. Management believes that the FP segment's operating cash flow and the maturity of its investments provide sufficient liquidity to pay its obligations. Uncertainties remain regarding the timing of withdrawals of GICs associated with the CDOs of ABS. If additional liquidity is needed or cash flow from operations significantly decreases, the Company can sell investment assets, although the Company has the ability and management has the intent to hold these investments to maturity. To support this intent, as well as the Company's ability to hold the investments to maturity, the Company has been increasing short-term liquidity positions in the FP Investment Portfolio, which amounted to $1.5 billion at June 30, 2008, and may raise additional funds through the issuance of GICs or medium term notes or by entering into repurchase agreement transactions. In addition, on June 30, 2008, Dexia provided a $5.0 billion credit facility to address potential liquidity requirements of the GIC operations. Under stress scenarios, the FP segment may be required to access additional funds through the issuance of GICs at higher credit spreads reflective of the current market environment or other avenues that would be costly to the Company.

        Credit ratings are also an important component of a financial institutions' ability to compete in the derivative, investment agreement and structured transaction markets. If FSA were downgraded, the Company might be required to post incremental collateral to its investment agreement and derivative counterparties, introducing additional liquidity risk. Most FSA-insured GICs allow for withdrawal of GIC funds in the event of a downgrade of FSA, typically below AA- by S&P or Aa3 by Moody's, unless

91



the GIC provider posts collateral or otherwise enhances its credit. Such a downgrade could result in a significant amount of additional collateral to be posted. Some FSA-insured GICs also allow for withdrawal of GIC funds in the event of a downgrade of FSA, typically below A3 by Moody's or A- by S&P, with no right of the GIC provider to avoid such withdrawal by posting collateral or otherwise enhancing its credit.

Cash Flow

        The Company's cash flows from operations are heavily dependent on market conditions, the competitive environment and the mix of business originated. The following table summarizes cash flow from operations, investing and financing activities at the FSA Holdings consolidated level.

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007  
 
  (in millions)
 

Cash provided by (used for) operating activities

  $ 332.2   $ (55.7 )

Cash provided by (used for) investing activities

    617.2     (903.3 )

Cash provided by (used for) financing activities

    (916.7 )   975.5  

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on cash balances

    0.6     0.0  
           

Net (decrease) increase in cash

    33.3     16.5  

Cash at beginning of period

    26.6     32.5  
           

Cash at end of period

  $ 59.9   $ 49.0  
           

    Cash Flow from Operations

        The primary source of the fluctuations in cash flow from operations between the first half of 2007 and the first half of 2008 was the purchase of bonds in the trading portfolio in 2007, which is included in cash flows from operations. Excluding these trading portfolio purchases, cash flow was $168.1 million in 2007. In 2008, the increase in cash flow from operations in the financial guaranty segment was primarily due to an increase in premiums received due to large upfront U.S. public finance originations and a decrease in compensation payments, offset partially by an increase in losses paid.

        Net investment income from the General Investment Portfolio has increased compared to the first half of 2007 largely due to increased investment balances arising from premiums received plus a $504.3 million capital contribution. Investment income related to assets acquired in refinancing transactions have declined as those assets pay down or are sold. Losses paid increased significantly in the first half of 2008 versus the first half of 2007 due primarily to claim payments on insured HELOC obligations. Operating expenses decreased compared to second quarter 2007, due primarily to reduced share performance payments to employees. Net cash flow from FP interest increased from 2007 to 2008.

    Cash Flow from Investing and Financing Activities

        Investing activities consist primarily of purchases and sales of assets in the Company's various investment portfolios. The Company invests proceeds from the issuance of GICs and VIE debt in assets held within the FP Segment Investment Portfolio. Premium receipts are invested in the General Investment Portfolio. Proceeds from issuance of debt are classified as financing activities while the investment of those proceeds are classified as investing activities in the cash flow statement.

        Cash from financing activities decreased from the first half of 2007 to the first half of 2008. The decrease is primarily the result of a decline in new GIC issuances resulting from a slowdown in the GIC market as well as an increase in repayment of FP segment debt, offset in part by $504.3 million of capital contributions.

92


Summary of Invested Assets

        The Company's consolidated cash and invested assets are summarized below.


Summary of Cash and Investments

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
   
   
  FP Segment Investment Portfolio    
   
   
   
 
 
  General
Investment
Portfolio
  FP Investment
Portfolio
  VIE Investment
Portfolio(1)
  Assets Acquired
in Refinancing
Transactions(1)
  Total  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
 
 
  (in millions)
 

Long-term bonds

  $ 5,463.1   $ 5,519.0   $ 15,406.3   $ 12,244.2   $ 1,127.5   $ 1,148.0   $   $   $ 21,996.9   $ 18,911.2  

Equity securities

    1.3     1.2                             1.3     1.2  

Short-term investments

    344.1     344.8     1,506.3     1,506.3     11.6     11.6             1,862.0     1,862.7  

Trading portfolio

            338.5     255.5                     338.5     255.5  

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions

                            202.2     200.9     202.2     200.9  

Cash

    57.2     57.2     2.7     2.7                     59.9     59.9  
                                           
 

Total

  $ 5,865.7   $ 5,922.2   $ 17,253.8   $ 14,008.7   $ 1,139.1   $ 1,159.6   $ 202.2   $ 200.9   $ 24,460.8   $ 21,291.4  
                                           

 

 
  At December 31, 2007  
 
   
   
  FP Segment Investment Portfolio    
   
   
   
 
 
  General
Investment
Portfolio
  FP Investment
Portfolio
  VIE Investment
Portfolio(1)
  Assets Acquired
in Refinancing
Transactions(1)
  Total  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
 
 
  (in millions)
 

Long-term bonds

  $ 4,891.6   $ 5,054.6   $ 17,215.1   $ 15,796.5   $ 1,119.4   $ 1,139.6   $   $   $ 23,226.1   $ 21,990.7  

Equity securities

    40.0     39.9                             40.0     39.9  

Short-term investments

    96.3     97.4     1,918.7     1,918.7     8.6     8.6             2,023.6     2,024.7  

Trading portfolio

            337.2     349.8                     337.2     349.8  

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions

                            225.7     231.8     225.7     231.8  

Cash

    24.6     24.6     2.0     2.0                     26.6     26.6  
                                           
 

Total

  $ 5,052.5   $ 5,216.5   $ 19,473.0   $ 18,067.0   $ 1,128.0   $ 1,148.2   $ 225.7   $ 231.8   $ 25,879.2   $ 24,663.5  
                                           

(1)
Management believes the balances in the VIE Investment Portfolio and assets acquired under refinancing transactions are beyond the reach of the Company and its creditors.

        The Company includes, in its long-term bond portfolios, variable rate demand notes ("VRDNs") and ARS. VRDNs are long-term bonds that bear floating interest rates and provide investors with the option to tender or put the bonds at par, generally on a daily, weekly or monthly basis. ARS are long-term securities with interest rate reset features and are traded in the marketplace through a bidding process. VRDNs totaled $259.2 million at June 30, 2008 and $224.3 million at December 31, 2007. The Company did not hold any ARS at June 30, 2008 or December 31, 2007. At June 30, 2008, VRDNs consisted of obligations backed by municipal obligors. For management purposes, VRDN have been managed as short-term investments, although recent failures in the ARS market have raised questions about the liquidity of VRDNs.

        In the second quarter of 2008, the Company recorded an OTTI charge of $38.0 million on its investment in SGR, reducing the carrying value to $1.0 million. In August 2008, the Company sold its investment in SGR, receiving $2.9 million in final settlement, which will result in a gain of $1.9 million in the third quarter of 2008.

93


    FP Investment Portfolio

        The FP Investment Portfolio includes securities classified as available-for-sale and securities classified as trading. It broadly comprises short-term investments, non-agency RMBS, securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. sponsored agencies, taxable municipal bonds, securities issued by utilities, infrastructure-related securities, CDOs, and other asset-backed securities. Non-agency RMBS constitute the majority of the FP Investment Portfolio and include securities backed by pools of the following types of mortgage loans: home equity loans to non-prime borrowers, commonly referred to as "subprime" loans, Alt-A loans, Option ARMs, CES, HELOCs and prime loans. The FP Investment Portfolio also includes NIM securitizations.

        The Company carries debt securities designated as "available-for-sale" on its balance sheet at fair value in accordance with SFAS No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." In the FP Investment Portfolio, after-tax unrealized losses of $2,055.4 million at June 30, 2008 were recorded in other comprehensive income and primarily resulted from the general widening of credit spreads in the mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities markets. After tax negative fair value adjustment on FP's portfolio of assets designated as trading were $20.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2008, and $61.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008, and were recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

        The following tables set forth certain information concerning the FP Investment Portfolio based on amortized cost:


FP Investment Portfolio Fixed-Income Securities by Rating(1)
at June 30, 2008

Rating
   
 

AAA

    64.2 %

AA

    14.7  

A

    9.6  

BBB

    7.9  

Below investment grade

    3.6  
       
 

Total

    100.0 %
       

      (1)
      Ratings are based on the lower of Moody's or S&P ratings available at June 30, 2008.

        The FP Investment Portfolio includes FSA-Insured Investments. Of the bonds included in the FP Investment Portfolio at June 30, 2008, 4% were rated Triple-A by virtue of insurance provided by FSA. As of that date, 99% of the FSA-Insured Investments were investment grade without giving effect to the FSA insurance. The average shadow rating of the FSA-Insured Investments, which is the rating without giving effect to the FSA insurance, was in the Triple-B range. Of the bonds included in the FP Investment Portfolio, 18% were insured by other monoline guarantors.


Summary of FP Investment Portfolio

 
  At June 30, 2008   At December 31, 2007  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
 
 
  (in millions)
 

FP Investment Portfolio:

                         
 

Taxable bonds

  $ 15,744.8   $ 12,499.7   $ 17,552.3   $ 16,146.3  
 

Short-term investments

    1,506.3     1,506.3     1,918.7     1,918.7  
                   
   

Total FP Investment Portfolio

  $ 17,251.1   $ 14,006.0   $ 19,471.0   $ 18,065.0  
                   

94



FP Investment Portfolio by Security Type

 
  At June 30, 2008   At December 31, 2007  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
 
 
  (in millions)
 

Mortgage-backed securities:

                         
 

Non-agency U.S. RMBS

  $ 11,315.1   $ 8,610.0   $ 13,016.0   $ 11,714.6  
 

Agency RMBS(1)

    1,019.4     984.5     1,064.3     1,058.2  

U.S. Municipal bonds

    562.7     514.7     556.2     555.4  

Corporate(2)

    861.3     696.5     858.9     869.0  

Asset-backed and other securities:

                         

Collateralized bond obligations, CDO, CLO

    434.0     377.5     471.0     431.6  

Other (primarily asset backed)

    1,552.3     1,316.5     1,585.9     1,517.5  
                   
 

Total available-for-sale bonds and trading portfolio

    15,744.8     12,499.7     17,552.3     16,146.3  

Short-term investments

    1,506.3     1,506.3     1,918.7     1,918.7  
                   
 

Total FP Investment Portfolio

  $ 17,251.1   $ 14,006.0   $ 19,471.0   $ 18,065.0  
                   

(1)
Includes RMBS or ABS issued or guaranteed by U.S. sponsored agencies (including but not limited to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac).

(2)
Includes securities classified as trading.

        The table below shows the composition of the non-agency RMBS portfolio by credit rating, weighted average life and the related unrealized gains and losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income.


Selected Information for Non-Agency U.S. Mortgage-Backed
Securities in FP Investment Portfolio

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
  Credit Ratings(1)    
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Below
Investment
Grade
  Weighted
Average
Life
  Amortized
Cost
  Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
  Fair
Value
  % of
Portfolio
 
 
  Triple-A   Double-A   Single-A   Triple-B  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (in years)
  (dollars in millions)
 

Collateral type:

                                                             
 

Subprime

    59 %   17 %   9 %   8 %   7 %   3.2   $ 7,554.9   $ (1,592.5 ) $ 5,962.4     67 %
 

Alt-A

    96     2     1     1     0     6.5     2,148.5     (592.8 )   1,555.7     19  
 

Option ARMs

    97     0     3     0     0     4.3     805.2     (247.9 )   557.3     7  
 

Closed-end second liens

    11     28     25     3     33     2.2     138.9     (23.0 )   115.9     1  
 

HELOCs

    5     34     37     0     24     3.8     233.3     (64.0 )   169.3     2  
 

NIM securitizations

    3     4     0     93     0     2.5     280.9     (127.6 )   153.3     3  
 

Prime

    100     0     0     0     0     5.5     153.4     (57.3 )   96.1     1  
                                                       
   

Total

                                      $ 11,315.1   $ (2,705.1 ) $ 8,610.0     100 %
                                                       

(1)
Based on amortized cost. Ratings based on lower of S&P or Moody's.

        The amortized costs and fair values of securities in the FP Investment Portfolio by contractual maturity are shown below. Actual maturities could differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay certain obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. In the second quarter of 2008, the weighted average expected life of the FP Investment Portfolio was 3.9 years.

95



Distribution of FP Investment Portfolio by Contractual Maturity

 
  At June 30, 2008   At December 31, 2007  
 
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
 
 
  (in millions)
 

Due in one year or less

  $ 1,506.3   $ 1,506.3   $ 1,918.7   $ 1,918.7  

Due after ten years

    1,668.3     1,426.9     1,655.0     1,666.7  

Mortgage-backed securities(1)

    12,334.5     9,594.6     14,080.3     12,772.8  

Asset-backed and other securities(2)

    1,742.0     1,478.3     1,817.0     1,706.8  
                   
 

Total FP Investment Portfolio

  $ 17,251.1   $ 14,006.1   $ 19,471.0   $ 18,065.0  
                   

(1)
Stated maturities for mortgage-backed securities of one to 39 years at June 30, 2008 and of two to 39 years at December 31, 2007.

(2)
Stated maturities for asset-backed and other securities of four to 44 years at June 30, 2008 and of four to 44 years at December 31, 2007.

        There were 49 securities whose fair value was recorded in accumulated comprehensive income as of June 30, 2008, that had been in an unrealized loss position of 20% or more for six months or longer.

        The following tables show the gross unrealized losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and fair values of the available-for-sale bonds in the FP Investment Portfolio, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position.


Aging of Unrealized Losses of Available-for-Sale Bonds
in FP Investment Portfolio

 
  At June 30, 2008  
Aging Categories
  Number of
Securities
  Amortized
Cost
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value   Unrealized
Loss as a
Percentage of
Amortized Cost
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

Less than Six Months(1)

                               
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

        $ 438.2   $ (39.5 ) $ 398.7     (9.0 )%
 

Mortgage-backed securities

          431.8     (13.9 )   417.9     (3.2 )
 

Corporate securities

          270.0     (67.5 )   202.5     (25.0 )
 

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

          177.3     (21.4 )   155.9     (12.1 )
                           
   

Total

    56     1,317.3     (142.3 )   1,175.0     (10.8 )

More than Six Months but Less than 12 Months(2)

                               
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

          59.2     (3.3 )   55.9     (5.6 )
 

Mortgage-backed securities

          6,474.1     (1,531.6 )   4,942.4     (23.7 )
 

Corporate securities

          65.0     (18.3 )   46.7     (28.2 )
 

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

          1,186.5     (221.0 )   965.5     (18.6 )
                           
   

Total

    481     7,784.8     (1,774.2 )   6,010.6     (22.8 )

96



Aging of Unrealized Losses of Available-for-Sale Bonds
in FP Investment Portfolio (Continued)

 
  At June 30, 2008  
Aging Categories
  Number of
Securities
  Amortized
Cost
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value   Unrealized
Loss as a
Percentage of
Amortized Cost
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

12 Months or More(3)

                               
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

          65.3     (5.2 )   60.1     (8.0 )
 

Mortgage-backed securities

          4,500.2     (1,197.0 )   3,303.2     (26.6 )
 

Corporate securities

          82.1     (7.5 )   74.6     (9.1 )
 

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

          273.0     (60.3 )   212.7     (22.1 )
                           
   

Total

    227     4,920.6     (1,270.0 )   3,650.6     (25.8 )

Total

                               
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

          562.7     (48.0 )   514.7     (8.5 )
 

Mortgage-backed securities

          11,406.1     (2,742.5 )   8,663.6     (24.0 )
 

Corporate securities

          417.1     (93.3 )   323.8     (22.4 )
 

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

          1,636.8     (302.7 )   1,334.1     (18.5 )
                         
   

Total

    764   $ 14,022.7   $ (3,186.5 ) $ 10,836.2     (22.7 )%
                         

(1)
The largest unrealized loss on an individual investment, in terms of absolute dollars, was $67.5 million, or 25.0% of its amortized cost.

(2)
The largest unrealized loss on an individual investment, in terms of absolute dollars, was $37.4 million, or 24.1% of its amortized cost.

(3)
The largest unrealized loss on an individual investment, in terms of absolute dollars, was $39.4 million, or 52.5% of its amortized cost.

 
  At December 31, 2007  
Aging Categories
  Number of
Securities
  Amortized
Cost
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value   Unrealized
Loss as a
Percentage of
Amortized Cost
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

Less than Six Months(1)

                               
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

        $ 159.3   $ (4.0 ) $ 155.3     (2.5 )%
 

Mortgage-backed securities

          7,913.7     (723.2 )   7,190.5     (9.1 )
 

Corporate securities

          335.0     (14.4 )   320.6     (4.3 )
 

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

          1,323.9     (90.8 )   1,233.1     (6.9 )
                           
   

Total

    533     9,731.9     (832.4 )   8,899.5     (8.6 )

97



Aging of Unrealized Losses of Available-for-Sale Bonds
in FP Investment Portfolio (Continued)

 
  At December 31, 2007  
Aging Categories
  Number of
Securities
  Amortized
Cost
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair Value   Unrealized
Loss as a
Percentage of
Amortized Cost
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
 

More than Six Months but Less than 12 Months(2)

                               
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

                       
 

Mortgage-backed securities

          5,232.7     (568.3 )   4,664.4     (10.9 )
 

Corporate securities

          82.2     (3.7 )   78.5     (4.5 )
 

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

          211.0     (26.2 )   184.8     (12.4 )
                           
   

Total

    223     5,525.9     (598.2 )   4,927.7     (10.8 )

12 Months or More(3)

                               
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

          64.1     (2.4 )   61.7     (3.8 )
 

Mortgage-backed securities

          282.6     (25.0 )   257.6     (8.8 )
 

Corporate securities

                       
 

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

          57.8     (1.7 )   56.1     (2.9 )
                           
   

Total

    39     404.5     (29.1 )   375.4     (7.2 )

Total

                               
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

          223.4     (6.4 )   217.0     (2.9 )
 

Mortgage-backed securities

          13,429.0     (1,316.5 )   12,112.5     (9.8 )
 

Corporate securities

          417.2     (18.1 )   399.1     (4.3 )
 

Other securities (primarily asset-backed)

          1,592.7     (118.7 )   1,474.0     (7.5 )
                         
   

Total

    795   $ 15,662.3   $ (1,459.7 ) $ 14,202.6     (9.3 )%
                         

(1)
The largest unrealized loss on an individual investment, in terms of absolute dollars, was $32.2 million, or 30.1% of its amortized cost.

(2)
The largest unrealized loss on an individual investment, in terms of absolute dollars, was $21.3 million, or 32.1% of its amortized cost.

(3)
The largest unrealized loss on an individual investment, in terms of absolute dollars, was $6.3 million, or 18.0% of its amortized cost.

        At June 30, 2008, the FP Investment Portfolio had 65.6% of its portfolio in non-agency RMBS. Based on its cash flow analysis of each RMBS security in the portfolio, management determined that 86 positions in the available-for-sale FP Investment Portfolio were other-than-temporarily impaired. The OTTI charge in the second quarter for such investments was $1,042.4 million and was recorded in realized gains (losses) from financial products segment. The amount of the OTTI charge recorded in the second quarter statement of operations and comprehensive income is not necessarily indicative of management's estimate of economic loss, but instead represents the write-down to current fair-value. The amount of OTTI and the estimate of economic loss are based on the Company's ability and intent

98



to hold these assets to maturity. The table below provides the composition of the OTTI charge by asset class.


Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Charge

 
  Three and Six Months
Ended June 30, 2008
 
 
  Number of
Securities
  Other-Than
Temporary
Impairment
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Non-agency U.S. RMBS:

             
 

First-lien subprime

    23   $ 282,483  
 

Alt-A

    45     590,224  
 

Option ARMs

    6     43,640  
 

CES

    4     54,275  
 

HELOC

    6     45,026  

Collateral bond obligations CDO, CLO:

             
 

CDOs of ABS

    2     26,771  
           
 

Total

    86   $ 1,042,419  
           

    Review of FP Investment Portfolio for Other-than-temporary Impairment

        In its evaluation of securities in the FP Investment Portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment, management uses judgment in reviewing the specific facts and circumstances of individual securities and uses estimates and assumptions of expected default rates, liquidation rates, loss severity rates and prepayment speeds to determine declines in fair value that are other-than-temporary. The Company uses both proprietary and third-party cash flow models to analyze the underlying collateral of asset-backed securities ("ABS") and the cash flows generated by the collateral to determine whether a security's performance is consistent with the expectation that all payments of principal and interest will be made as contractually required. The Company evaluates each security in the FP Investment Portfolio for OTTI on a quarterly basis.

        These following are the Company's assumptions used in the cash flow models. For securities for which the cash flow model projected a shortfall in contractual payments due to the tranche of the security held by FP, the Company recorded an OTTI charge.

         First-lien subprime, Alt-A and Option ARM:     For first-lien subprime, Alt-A and Option ARM securities, the Company applied liquidation rates to each of the delinquency categories over an 18 month liquidation horizon starting at 50% for delinquencies between 30 and 59 days overdue and increasing to 100% for collateral repossessed. Upon liquidation, loss severity rates were assumed to be 35% initially for Alt-A and Option ARM securities, increasing linearly over 18 months to 50%, where they were assumed to remain constant for the remaining life. For first-lien subprime securities, the loss severity rate was assumed to start at 50% and increase linearly to 60% over the same 18 month period, where it was assumed to remain constant for the remaining life.

         HELOC and CES:     All of the home equity line of credit ("HELOC") securities and all but four of the closed-end second-lien mortgage ("CES") securities in the FP Investment Portfolio are insured by other monolines. The HELOC and CES securities that are insured by below investment grade financial guarantors were modeled giving 50% benefit to the insurance policy. The Company used assumptions (liquidation rates, expected default rates, prepayment rates and loss severity rates) consistent with those used in the loss reserving process for the Company's insured portfolio of HELOC and CES securities.

99


         CDOs of ABS:     The sole CDO of ABS in the FP Investment Portfolio is wrapped by a below investment grade financial guarantor. Concentrations of lower-quality RMBS collateral of this security and the assumption that only 50% benefit was given to the below investment grade financial guarantor insurance led the Company to believe that all contractual payments due under the investment will not be made. As a result the Company recorded an OTTI charge.

        Management has determined that the unrealized losses in the remainder of the available-for-sale portfolio are attributable primarily to the current market environment for mortgage-backed securities, and has concluded that these unrealized losses are temporary in nature on the basis of (a) the absence of principal or interest payment defaults on these securities; (b) its analysis of the creditworthiness of the issuers and guarantors, if applicable; (c) its expectation that all payments of principal and interest will be made as contractually required, based on the market-based assumptions previously described; and (d) the Company's ability and intent to hold these securities until a recovery in their fair value or maturity.

Sensitivity

        The Company evaluated the sensitivity of the FP Investment Portfolio to changes in credit spreads based upon the Portfolio at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007. The table below shows the estimated reduction in fair value for a one basis point widening of credit spread by type of security. Actual amounts may differ from the amounts in the table below.


Effect of One Basis Point of Credit Spread Widening
in FP Investment Portfolio

 
  Estimated After-tax Loss  
 
  At
June 30,
2008
  At
December 31,
2007
 
 
  (in millions)
 

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  $ 0.5   $ 0.5  

Mortgage-backed securities

    2.8     2.7  

Other securities(1)

    1.6     1.6  
           
 

Total available for sale securities

    4.9     4.8  

Trading securities

    0.7     0.7  
           
 

Total

  $ 5.6   $ 5.5  
           

      (1)
      Primarily asset-backed securities and corporate securities.

Capital and Liquidity Resources

    Financial Guaranty Entities

        FSA has a liquidity facility for $150.0 million, provided by commercial banks and intended for general application to transactions insured by FSA. If FSA is downgraded below Aa3 and AA-, the lenders may terminate the commitment, and the commitment commission becomes due and payable. If FSA is downgraded below Baa3 and BBB-, any outstanding loans become due and payable. At June 30, 2008, there were no borrowings under this arrangement, which expires on April 21, 2011, if not extended.

        FSA has a standby line of credit in the amount of $350.0 million with a group of international banks to provide loans to FSA after it has incurred, during the term of the facility, cumulative municipal losses (net of any recoveries) in excess of the greater of $350.0 million or the average annual

100



debt service of the covered portfolio multiplied by 5%, which amounted to $1,594.2 million at June 30, 2008. The obligation to repay loans under this agreement is a limited recourse obligation payable solely from, and collateralized by, a pledge of recoveries realized on defaulted insured obligations in the covered portfolio, including certain installment premiums and other collateral. This commitment has a ten-year term expiring on April 30, 2015 and contains an annual renewal provision, commencing April 30, 2008, subject to approval by the banks. A ratings downgrade of FSA would result in an increase in the commitment fee. No amounts have been utilized under this commitment at June 30, 2008.

        In June 2003, $200.0 million of money market committed preferred trust securities (the "CPS") were issued by trusts created for the primary purpose of issuing the CPS to investors, investing the proceeds in high-quality commercial paper and selling put options to FSA allowing FSA to issue in exchange for cash its non-cumulative redeemable perpetual preferred stock (the "Preferred Stock") of FSA. There are four trusts each with an initial aggregate face amount of $50 million. These trusts hold auctions every 28 days at which time investors submit bid orders to purchase CPS. If FSA were to exercise a put option, the applicable trust would transfer the portion of the proceeds attributable to principal received upon maturity of its assets, net of expenses, to FSA in exchange for Preferred Stock of FSA. FSA pays a floating put premium to the trusts, which represents the difference between the commercial paper yield and the winning auction rate (plus all fees and expenses of the trust). If any auction does not attract sufficient clearing bids, however, the auction rate is subject to a maximum rate for the next succeeding distribution period (150 basis points above LIBOR). Beginning in August 2007, the CPS required the maximum rate for each of the relevant trusts. FSA continues to have the ability to exercise its put option and cause the related trusts to purchase FSA preferred stock. The trusts provide FSA access to new capital at its sole discretion through the exercise of the put options. The Company does not consider itself to be the primary beneficiary of the trusts because it does not retain the majority of the residual benefits or expected losses.

    Financial Products Segment Entities

        FSA-insured GICs subject the Company to risk associated with unexpected withdrawals of principal allowed by the terms of the GICs. The majority of municipal GICs insured by FSA relate to debt service reserve funds and construction funds in support of municipal bond transactions. Debt service reserve fund GICs may be drawn unexpectedly upon a payment default by the municipal issuer. Construction fund GICs may be drawn unexpectedly when construction of the underlying municipal project does not proceed as expected. The majority of non-municipal GICS insured by FSA are purchased by issuers of credit-linked notes that provide credit protection with respect to structured finance CDOs. These issuers of credit linked-notes typically sell credit protection by issuing a CDS referencing specified asset-backed or corporate securities. Such GICs may be drawn unexpectedly to fund credit protection payments due by the credit-linked note issuer under the related credit default swap or upon an acceleration of the related credit-linked notes following a credit-linked note event of default. Recent developments with respect to CDOs of ABS could result in material early draws on GICs associated with these transactions. The Company's GIC business has been increasing its liquid assets in anticipation of further draws on CDO of ABS GICs. The ability to access additional funding through the issuance of GICs has been hampered by a material reduction in new GIC issuances during the second quarter of 2008. Absent a resumption of new GIC issuances, the GIC Subsidiaries may be required to access repurchase facilities or liquidity lines or dispose of investment assets to satisfy liquidity requirements.

        Most FSA-insured GICs allow for withdrawal of GIC funds in the event of a downgrade of FSA, typically below Aa3 by Moody's or AA- by S&P, unless the GIC provider posts collateral or otherwise enhances its credit. Some FSA-insured GICs also allow for withdrawal of GIC funds in the event of a downgrade of FSA, typically below A3 by Moody's or A- by S&P, with no right of the GIC provider to

101



avoid such withdrawal by posting collateral or otherwise enhancing its credit. The Company manages this risk through the maintenance of liquid collateral and bank liquidity facilities. Given the current depressed market value for most assets in the FP Investment Portfolio, any large-scale disposition of such assets would be expected to result in realized losses.

        FSA Asset Management LLC ("FSAM") has a $100.0 million line of credit with UBS Loan Finance LLC, which expires December 7, 2008, unless extended. This line of credit provides an additional source of liquidity should there be unexpected draws on GICs issued by the GIC Affiliates. There were no borrowings under this arrangement at June 30, 2008. Borrowings under this agreement are conditioned on FSA having a Triple-A rating by either Moody's or S&P, and on neither Moody's nor S&P having issued a rating to FSA below Aa1 or AA+, respectively.

        FSAM has a revolving credit agreement with Dexia Crédit Local, pursuant to which Dexia Crédit Local provides a $5.0 billion committed, unsecured standby line of credit to FSAM, to address FP segment liquidity requirements. The standby line of credit has an initial termination date of June 30, 2013, which will be extended for five year terms on a rolling basis, subject to termination by Dexia Crédit Local upon five years notice. The agreement was entered into on June 30, 2008, and as of that date there were no borrowings under the agreement.

        On August 6, 2008, Dexia announced its intention to assume the liquidity and credit risk of the GIC operations.

        Certain FSA Global Funding Limited ("FSA Global") debt issuances contain provisions that could extend the stated maturities of those notes. To ensure FSA Global will have sufficient cash flow to repay its funding requirements in such transactions, it entered into several liquidity facilities with Dexia and other counterparties for amounts totaling $760.9 million.

    Capital Adequacy

        S&P, Moody's and Fitch Ratings periodically make an assessment of FSA, which may include an assessment of the credits insured by FSA and of the reinsurers and other providers of capital support to FSA, to confirm that FSA continues to satisfy the rating agencies' capital adequacy criteria necessary to maintain FSA's Triple-A ratings. Capital adequacy assessments by the rating agencies are generally based on FSA's qualified statutory capital, which is the aggregate of policyholders' surplus and contingency reserves determined in accordance with statutory accounting principles.

        Rating agency capital models, the assumptions used in the models and the components of the capital adequacy calculations, including ratings and, in the case of S&P, capital charges, are subject to change by the rating agencies at any time. FSA employs considerable reinsurance in its business to manage its single-risk exposures on insured credits, and downgrades by rating agencies of FSA's reinsurers could be expected to have a negative effect on the "cushion" FSA has above the minimum Triple-A requirement in the models. The Company may seek to raise additional capital to replenish any reduction of its capital "cushion" by any of the rating agencies in their assessment of FSA's capital adequacy.

        In the case of S&P, assessments of the credits insured by FSA are reflected in defined "capital charges." S&P's capital model simulates the effect of a four-year depression occurring three years in the future, during which losses equal 100% of capital charges. The insurer is required to survive this "depression scenario" with 25% more statutory capital than necessary to cover 100% of losses. Credit provided for reinsurance under the S&P capital adequacy model is generally a function of the S&P rating of the reinsurer and the qualification of the reinsurer as a "monoline" or "multiline" company. The downgrade of a reinsurer by S&P from the Triple-A to the Double-A category results in a decline in the credit allowed for reinsurance by S&P from 100% or 95% to 70% or 65%, while a downgrade to the Single-A category results in 50% or 45% credit under present criteria. S&P has also announced

102



plans to introduce an additional capital adequacy model using a Monte Carlo distribution methodology. It has indicated it intends to retain the depression model as well.

        Capital adequacy is one of the financial strength measures under Moody's financial guarantor model. The model uses a Monte Carlo distribution methodology and includes a penalty for risk concentration and recognizes a benefit for diversification. Moody's assesses capital adequacy by comparing FSA's claims-paying resources to a Moody's-derived probability of potential credit losses. Moody's loss distribution reflects FSA's current distribution of risk by sector, the credit quality of insured exposures, correlations that exist between transactions, the credit quality of FSA's reinsurers and the term to maturity of FSA's insured portfolio. The published results compare levels of theoretical loss in the tail of this distribution to various measures of FSA's claims-paying resources. Like S&P, Moody's allows FSA "credit" for reinsurance based upon Moody's rating of the reinsurer. Generally, 100% credit is allowed for Triple-A reinsurance, 80% to 90% credit is allowed for Double-A reinsurance and 40% to 60% credit is allowed for Single-A reinsurance.

        Fitch's Matrix model also uses a Monte Carlo distribution methodology, employing correlation factors and concentration factors. Its primary measure is the "Core Capital Adequacy Ratio," which is the ratio of claims-paying resources adjusted by Fitch to reflect its view of their availability to the amount that it calculates (to a Triple-A level of confidence) would be required to pay claims. Fitch's Matrix model applies reinsurance credit on a transaction level based on Fitch's ratings of the provider, Fitch's correlation factor and the probability of a dispute over the claims, which probability varies depending on whether or not the reinsurer is a monoline.

    Rating Agencies' Reviews

        On August 6, 2008, Fitch affirmed FSA's Triple-A rating. On July 21, 2008, Moody's placed FSA's Aaa-stable ratings on review for possible downgrade, and on August 6, 2008, S&P placed FSA's AAA rating on negative outlook. The ratings actions by Moody's and S&P regarding FSA were based in part upon rating agency concerns regarding the prospects for new business originations by financial guarantors in general as well as FSA's reported losses and potential future earnings volatility associated with exposures to mortgage-backed securities. In the case of Moody's, in announcing the review for possible downgrade the rating agency stated that it had re-estimated expected and stress loss projections on FSA's aggregate insured portfolio and that FSA was estimated to be $140 million below the Aaa target level. The Company subsequently received $300 million from Dexia in August 2008, which, in addition to Dexia's assumption of liquidity and credit risk for the GIC operations, brought FSA's capital to levels in excess of the Moody's Triple-A capital requirements.

        Any of Fitch, S&P or Moody's may conclude that FSA will need to raise additional capital or take other measures to restore or maintain stable Triple-A ratings. If the Company is not able to take the necessary measures to restore its ratings to stable outlook and/or maintain its other Triple-A ratings, or if there are no measures within its control that will satisfy the rating agencies' requirements for a Triple-A rating, one or more of its ratings may be downgraded.

Non-GAAP Measures

        To more accurately reflect how the Company's management evaluates the Company's operations and progress toward long-term goals, the Company discloses both measures promulgated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP measures) and measures not so promulgated (non-GAAP measures). Although the measures identified as non-GAAP should not be considered substitutes for GAAP measures, management considers them key performance indicators and employs them in determining compensation. Non-GAAP measures therefore provide investors with important information about the way management analyzes its business and rewards performance.

103


Present Value Originations

        PV originations is the sum of PV financial guaranty originations and PV NIM originated in the FP segment and represents the Company's measure of business production in a given period. PV financial guaranty originations, PV NIM originated and PV originations are based on estimates of, among other things, prepayment speeds of asset-backed securities.

        PV financial guaranty originations is a measure of gross origination activity and does not reflect premiums ceded to reinsurers or the cost of credit default swaps or other credit protection, which may be considerable, employed by the Company to manage its credit exposures.

Present Value Financial Guaranty Originations

        The GAAP measure "gross premiums written" captures financial guaranty premiums collected or accrued in a given period, whether collected for business originated in the period or in installments for business originated in prior periods. It is not a precise measure of current-period originations because a portion of the Company's premiums are collected in installments. Therefore, management calculates the non-GAAP measure PV financial guaranty originations as a measure of current-period premium production. To do so, management combines the following for business closed in the reporting period: (1) gross present value of premium and credit derivative fee installments and (2) premiums received upfront.

        The Company's insurance policies, including credit derivatives, are generally non-cancelable and remain outstanding for years from date of inception, in some cases 30 years or longer. Accordingly, PV credit derivatives originated, as distinct from realized gains (losses) on credit derivatives, represents amounts to be realized in the future.

        Viewed at a policy level, installment premiums and credit derivative fees are generally calculated as a fixed premium rate multiplied by the estimated or expected insured debt outstanding as of dates established by the terms of the policy. Because the actual installment premiums and credit derivative fees received could vary from the amount estimated at the time of origination based on variances in the actual versus estimated outstanding debt balances and foreign exchange rate fluctuations, the realization of PV financial guaranty originations could be greater or less than the amount reported.

        Installment premiums and credit derivative fees are not recorded in the financial statements until due, which is a function of the terms of each insurance policy. Future installment premiums and credit derivative fees are not captured in current-period premiums earned or premiums written, the most comparable GAAP measures. Management therefore uses PV premiums and other credit enhancement originated to measure current business production.

        PV financial guaranty originations reflects estimated future installment premiums and credit derivative fees discounted to their present value, as well as upfront premiums, with respect to business originated during the period. To calculate PV financial guaranty originations, management discounts an estimate of all future installment premium receipts. The Company calculates the discount rate for PV financial guaranty originations as the average pre-tax yield on its insurance investment portfolio for the previous three years. The estimated installment premium receipts are determined based on each installment policy's projected par balance outstanding multiplied by its premium rate. The Company's Transaction Oversight Groups estimate the relevant schedule of future par balances outstanding for each insurance policy with installment premiums. At the time of origination, projected debt schedules are generally based on good faith estimates developed and used by the parties negotiating the transaction.

        Year-to-year comparisons of PV financial guaranty originations are affected by the application of a different discount rate each year. The discount rate employed by the Company for this purpose was 4.92% for 2008 originations and 4.86% for 2007 originations.

104


Present Value of Financial Products Net Interest Margin Originated

        The FP segment produces NIM, which is a non-GAAP measure, rather than insurance premiums. Like installment premiums, PV NIM originated in a given period is expected to be earned and collected in future periods.

        FP segment debt is issued at or converted into LIBOR-based floating rate obligations, with proceeds invested in or converted into LIBOR-based floating rate investments intended to result in profits from a higher investment rate than borrowing rate. FP NIM represents the difference between the current period investment revenue and borrowing cost, net of the economic effect of derivatives used to hedge interest rate and currency risk.

        PV NIM originated represents the difference between the present value of estimated interest to be received on investments and the present value of estimated interest to be paid on liabilities issued by the FP segment, net of transaction expenses and the expected results of derivatives used to hedge interest rate risk. The Company's future positive interest rate spread estimate generally relates to contracts or security instruments that extend for multiple years.

        Net interest income and net interest expense are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income but are limited to current period earnings. As the GICs and the assets they fund extend beyond the current period, management considers the PV NIM originated to be a useful indicator of future FP NIM to be earned. PV NIM outstanding is also included in the non-GAAP measure ABV as an element of intrinsic value that is not found in GAAP book value.

Operating Earnings

        The Company defines operating earnings as net income excluding the effects of fair-value adjustments considered to be non-economic and, beginning in 2008, IFRS adjustments. IFRS is the basis of accounting used by Dexia and is the basis on which all of FSA's compensation plans are referenced in 2008 and forward. The fair-value adjustments excluded from operating earnings are itemized below.

    Fair-value adjustments for instruments with economically hedged risks. These include adjustments related to hedges that are economically effective but do not meet the criteria necessary to receive hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133 (any residual hedge ineffectiveness remains in operating earnings). These also include adjustments related to non-economic changes in fair value related to the trading portfolio, such as the effect of changes in credit spreads.

    Fair-value adjustments for credit derivatives in the insured portfolio, which are certain contracts for which fair-value adjustments are recorded through the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income because they qualify as derivatives under SFAS 133 or SFAS No. 155, "Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments." These contracts include CDS, insured swaps in certain public finance obligations and insured NIM securitizations. In the event of credit impairment, operating earnings would include the present value of estimated economic losses.

    Impairment charges on investments, other than the present value of estimated economic losses.

    Fair-value adjustments attributable to the Company's own credit risk, such as debt valuation adjustments on FP segment debt for which the fair-value option was elected and fair-value adjustments on the Company's committed preferred trust capital facility.

105


Adjusted Book Value

        To calculate ABV, the following adjustments, on an after-tax basis, are made to book value:

    1.
    addition of unearned financial guaranty revenues, net of amounts ceded;

    2.
    addition of PV premiums and credit derivative fees outstanding, net of amounts ceded and estimated premium taxes;

    3.
    addition of PV NIM outstanding;

    4.
    subtraction of the deferred costs of acquiring policies;

    5.
    elimination of fair-value adjustments for credit derivatives in the insured portfolio, other than credit impairment losses representing the present value of estimated losses;

    6.
    elimination of the fair-value adjustments for instruments with economically hedged risks, with any residual ineffectiveness remaining in ABV, and adjustments related to non-economic changes in fair value related to the trading portfolio, such as the effect of changes in credit spreads;

    7.
    elimination of unrealized gains or losses on investments, other than credit impairment losses representing the present value of estimated losses;

    8.
    elimination of fair-value adjustments attributable to the Company's own credit risk, such as debt valuation adjustments on FP segment debt for which the fair-value option was elected and fair-value adjustments on the Company's committed preferred trust put options; and

    9.
    IFRS adjustments.

        Management considers ABV an operating measure of the Company's intrinsic value. Book value includes an estimate of loss for all insured risks made at the time of contract origination. ABV adds back certain GAAP liabilities and deducts certain GAAP assets (adjustments 1, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 in the calculation above), and also captures the estimated value of future contractual cash flows related to transactions in force as of the balance sheet date (adjustments 2 and 3 in the calculation above) because installment payment contracts, whether in the form of future premiums or future NIM, are generally non-cancelable and represent a claim to future cash flows. ABV also reflects certain IFRS adjustments in order to better align the interests of employees with the interests of Dexia, the Company's principal shareholder, whose accounts are maintained under IFRS. An investor attempting to evaluate the Company using GAAP measures alone would not have the benefit of this information. In addition, investors may consider the growth of ABV to be a performance measure indicating the degree to which management has succeeded in building a reliable source of future earnings. The Company's compensation formulas are based, in part, on the ABV growth rate.

        The ABV metric has certain limitations. It reflects the accelerated realization of certain assets and liabilities through equity, and relies on an estimate of the amount and timing of receipt of installment premiums and credit derivative fees and future NIM. Actual installment premium and credit derivative receipts could vary from the estimate due to differences between actual and estimated insured debt balances outstanding and foreign exchange rate fluctuations. Actual NIM results could vary from the amount estimated based on changes in expected lives of assets and variances in the actual timing and amount of repayment associated with flexible-draw GICs that the Company issues. ABV excludes the fair-value adjustments deemed non-economic because they are expected to sum to zero over the lives of the related contracts.

        Adjustments 1, 2 and 3 above represent the sum of cumulative years' reported PV financial guaranty originations and PV NIM originated, less what has been earned or adjusted due to changes in estimates as described above. Installment payment contracts, whether in the form of premiums, credit

106



derivatives or NIM, are generally non-cancelable by the Company and represent a claim to future cash flows. Therefore, management includes these amounts in its estimate of ABV. PV NIM outstanding is adjusted for management's estimate of transaction and hedging related costs. Adjustments 1 and 2 in the calculation of ABV represent unearned financial guaranty revenues that have been collected and the Company's best estimate of the present value of its future installments (comprising current- and prior-period originations that have not yet been earned). Debt schedules related to installment transactions can change from time to time. Critical assumptions underlying adjustment 2 are discussed above under "—PV Financial Guaranty Originations."

        As discussed above under "—Present Value of Financial Products Net Interest Margin Originated," the Company calculates PV NIM originated because net interest income and net interest expense reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income are limited to current-period earnings. The Company's future positive interest rate spread from outstanding FP segment business (adjustment 3) can be estimated and generally relates to contracts or security instruments that are expected to be held for multiple years. Management therefore includes the present value of the expected economic effect in ABV as another element of intrinsic value not found in GAAP book value.

        Adjustment 4 reflects the realization of costs deferred and associated with premium originated.

        Adjustments 5 through 8 reflect the effect of certain items excluded from operating earnings and ABV because, absent credit impairment that would cause a payment under the contract, these fair value adjustments will sum to zero over time. Any credit impairments, defined as the present value of estimated economic losses, would be included in operating earnings and ABV. ABV and operating earnings drive management compensation payouts. As the Company's objective is to optimize long-term stable growth in economic value, management generally seeks to minimize turnover and therefore any unrealized gain or loss, unless economic, is subtracted from book value to exclude it from the ABV metric. In the event that an investment is liquidated prior to its maturity, any related gain or loss is reflected in both earnings and ABV without further adjustment.

        Adjustment 9 reflects IFRS adjustments, which are differences that relate primarily to foreign exchange gains or losses related to foreign-denominated investments and to contingencies and certain fair-value adjustments.

FP Segment NIM

        FP Segment NIM is a non-GAAP measure comprised of the net interest margin generated by the FP business including both GICs and VIEs. FP Segment NIM is a measure used by management to monitor the performance of the FP Segment. FP Segment NIM may be reconciled to the sum of FP segment revenue and expense captions in the financial statements. The adjustments to arrive at FP Segment NIM are (1) the addition of intersegment revenues, (2) the elimination of fair-value adjustments for instruments with economically hedged risks and (3) fair-value adjustments attributable to the Company's own credit risk.

        Intersegment income relates primarily to intercompany notes held in the FP Segment Investment Portfolio. In connection with the Company's refinancing transactions, FSA obtains funds from the FP segment to fund claim payments, creating an interest bearing intercompany note. The intercompany note is included in the assets of the FP segment, with the related net interest income added to FP Segment NIM, but eliminated from the consolidated financial statements.

Use of Non-GAAP Measures in Calculating Compensation

        Cash bonuses and equity compensation paid by the Company are based in part upon the non-GAAP measures ABV and operating earnings.

107


        Cash bonuses are paid on an annual basis out of a bonus pool (the "Bonus Pool") determined pursuant to a guideline formula intended to provide employees with a percentage of the growth in value in the Company during the preceding calendar year. In determining the Bonus Pool guideline, management and the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company consider ABV a proxy for value creation. Accordingly, the current Bonus Pool guideline provides for an annual Bonus Pool equal to a predetermined percentage (set at 9.5% as of June 30, 2008) of the increase in ABV of the Company during the applicable year. Notwithstanding the Bonus Pool guideline, however, bonuses remain within the discretion of the HR Committee, except insofar as otherwise provided in the Company's employment agreements.

        The 2004 Equity Participation Plan (the "2004 Equity Plan") provides for awards of performance share units, which represent awards of both performance shares and shares of Dexia restricted stock. Each performance share represents a right to receive up to two shares of the Company's common stock (or the cash value thereof), with the actual number of common shares receivable determined on the basis of the increase in ABV and book value per share over a specified performance cycle. Book value and ABV measurements employed in valuing performance shares are determined in accordance with IFRS, in order to better align the interests of employees with the interests of the Company's parent, whose accounts are maintained under IFRS.

        The performance shares were designed to have no value if the Company fails to generate growth in "value" per share in excess of 7% per annum for each three year performance cycle. The actual dollar value received by a holder of performance shares, in general, varies in accordance with the annualized rate of ABV growth and book value growth per share of the Company's common stock during the applicable three-year performance cycle and the value of a share of common stock at the time of payout of such performance shares.

        So long as the Company's common stock is not publicly traded, the Company expects to pay performance shares in cash rather than stock, with shares valued at the greater of:

    (1)
    the average of (a) 1.15 times ABV per share and (b) 14 times operating earnings per share and

    (2)
    0.85 times ABV per share.

Forward-Looking Statements

        The Company relies on the safe harbor for forward-looking statements provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This safe harbor requires that the Company specify important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Company. Accordingly, forward-looking statements by the Company and its affiliates are qualified by reference to the following cautionary statements.

        In its filings with the Securities SEC, reports to shareholders, press releases and other written and oral communications, the Company from time to time makes forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

    projections of revenues, income (or loss), earnings (or loss) per share, dividends, market share or other financial forecasts;

    statements of plans, objectives or goals of the Company or its management, including those related to growth in adjusted book value or return on equity; and

    expected losses on, and adequacy of loss reserves for, insured transactions.

        Words such as "believes," "anticipates," "expects," "intends" and "plans" and future and conditional verbs such as "will," "should," "would," "could" and "may" and similar expressions are

108


intended to identify forward looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.

        The Company cautions that a number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from the plans, objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions expressed in forward-looking statements made by the Company. These factors include:

    the risks discussed in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K under "Item 1A. Risk Factors";

    changes in capital requirements or other criteria of securities rating agencies applicable to FSA;

    potential for reduced market appetite for FSA-insured securities due to credit watch status from Moody's and negative outlook status from S&P;

    competitive forces, including the conduct of other financial guaranty insurers and competition from alternative executions;

    changes in domestic or foreign laws or regulations applicable to the Company, its competitors or its clients;

    impairments to assets in the FP Investment Portfolio proving to be "other than temporary" rather than temporary, resulting in reductions in net income;

    changes in accounting principles or practices that may affect the Company's reported financial results;

    an economic downturn or other economic conditions (such as a rising interest rate environment) adversely affecting transactions insured by FSA or its General Investment Portfolio;

    inadequacy of reserves established by the Company for losses and loss adjustment expenses;

    disruptions in cash flow on FSA-insured structured transactions attributable to legal challenges to such structures;

    downgrade or default of one or more of FSA's reinsurers;

    market conditions, including the credit quality and market pricing of securities issued;

    capacity limitations that may impair investor appetite for FSA-insured obligations;

    market spreads and pricing on CDS exposures, which may result in gain or loss due to mark-to-market accounting requirements;

    prepayment speeds on FSA-insured asset-backed securities and other factors that may influence the amount of installment premiums paid to FSA; and

    other factors, most of which are beyond the Company's control.

        The Company cautions that the foregoing list of important factors is not exhaustive. In any event, such forward-looking statements made by the Company speak only as of the date on which they are made, and the Company does not undertake any obligation to update or revise such statements as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

109


Item 3.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

        An update of the sensitivity in the FP Investment Portfolio to changes in credit spreads based upon the FP Investment Portfolio at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007 is included in "Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Sensitivity." There has been no other material change in the Company's market risk since December 31, 2007.

Item 4T.    Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        The Company's management, with the participation of the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, completed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of June 30, 2008. Based on that evaluation, the Company's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, have concluded that as of such date the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the rules and forms of the SEC and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, in a manner that allows timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        There has been no change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the period ended June 30, 2008 that has materially affected, or that is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

        There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. The Company will continue to improve the design and effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to the extent necessary in the future to provide management with timely access to such material information and to correct any deficiencies that may be discovered in the future.

110



Part II—Other Information

Item 1.    Legal Proceedings.

        As previously disclosed, in March and April 2008 three purported class action lawsuits were commenced seeking damages for alleged violations of antitrust laws in connection with the bidding of municipal GICs and derivatives: (i)  Hinds County, Mississippi et al. v. Wachovia Bank, N.A. et al. (filed on or about March 12, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, case no. 1:08 CV 2516); (ii)  Fairfax County, Virginia et al. v. Wachovia Bank, N.A. et al. (filed on or about March 12, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, case no. 1:08-cv-00432); and (iii)  City of Oakland, California, et al. v. AIG Financial Products Corp. et al. (filed on or about April 23, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, case no. 1:CV 08 2116). In the lawsuits, a large number of financial institutions, including the Company and/or FSA, are named as defendants. In June 2008, the U.S. Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation transferred the three actions to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York and ordered them consolidated under case no. 1.08-cv-2516(VM).

        Four additional purported class action lawsuits subsequently were commenced, also seeking damages for alleged violations of antitrust laws in connection with the bidding of municipal GICs and derivatives: (i)  Central Bucks School Dist. v. Wachovia Bank N.A. et al. (filed on or about June 4, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, case no.1:08-cv-956); (ii)  Mayor & City Counsel of Baltimore v. Wachovia Bank N.A. et al. (filed on or about July 3, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, case no. 1:08-cv-6142); (iii)  County of Alameda v. AIG Financial Products Corp. et al. (filed on or about July 9, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, case no. 1:08-cv-3278); and (iv)  City of Fresno, California v. AIG Financial Products Corp. et al. (filed on or about July 18, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of California, case no. 1.08-cv-1045). These four additional purported class actions have been transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York and consolidated with the other three actions described above.

        Class certification has yet to be addressed by any court. The complaints in these lawsuits generally seek unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees and other costs. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from these lawsuits.

        In July 2008, two lawsuits were commenced in California state court seeking damages for alleged violations of California antitrust laws in connection with the bidding of municipal GICs and derivatives: (i)  City of Los Angeles v. Bank of America, N.A. et al. (filed on or about July 23, 2008 in the Superior Court of the State of California in and for the County of Los Angeles, case no. BC 394944); and (ii)  City of Stockton v. Bank of America, N.A. et al. (filed on or about July 23, 2008 in the Superior Court of the State of California in and for the County of San Francisco, case no. CGC-08-477851). The lawsuits name a large number of financial institutions, including the Company and FSA, as defendants. The complaints in the lawsuits generally seek unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from these lawsuits.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors.

        The Company has updated certain risk factors it previously disclosed in its annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007. The updated risk factors are listed below.

Loss of FSA'S "Triple-A" ratings could impair its ability to originate new business.

        FSA's ability to originate new insurance business and compete with other financial guarantors and credit enhancers is based upon the perceived financial strength of FSA's insurance, which in turn is

111



based in large part upon the financial strength ratings assigned to FSA by the major securities rating agencies. Credit ratings are an important component of a financial institutions' ability to compete in the financial guaranty, derivative, investment agreement and structured transaction markets. The rating agencies base their ratings upon a number of objective and subjective factors. Credit deterioration in FSA's insured portfolio or changes to rating agency capital adequacy requirements could impair FSA's ratings. FSA's ratings have recently been placed on "credit watch" by Moody's and "negative outlook" by S&P. These rating actions have been based in part upon rating agency concerns regarding the prospects for new business originations by financial guarantors in general as well as FSA's reported losses and potential future earnings volatility associated with exposures to residential mortgage-backed securities. For a discussion of other factors that might impair FSA's ratings, see "Item 1. Business—Rating Agencies" in the Company's most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K. Downgrades of FSA's Triple-A financial strength ratings could have a material adverse effect on its long-term prospects for future business opportunities as well as its results of operations and financial condition.

Ceasing to provide financial guaranty insurance on asset-backed transactions could reduce the Company's new business originations.

        On August 6, 2008, the Company announced that FSA would cease providing financial guaranty insurance on asset-backed obligations and participate exclusively in the global public finance and infrastructure markets. The Company believes that withdrawal from the asset backed business will enhance its ratings stability, reduce its exposure to structured credit risk in its insured portfolio, and reduce its operating costs. At the same time, however, withdrawal from the asset backed business may result in decreased business originations, revenues and net income relative to historical levels. A decline in new business originations or profitability may, in turn, be considered adverse factors by the rating agencies in assessing FSA's financial strength.

Changes in rating scales applied to municipal bonds may reduce demand for financial guaranty insurance.

        Fitch, Moody's and S&P have each announced initiatives to establish "corporate equivalent ratings" for municipal issuers. Implemention of corporate equivalent ratings would be expected to result in ratings being raised for many municipal issuers which, in turn, might result in reduced demand for financial guaranty insurance.

The Company is exposed to volatility in GAAP net income from incorporating its own credit risk in the valuation of liabilities carried at fair value.

        Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS 159. SFAS 159 provides an option to elect fair value as an alternative measurement for selected financial assets and financial liabilities not previously carried at fair value. The fair-value option may be applied to single eligible instruments, is irrevocable and is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments. The Company's fair value elections were intended to mitigate the volatility in earnings that had been created by recording financial instruments and the related risk management instruments on a different basis of accounting, to eliminate the operational complexities of applying hedge accounting or to conform to the fair value elections made by the Company in 2006 under its IFRS reporting to Dexia. However, under SFAS 157, the Company must incorporate its own credit risk in the valuation of liabilities which are carried at fair value, which adds volatility to GAAP earnings. During the first half of 2008, the Company's credit spread has widened, leading to material unrealized gains. Management eliminates such gains in determining operating income (a non-GAAP measure), since management does not believe such gains and other non-economic fair value adjustments are an indication of the Company's profitability.

112



Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

        On May 21, 2008, the Company's shareholders executed a Written Consent of Shareholders in Lieu of Annual Meeting, under which they unanimously approved:

    the election of the following persons to serve as members of the Board of Directors of the Company until the later of (1) the next annual meeting of shareholders or (2) their successors having been duly elected and qualified:

      Robert P. Cochran (Chairman)
      Axel Miller (Vice Chairman)
      Bruno Deletre
      Michèle Colin
      Robert N. Downey
      John W. Everets
      Jacques Guerber
      Rembert von Lowis
      Séan W. McCarthy
      James H. Ozanne
      Roger K. Taylor
      Xavier de Walque;


    the appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Company's independent registered public accounting firm to audit the Company's accounts for the year 2008;

    amendments to the Company's 2004 Equity Participation Plan (the "2004 Equity Plan"); and

    an amendment to Section 2(c) of Article III of the bylaws of the Company, removing the requirement that a majority of the directors of the Company be citizens and residents of the United States.

113


Item 6.    Exhibits.

(a)
Exhibits

Exhibit No.
  Exhibit


 


3


 


Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company, as amended and restated on May 21, 2008.

 

10.1

 

Revolving Credit Agreement between Dexia Crédit Local, S.A. and FSA Asset Management LLC, dated as of June 30, 2008. Portions of this document have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Such omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

10.2


Severance Policy for Senior Management, as amended and restated on May 21, 2008.

 

10.3


2004 Equity Participation Plan, as amended and restated on May 21, 2008.

 

31.1

 

Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

31.2

 

Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.1

 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.2

 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

99.1

 

Consolidated Financial Statements of Financial Security Assurance Inc. for the periods ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.

Management contract of compensatory plan or arrangement.

114



SIGNATURE

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

Date: August 14, 2008   FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD.

 

 

 

 

/S/ LAURA A. BIELING



 

 

By:

 

Laura A. Bieling
Managing Director & Controller
(Chief Accounting Officer)

115



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
No.
  Exhibit
  Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company, as amended and restated on May 21, 2008.


10.1


 


Revolving Credit Agreement between Dexia Crédit Local, S.A. and FSA Asset Management LLC, dated as of June 30, 2008. Portions of this document have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Such omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

10.2


Severance Policy for Senior Management, as amended and restated on May 21, 2008.

10.3


2004 Equity Participation Plan, as amended and restated on May 21, 2008.

31.1

 

Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2

 

Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1

 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2

 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

99.1

 

Consolidated Financial Statements of Financial Security Assurance Inc. for the periods ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.

Management contract of compensatory plan or arrangement.



QuickLinks

INDEX
Part I—Financial Information
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (unaudited) (in thousands)
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (unaudited) (in thousands, except share data)
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited) (in thousands)
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Level 3 Rollforward
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Financial Instruments at Fair Value
FP Investment Portfolio Fixed Income Securities by Rating
Available-for-Sale Securities in the FP Investment Portfolio by Security Type
Aging of Unrealized Losses of Available-for-Sale Bonds in the FP Investment Portfolio
Aging of Unrealized Losses of Available-for-Sale Bonds in the FP Investment Portfolio
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Charge
Distribution of Available-for-Sale Securities in the FP Investment Portfolio by Contractual Maturity
Reconciliation of Net Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
Case Reserve Summary
Assumptions for Case and Non-Specific Reserves
Par Outstanding
Case Reserves
Summary of Public Finance Insured Portfolio
Summary of Asset-Backed Insured Portfolio
Tax Provision (Benefit)
Summary of Net Change in Fair Value of Credit Derivatives
Unrealized Gains (Losses) of Credit Derivative Portfolio(1)
Selected Information for CDS Portfolio at June 30, 2008
Selected Information for CDS Portfolio at December 31, 2007
Hedging Ineffectiveness
Other Assets
Other Liabilities and Minority Interest
Financial Information Summary by Segment
Reconciliations of Segments' Pre-Tax Operating Earnings (Losses) to Net Income (Loss)
Summary of Exposure to Monolines
Exposures to Monolines and Ratings of Underlying Risks
Summary of Net Change in Fair Value of Credit Derivatives
Unrealized Gains (Losses) of Credit Derivatives Portfolio(1)
Selected Information for CDS Portfolio at June 30, 2008
Selected Information for CDS Portfolio at December 31, 2007
Effect of One Basis Point of Credit Spread Widening in CDS Portfolio
Reconciliation of Net Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
Case Reserve Summary
Case and Non-Specific Reserves Assumptions
Financial Guaranty Segment Interest Expense
Reconciliation of Gross Premiums Written to Non-GAAP PV Financial Guaranty Originations
Financial Guaranty Originations
Financial Guaranty Originations by Rating(1)
Summary of Insured Portfolio by Obligation Type
Distribution of Insured Portfolio by Ratings based on Net Par Outstanding
Public Finance Insured Portfolio by Location of Exposure
Reinsurance Recoverable and Ceded Par Outstanding by Reinsurer and Ratings
Financial Products Segment
Reconciliation of Total NIM to Non-GAAP FP Segment NIM
Financial Products PV NIM Originated
Carrying Value of Assets in the FP Segment
Par Value of FP Segment Debt by Type
Other Operating Expenses
Summary of Exposure to Monolines
Exposures to Monolines and Ratings of Underlying Risks
Exposures to Monolines and Ratings of Underlying Risks (Continued)
Summary of Cash and Investments
FP Investment Portfolio Fixed-Income Securities by Rating(1) at June 30, 2008
Summary of FP Investment Portfolio
FP Investment Portfolio by Security Type
Selected Information for Non-Agency U.S. Mortgage-Backed Securities in FP Investment Portfolio
Distribution of FP Investment Portfolio by Contractual Maturity
Aging of Unrealized Losses of Available-for-Sale Bonds in FP Investment Portfolio
Aging of Unrealized Losses of Available-for-Sale Bonds in FP Investment Portfolio (Continued)
Aging of Unrealized Losses of Available-for-Sale Bonds in FP Investment Portfolio (Continued)
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Charge
Effect of One Basis Point of Credit Spread Widening in FP Investment Portfolio
Part II—Other Information
SIGNATURE
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit 3

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

of

FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD.

as amended and restated on

May 21, 2008

 

ARTICLES I

OFFICES

 

The principal office of the Corporation in the State of New York shall be located in the City of New York, County of New York.  The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of New York, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 1.   Annual Meeting .  The annual meeting of the Shareholders shall be held on such date as the Board of Directors shall designate in each year for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting.  If no designation is made for any year, the date of meeting shall be the second Thursday in the month of May in such year.  If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday in the State of New York, such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day.

 

Section 2.   Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Shareholders may be called by the Chairman, the President or the Board of Directors, and shall be called by the Chairman, the President or the Secretary at the request of the holders of not less than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 3.   Place of Meeting .  The Chairman, the President or the Board of Directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of New York, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the Chairman, the President or the Board of Directors.  A notice signed by the holders of not less than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting may designate any place, either within or without the State of New York, as the place for the holding of such meeting.  If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the registered office of the Corporation in the State of New York.

 

Section 4.   Notice of Meeting .  Written notice of every meeting of Shareholders shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, unless it is the annual meeting, indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person or persons calling the meeting.  Notice of a special meeting shall also state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  If, at

 



 

any meeting, action is proposed to be taken which would, if taken, entitle Shareholders fulfilling the statutory requirements to receive payment for their shares, the notice of such meeting shall include a statement of that purpose and to that effect and shall be accompanied by a copy of the relevant statutory provision or an outline of its material terms. A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by first class mail, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting; provided, however, that a copy of such notice may be given by third class mail not less than 24 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting, to each Shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the Shareholder at his address as it appears on the record of Shareholders, or, if he shall have filed with the Secretary of the Corporation a written request that notices to him be mailed to some other address, then directed to him at such other address.

 

Section 5.   Adjournments .  The Shareholders present at a meeting of Shareholders may adjourn the meeting despite the absence of a quorum.  When a determination of Shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Shareholders has been made, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.  When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjourned meeting if the time and place to which the meeting is adjourned are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, and at the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted on the original date of the meeting.  However, if after the adjournment the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Shareholder of record entitled to notice on the new record date.

 

Section 6.   Fixing of Record Date .  For the purpose of determining Shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or Shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of Shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of Shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than 60 days and, in case of a meeting of Shareholders, not less than 10 days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of Shareholders is to be taken.  If no record date is fixed for the determination of Shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Shareholders, the record date shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given, or if no notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held.  If no record date is fixed for the determination of Shareholders for any other purpose, the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the resolution of the Board of Directors relating thereto is adopted.  When a determination of Shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of Shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date.

 

Section 7.   Voting Lists .  A list of Shareholders as of the record date, certified by the Secretary or by the transfer agent, shall be produced at any meeting of Shareholders upon the request thereat or prior thereto of any Shareholder.  If the right to vote at any meeting is challenged, the inspectors of election, or person presiding thereat, shall require such list of

 

2



 

Shareholders to be produced as evidence of the right of the persons challenged to vote at such meeting, and all persons who appear from such list to be Shareholders entitled to vote thereat may vote at such meeting.

 

Section 8.   Quorum .  The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Shareholders.  If the holders of less than a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting.  At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

 

Section 9.   Proxies .  Every Shareholder entitled to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.  Every proxy must be signed by the Shareholder or his attorney in fact.  No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after it is executed, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

 

Section 10.   Voting of Shares by Corporate Holders .  Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the Bylaws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provisions, as the board of directors of such corporation may determine.

 

Section 11.   Informal Action by Shareholders .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Shareholders, may be taken without a meeting on written consent, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.

 

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.   General Powers .  The business of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.   Number, Tenure and Qualifications .

 

(a)           Number .  the number of Directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall not be less than three nor more than 20.  The number of directors shall be determined by a majority vote of the entire Board of Directors.

 

(b)           Tenure .  Except as provided in Sections 4 and 5 of this Article III, each Director shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which he is elected and until his successor has been elected and qualified.

 

(c)           Qualifications .  Each Director shall be at least eighteen years of age.

 

3



 

Section 3.   Election of Directors .  Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the Shareholders.

 

Section 4.   Resignation .  Any Director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation.  The resignation of any Director shall take effect at the time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

Section 5.   Vacancies .  Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of Directors and vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors for any reason, including the removal of a Director, may be filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors then if office.  A Director elected to fill a vacancy, unless elected by the Shareholders, shall be elected to hold office until the next meeting of Shareholders at which the election of Directors is in the regular order of business, and until his successor has been elected and qualified.

 

Section 6.   Regular Meetings .  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of Shareholders.  The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place, either within or without the State of New York, for the holding of additional regular meetings thereof upon notice specified in such resolution.

 

Section 7.   Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman, the President or any two Directors.  The persons authorized to call such special meetings may fix any place, either within or without the State of New York, as the place for holding any such special meeting.

 

Section 8.   Notices for Special Meetings . Written notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given at least one day in advance of the day on which such special meeting shall be held.  Any such notice may be personally delivered, transmitted by telex, telegram or telecopy, or mailed to each Director at his business address, postage prepaid.  Any such notice personally delivered shall be effective upon delivery.  Any such notice transmitted by telex, telegram or telecopy shall be effective one business day after mailing.  Any such notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any such special meeting need be specified in such notice.

 

Section 9.   Quorum .  A quorum shall consist of a majority of the Directors then in office.

 

Section 10.   Manner of Acting .  The vote of the majority of the Directors present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at the time of the vote, if a quorum is present at such time, shall be the act of the Board of Directors.  Resolutions so adopted shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

Section 11.   Meeting by Telephone Conference .  One or more members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors by means of a conference

 

4



 

telephone or  similar communications equipment that allows all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

 

Section 12.   Action by Written Consent .  Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members thereof consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action.  Resolutions so adopted shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or any such committee.

 

Section 13.   Compensation .  By resolution of the Board of Directors, the Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as Director.  No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 14.  Removal .  Any or all of the directors of the Corporation may be removed without cause by vote of the Shareholders (which vote may be by written consent as provided in Section 11 of Article II).

 

Section 15.  Adjournment .  Two directors that are not officers of the Corporation may by oral statement adjourn any meeting of the Board of Directors to another date or time.  This adjournment takes precedence over any matter being discussed at that time.

 

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

 

Section 1.   Executive Committee .  The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate an Executive Committee consisting of three or more Directors, which Committee shall have and may exercise, when the Board is not in session, the power of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, but the Executive Committee shall not have the power to submit to the Shareholders any action which requires Shareholders’ approval, fill vacancies in the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, fix compensation of Directors or committee members, amend or repeal these Bylaws or adopt new bylaws, or amend or repeal any resolution of the Board which by its terms shall not be so amendable or repealable.

 

Section 2.   Other Committees .  The Board of Directors may establish such other committees having such duties and powers as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate, but in no event shall any such committee have any of the powers which may not be granted to the Executive Committee.

 

Section 3.   Meeting by Telephone Conference . One or more members of any committee may participate in a meeting of such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar

 

5



 

communications equipment that allows all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time.  Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

 

Section 4.   Administrative Matters .  Each committee may make rules for the conduct of its business and may appoint such committees and assistants as it shall from time to time deem necessary.   A majority of the members of each committee shall constitute a quorum.  Each committee shall keep written minutes of their transactions and report such minutes to the Board of Directors at the next regular meeting thereof.

 

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.   Number .  The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman, a Vice Chairman, a President, one or more Managing Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors.  The offices of the Chairman and Vice Chairman may be vacant.  Such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary may be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person except the offices of President and Secretary; provided, however, that if all of the issued and outstanding stock is held by one person, that person may hold all or any combination of offices.

 

Section 2.   Election and Term of Office .  The officers of the Corporation to be elected annually by the Board of Directors shall be elected at the first regular meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of the Shareholders.  If the election shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as practicable.  Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

 

Section 3.   Resignations .  Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, or to another officer of the Corporation, provided that such other officer is the Chairman, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation.  Subject to the contractual obligations of the person so resigning, any such resignation shall take effect at the time of the delivery of such notice.

 

Section 4.   Removal .  Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors with or without cause, but any such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

 

Section 5.   Vacancies . A vacancy in any office, because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

Section 6.   Chairman .  The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of Directors.  The Chairman may execute, with or without the Secretary, an Assistant

 

6



 

Secretary or another proper officer of the Corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, certificates for shares of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed.

 

Section 7.   Vice Chairman .  The Vice Chairman shall, in the absence of the Chairman, or in the event of the Chairman’s death, disability or refusal to act, preside at all meetings of the Shareholders and the Board of Directors.  The Vice Chairman shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8.   President .  The President, unless the Board of Directors specifically determines otherwise, shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation.  The President shall, in the absence of the Chairman and the Vice Chairman, or in the event of their death, inability or refusal to act, preside at all meetings of the Shareholders and the Board of Directors.  The President may execute, with or without the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or another proper officer of the Corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, certificates for shares of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed.  The President shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9.   Managing Directors .  The Managing Directors shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President of the Corporation.  Any Managing Director may be assigned the title and duties of Chief Operating Officer by the Board of Directors or the President.  The Managing Directors may execute, with or without the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or another proper officer of the Corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, any contracts or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed.

 

Section 10.   Vice Presidents .  The Vice Presidents shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President of the Corporation.

 

Section 11.   The Secretary .  The Secretary shall:

 

(a)           keep the minutes of the meetings of the Shareholders and the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose;

 

7



 

(b)           see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law;

 

(c)           be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation and see that the seal of the Corporation is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized;

 

(d)           keep a registration of the post office address of each Shareholder which has been furnished to the Secretary by such Shareholder;

 

(e)           execute with any other duly authorized officer of the Corporation, certificates for shares of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed;

 

(f)            have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and

 

(g)           in general perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President of the Corporation.

 

Section 12.   The Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation, receive and give receipts of moneys due and payable to the Corporation, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall be selected by the Corporation.  The Treasurer shall also perform all other duties incident to the office of the Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President of the Corporation.  If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

Section 13.   Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers .  The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers may execute, with any duly authorized officer of the Corporation, certificates for shares of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed.  The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers shall also perform such other duties as shall be assigned by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized officer of the Corporation, and in the absence of the Secretary or Treasurer, respectively, shall have all of the powers and duties of the Secretary and Treasurer, respectively.  The Assistant Treasurers shall, if required by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

8



 

Section 14.   Salaries .  Except for any employees of the Corporation whose salary may be fixed in an employment agreement, the salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or a compensation committee thereof.  No officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he or she is also a Director of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

 

Section 1.   Contracts .  The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

Section 2.   Loans .  No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors.  Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

Section 3.   Checks, Drafts .  All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.   Deposits .  All funds of the Corporation shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select.

 

ARTICLE VII

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

 

Section 1.   Certificates for Shares .  Certificates representing shares of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board of Directors.  Such certificates shall be signed by the Chairman or the President or any Managing Director of the Corporation and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation.  When such a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar, the signatures of such officers may be facsimile.  All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.  Each certificate shall state upon the face thereof that the Corporation is formed under the laws of the State of New York, the name of the person or persons to whom it is issued and the number of shares it represents.  All certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be cancelled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled, except that in case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate a new one may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the Corporation as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

 

Section 2.   Transfer of Shares .  Transfer of shares of the Corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by his legal

 

9



 

representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, and on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such shares.  The person in whose name shares are registered on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed by the Corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.

 

Section 3.   Record Owner .  The Corporation shall keep at its principal office, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar in the State of New York, a record containing the names and addresses of all Shareholders, the number of shares held by each and the dates when they respectively became the owners of record thereof.  The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, unless the laws of the State of New York expressly provide otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VIII

DIVIDENDS

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and its Certificate of Incorporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

SEAL

 

The Board of Directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall be circular in form and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the state of incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal.”

 

ARTICLE X

WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Whenever any notice is required to be given to any Shareholder or Director of the Corporation, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the meeting shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.  The attendance of any Shareholder at a meeting, in person or by proxy, without protesting, prior to the conclusion of the meeting, the lack of notice of such meeting, shall constitute a waiver of notice by him.  The attendance of any Director at a meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to him shall constitute a waiver of notice.

 

10



 

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

 

Section 1.   Indemnification .

 

(a)           The Corporation shall indemnify any person made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding (other than one by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor), whether civil or criminal, including an action by or in the right of any other Corporation of any type or kind, domestic or foreign, or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, which any director or officer or internal legal officer of the Corporation served in any capacity at the request of the Corporation, by reason of the fact that he or she, his or her testator or intestate, was a director or officer of the Corporation, or served such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise at the request of the Corporation in any capacity, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees actually and necessarily incurred as a result of such action or proceeding, or any appeal therein, provided that no indemnification may be made to or on behalf of such person unless such director or officer or internal legal counsel acted in good faith, for a purpose which he or she reasonably believed to be in, or in the case of service for any other corporation of partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, in criminal actions or proceedings, in addition, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)           The termination of any such civil or criminal action or proceeding by judgment, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere , or its equivalent, shall not in itself create a presumption that any such person did not act in good faith, for a purpose which he reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case of service for any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation or that he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

(c)           The Corporation shall indemnify any person made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she, his or her testator or intestate, is or was a director or officer or internal legal counsel of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer or internal legal counsel of any other corporation of any type or kind, domestic or foreign, or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, or in connection with an appeal therein, if such director or officer or internal legal counsel acted, in good faith, for a purpose which he or she reasonably believed to be in, or in the case of service for any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification under this paragraph shall be made in respect of (1) a threatened action, or a pending action which is settled or otherwise disposed of, or (2) any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation,

 

11



 

unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action was brought, or, if no action was brought, any court of competent jurisdiction, determines upon application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such portion of the settlement amount and expenses as the court deems proper.

 

(d)           For the purpose of this section, the Corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his or her duties to the Corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall be considered fines; and action taken or omitted by a person with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of such person’s duties for a purpose reasonably believed by such person to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose which is not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.   Other Indemnification .  The Corporation may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify or advance the expenses of any other person including agents and employees to whom the Corporation is permitted by law to provide indemnification or advancement of expenses.

 

Section 3.   Payment of Expenses in Advance .  To the fullest extent permitted by the New York Business Corporation Law, the Corporation will advance to any person who may be entitled to indemnification under Sections 1 or 2 sums with which to pay expenses incurred by that person in defending against the claims, actions or proceedings for which such person may become entitled to indemnification, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay the sums which are advanced if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification under Sections 1 or 2 or to the extent the sums which are advanced exceed the indemnification to which such person is entitled.

 

Section 4.   Enforcement, Defenses .  The right to indemnification or advancement of expenses granted by this Article shall be enforceable by the person in any court of competent jurisdiction if the Corporation denies such request, in whole or in part, or if no disposition thereof is made within 60 days.  Such person’s expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation.  It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advancement of expenses under Section 3 of this Article where the required undertaking has been received by the Corporation) that the claimant has conducted himself in a manner which would preclude the Corporation from indemnifying him pursuant to Sections 1 or 2 of this Article, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation.  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its Shareholders) to have made a determination that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances, nor the fact that there has been an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its Shareholders) that indemnification of the claimant is not proper in the

 

12



 

circumstances shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant is not entitled to indemnification.

 

Section 5.   Survival:  Savings Clause; Preservation of Other Rights .

 

(a)           The foregoing indemnification provisions shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each person who serves in such capacity at any time while these provisions are in effect, and any repeal or modification of the New York Business Corporation Law shall not affect any right or obligation then existing with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any action or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts, except as provided by law.  Such a contract right may not be modified retroactively without the consent of such person, except as provided by law.

 

(b)           If this Article or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each person entitled to indemnification hereunder against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with any actual or threatened action or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, including any actual or threatened action by or in the right of the Corporation, or any appeal therein, to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated and to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

 

(c)           The indemnification provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any other bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.  The Corporation is hereby authorized to provide further indemnification if it deems advisable by resolution of Shareholders or directors, by amendment of these Bylaws or by agreement.

 

Section 6.   New York Business Corporation Law .  All references to the New York Business Corporation Law in this Article XI shall mean such Law as it may from time to time be amended.

 

Section 7.   Insurance .  The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to indemnify officers, directors and others against costs or liabilities incurred by them in connection with the performance of their duties and any activities undertaken by them for, or at the request of, the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by the New York Business Corporation Law.

 

13



 

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

 

These Bylaws may be amended or repealed only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote.

 

14




Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

***TEXT OMITTED AND SUBMITTED SEPARATELY
PURSUANT TO CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
REQUEST UNDER 17 C.F.R. SECTION 200.80(B)(4)

 

 

 

 

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of June 30, 2008 between FSA Asset Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (with its successors, the “Company”); and Dexia Crédit Local, a French share Company licensed as a bank under French law, acting through its head office located at 1, Passerelle des Reflets, Tour Dexia La Défense 2, 92913 La Défense Cedex, France (with its successors, the “Bank”).

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01.  Definitions.   The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

 

“Authorized Account” means the account of the Company designated in writing by two Authorized Signatories.

 

“Authorized Signatory” means any person designated by the Company on Exhibit B.  Changes to the list of Authorized Signatories require the signature of two Authorized Signatories.

 

“Base Rate” means, for any day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day.

 

“Business Day” means, in respect of any date, a day that is not a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange) in the Cities of New York, London and Paris.

 

“Commitment” means $5,000,000,000 (Five Billion United States Dollars) or such lesser amount to which the Commitment shall be reduced from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

“Dollars” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

“Event of Default” means any of the events specified as such in Section 5.01.

 

“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal Funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average rate quoted

 



 

to the Bank at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day) for overnight Federal Funds transactions arranged by New York Federal Funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Bank.

 

“FSA” means Financial Security Assurance Inc. and its successors.

 

“FSA Policy” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.01(e).

 

“Interest Period” means, with respect to any LIBO Rate Loan, the one-, two-, three- or six-month maturity applicable to such Loan, as specified by the Company at the time of its request for such Loan in accordance with Section 2.01(b).

 

“LIBO Rate” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b).

 

“LIBO Rate Loan” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b).

 

“Loan” means any loan made by the Bank to the Company pursuant to Section 2.01.

 

“Maturity Date” means, as of any date, the date six months following the Termination Date in effect on such date; provided that, if the Maturity Date would otherwise occur on a date that is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall instead occur on the first day following such date that is a Business Day.

 

“Note” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.01(d).

 

“Notice of Termination” means any notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, duly completed, executed and delivered by the Bank to the Company in accordance with Section 2.08.

 

“Termination Date” means (i) on the date of this Agreement, the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date hereof; (ii) on any date thereafter prior to the Company’s receipt of a Notice of Termination from the Bank, the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of such date; and (iii) on any date on or after the Company’s receipt of a Notice of Termination from the Bank, the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date of such receipt; provided that, if the Termination Date would otherwise occur on a date that is not a Business Day, the Termination Date shall instead occur on the first day following such date that is a Business Day.

 

ARTICLE II

 

THE LOANS

 

Section 2.01.  Loans.

 

(a)           At the request of the Company, the Bank shall, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, from time to time on Business Days during the period

 

2



 

from and including the date hereof to but excluding the Termination Date, make one or more Loans to the Company such that, at the time of the making of any such Loan, the aggregate principal amount of all Loans outstanding hereunder at such time (including such Loan) shall not exceed the Commitment.

 

(b)           The Company may request a Loan only by written notice to the Bank signed by an Authorized Signatory of the Company specifying the amount to be borrowed (which must be in a minimum principal amount of $5,000,000 or any larger amount in increments of $1,000,000) and the Interest Period to be applicable to the proposed Loan.  Such notice must be delivered to the Bank at or before 4:30 p.m. (Paris time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of the proposed borrowing.  The Bank shall send the proceeds of any Loan by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s Authorized Account.

 

Loans will be only “LIBO Rate Loans”, each of which shall be denominated in Dollars and have an Interest Period as selected by the Company, subject to standard market conventions as to adjustments for non-Business Days and month-ends (but in no event extending beyond the Maturity Date), and shall bear a per annum interest rate equal to [***]% over the applicable LIBO Rate.  For purposes hereof, the applicable “LIBO Rate” shall be the Dollar LIBO Rate for the applicable Interest Period determined by reference to Page 3750 or page 3740, as applicable (or any replacement pages), by “Telerate The Financial Information Network” published by Telerate Systems, Inc. (the “Telerate Service”) as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period or (if such rate does not so appear on the Telerate Service) such other publicly available service for displaying LIBO rates as may be agreed upon by the Bank and the Company.

 

(c)           Each Loan will bear interest from its date until maturity on the basis specified to the Company by the Bank (subject to subsection (b) above) contemporaneously with the making of such Loan, payable at maturity.  Overdue payments of principal, interest and other amounts payable hereunder shall bear interest, payable on demand, at a rate for each day equal to the Base Rate for such day plus 1% per annum.

 

No partial or total prepayment of any Loan shall be allowed, except with the prior written consent of the Bank.

 

(d)           All Loans shall be evidenced by a promissory note appropriately completed, executed and delivered by the Company in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “Note”).  The Bank will endorse on the Note or otherwise record in its internal records the amount of each Loan, the interest rate  applicable thereto and each payment of principal or interest made in respect thereof; provided that neither the failure of the Bank to do so nor any error by the Bank in doing so shall affect the obligations of the Company hereunder or under the Note.

 


*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

3



 

Section 2.02.  Conditions.   The obligation of the Bank to make a Loan on any proposed borrowing date shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(i)

 

The representations and warranties of the Company herein shall be true and correct in all material respects on the date of such borrowing as though made on and as of such date; and

 

 

 

(ii)

 

No Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such borrowing (either before or after giving effect to such borrowing); and

 

 

 

(iii)

 

The FSA Policy shall be in full force and effect; and

 

 

 

(iv)

 

The Bank shall have received the properly completed and executed Note and such corporate resolutions, certificates, opinions of counsel and other documents in connection herewith as the Bank may, in its reasonable discretion, have required.

 

The Company shall be deemed to have made a representation and warranty on the date of each borrowing that the conditions specified in clauses (i) through (iii) above have been satisfied.

 

Section 2.03.  Commitment Fees.   The Company agrees to pay to the Bank a commitment fee at the rate of [***]% per annum on the unused amount of the Commitment from time to time outstanding.  Such fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each three-month anniversary of the date hereof and on the date on which the Commitment terminates.

 

Section 2.04.  Taxes; Increased Costs.

 

(a)           All payments under this Agreement (including, without limitation, payments of interest and principal) will be payable to the Bank free and clear of any and all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, fees, liabilities and similar charges other than those imposed on the overall net income of the Bank (“Taxes”).  If any Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted from any amount payable under this Agreement, then the amount payable under this Agreement will be increased to the amount which, after deduction from such increased amount of all Taxes required to be withheld or deducted therefrom, will yield to the Bank the amount stated to be payable under this Agreement, and the Company will promptly provide to the Bank tax receipts evidencing the payment of such Taxes.  If any of the Taxes specified in this subsection (a) are paid by the Bank, the Company will, upon demand of the Bank, reimburse the Bank for such payments, together with any interest and penalties which may be imposed by the governmental agency or taxing authority in respect thereof.

 


***  CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

4



 

(b)           If, after the date hereof, the adoption of any law, rule or regulation, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof or compliance by the Bank with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency (i) subjects the Bank to any charge with respect to any Loan or the Commitment or changes the basis of taxation of payments to the Bank hereunder or under the Note (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of the Bank or (ii) imposes, modifies or makes applicable any reserve, special deposit, deposit insurance assessment or similar requirement against loans made by the Bank, and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the Bank of making or maintaining such Loan or to reduce any amount received or receivable by the Bank hereunder or under the Note, then, upon demand by the Bank, the Company shall pay to the Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Bank for such increased cost or reduction; provided that the Bank shall have provided to the Company thirty days’ prior written advice of any such additional amounts (and the basis for calculation thereof).  In determining such additional amounts, the Bank will act reasonably and in good faith.  A certificate of the Bank as to the additional amount or amounts payable to the Bank under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

Section 2.05.  Capital Adequacy.   If the adoption after the date hereof of any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by the Bank with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or other agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the Bank’s capital as a consequence of the Bank’s obligations hereunder or under any Loan to a level below that which the Bank could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance by an amount deemed by the Bank to be material, the Company shall pay to the Bank, on demand, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Bank for such reduction; provided that the Bank shall have provided to the Company thirty days’ prior written advice of any such additional amounts (and the basis for calculation thereof).  In determining such additional amounts, the Bank will act reasonably and in good faith.  A certificate of the Bank as to the additional amount or amounts payable to the Bank under this Section 2.05 shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

Section 2.06.  Payments and Computations.

 

(a)           Subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, all amounts of principal, interest, fees and other obligations payable by the Company hereunder or under the Note shall be made by 12:00 noon (Paris time) on the date when due to the Bank by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Bank at Citibank, N.A., New York (swift code : CITIUS33) , ABA No. 021000089, favour Dexia Cr é dit Local, Paris (swift code : CLFRFRPP) account n° 36125091, Ref.: Revolving

 

5



 

Credit Agreement FSA, or as otherwise from time to time notified to the Company by the Bank in writing.

 

(b)           All computations of interest and fees shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days, for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in the Note, interest shall in no event accrue hereunder or under the Note at a rate in excess of the maximum rate permitted under applicable law.

 

(c)           Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of payment of interest or fees, as the case may be.

 

(d)           If for any reason due to acceleration following the occurrence of an Event of Default, the principal of any LIBO Rate Loan, or any portion thereof, is paid prior to the scheduled maturity date therefor, or if any LIBO Rate Loan is not borrowed after notice thereof shall have been received by the Bank, the Company will reimburse the Bank, on demand, for any resulting loss or expense incurred by the Bank, including without limitation any loss or expense incurred in obtaining, liquidating or employing deposits from third parties.

 

(e)           The Bank is hereby authorized to charge the account, if any, of the Company maintained with the Bank for each payment of principal, interest and fees due from the Company as it becomes due hereunder.

 

Section 2.07.  Optional Reduction of Commitment by the Company.   With the mutual consent of the Bank and the Company, not to be unreasonably withheld, the Company may reduce the unused portion of the Commitment at any time in whole, or from time to time in part by an amount equal to $5,000,000 or any larger amount in increments of $1,000,000, by delivering to the Bank written notice specifying the amount of such reduction and the date on which such reduction is to become effective (which date may not be earlier than the date of delivery of such notice).  Any such reduction shall be irrevocable.

 

Section 2.08.  Termination of Commitment by the Bank.   The Bank may, at any time, in its sole and absolute discretion, terminate its commitment to make Loans hereunder by delivering a Notice of Termination to the Company in accordance with the notice provisions set forth in Section 6.02.  Any such termination shall be effective on the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date of the Company’s receipt of such Notice (or, if such fifth (5 th ) anniversary is not a Business Day, the first Business Day immediately succeeding such fifth (5 th ) anniversary).

 

6



 

ARTICLE III

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 3.01.  Representations and Warranties.   The Company represents and warrants to the Bank as follows:

 

(a)           The Company is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and has all requisite power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to conduct its business as now conducted and to own its properties.  The Company has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Note and to incur its obligations provided for herein and therein, all of which have been duly authorized by all proper and necessary corporate action on the part of the Company.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the valid and legally binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be affected by bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.  Upon execution and delivery thereof, the Note will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be affected by bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

 

(b)           All consents and approvals of, and all notices to and filings with, any governmental entities or regulatory bodies required as a condition to the valid execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Note have been obtained or made.  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Note nor compliance with the terms and provisions hereof and thereof will conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute a default under (i) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the limited liability company agreement of the Company, (ii) any law, regulation or order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any court or governmental instrumentality or (iii) any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

 

(c)           The consolidated financial statements of FSA and its consolidated subsidiaries heretofore furnished or made available to the Bank are complete and correct and fairly present the consolidated financial condition of FSA and its consolidated subsidiaries as at the dates thereof and the results of operations for the periods covered thereby (subject, in the case of quarterly statements, to normal, year-end audit adjustments).  Such financial statements were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

 

(d)           As of the date of this Agreement, other than as may have been disclosed in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2007, or the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending March 31, 2008, in each case as filed by Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, there is no action, suit or proceeding pending against, or to the

 

7



 

Company’s knowledge threatened against or affecting, the Company before any court or arbitrator or any governmental body, agency or official which, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect (actual or prospective) on the Company’s business, properties or financial position or which seeks to terminate or calls into question the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Note.

 

(e)           The Company has delivered to the Bank a Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy issued by FSA in form and substance acceptable to the Bank (the “FSA Policy”).

 

(f)            The Company is not (i) a “holding company,” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company,” or of a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company,” within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, or (ii) required to be registered as an “investment company” as defined in (or subject to regulation under) the Investment Company Act of 1940.  Neither the making of the Loans, or the application of the proceeds or repayment thereof by the Company, nor the consummation of other transactions contemplated hereunder, will violate any provision of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Investment Company Act of 1940 or any rule, regulation or order of the SEC.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01.  Covenants of the Company.   The Company covenants and agrees that until the later to occur of (i) the Termination Date and (ii) the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder and under the Note:

 

(a)           General Affirmative Covenants.   The Company will maintain its corporate existence in good standing, will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority noncompliance with which would have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or operations or on its ability to meet its obligations hereunder, and will continue to engage in business of the same general type as that engaged in by the Company on the date hereof.  The Company will pay and discharge, at or before maturity, all its obligations and liabilities, including, without limitation, tax liabilities, where failure to satisfy such obligations or liabilities in the aggregate would have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, operations or ability to meet its obligations hereunder.  The Company’s obligations hereunder and under the Note will rank pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Company.

 

(b)           Financial Statements.   The Company will furnish to the Bank or make available on FSA’s website, www.fsa.com:

 

(1)           as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of FSA, a consolidated balance sheet of FSA and its

 

8



 

consolidated subsidiaries as at the close of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income and changes in financial position for such year, certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing;

 

(2)           as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of FSA, a consolidated balance sheet of FSA and its consolidated subsidiaries as at the close of such quarter and the related consolidated statements of income and changes in financial position for such quarter and for the portion of such fiscal year then ended, certified by FSA’s chief financial officer as having been prepared on a basis consistent with the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of FSA and its consolidated subsidiaries, it being understood that the required certifications on Form 10-Q and Form 10-K shall suffice for such purpose; and

 

(3)           from time to time, such further information regarding the business, affairs and financial condition of the Company and its subsidiaries as the Bank shall reasonably request.

 

(c)           Use of Proceeds.   None of the proceeds of the Loans will be used directly or indirectly for the purpose (whether immediate, incidental or ultimate) of buying or carrying any “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

(d)           Maintenance of Properties.   The Company shall (a) maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; and (b) use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

(e)           Maintenance of Insurance.   The Company shall maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies or with a captive insurance company that is an affiliate of the Company as to which the Bank may request reasonable evidence of financial responsibility, insurance with respect to its properties in such amounts with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Company or any of its subsidiaries operates.

 

ARTICLE V

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Section 5.01.  Events of Default.

 

(a)           The following events constitute Events of Default hereunder:

 

9



 

(i)           The principal amount of any Loan shall not be paid when due; or

 

(ii)          Any other amount payable under this Agreement or under the Note (including interest or fees) shall not be paid when due and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) days after written notice thereof to the Company by the Bank; or

 

(iii)         Default shall be made in the due observance or performance by the Company of any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or in the Note and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days after written notice thereof to the Company by the Bank; or

 

(iv)         Any representation or warranty of the Company herein or any statement or representation made in any application, certificate, report or opinion delivered in connection herewith shall prove to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

 

(v)          FSA or the Company shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property; or an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against FSA or the Company seeking any such relief or appointment and FSA or the Company shall consent thereto, an order for relief shall be granted or such case or proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of 90 days; or FSA or the Company shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due, or shall take any action to authorize any of the foregoing; or

 

(vi)         The FSA Policy shall cease to be in full force and effect, enforceable against FSA in accordance with its terms.

 

(b)           If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, (A) the Bank may by notice to the Company declare the Commitment terminated and the Loans (together with accrued interest thereon) to be, and they shall thereupon become, immediately due without presentment, demand or other notice, all of which are hereby waived by the Company ( provided that, in the case of an Event of Default referred to in clause (v) of subsection (a) above with respect to the Company, the same shall occur with respect to the Commitment and all Loans automatically without any notice or any other act by the Bank or any other person) and/or (B) the Bank may exercise any other rights or remedies it may have under this Agreement or under the Note and take such other action as is permitted at law or in equity.

 

10


 

ARTICLE VI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 6.01.  Amendments and Waivers.   No failure or delay on the part of the Bank in exercising any power or right hereunder or under the Note shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power hereunder.  No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Note nor consent to any departure by the Company herefrom or therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Bank and the Company.  Any such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.  No notice to or demand on the Company in any case shall, of itself, entitle the Company to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

Section 6.02.  Notices.   Any communication, demand, or notice to be given to a party hereunder will be duly given and deemed to have been received when actually delivered (or 72 hours after having been deposited in the mails with first class postage prepaid) to such party at the address specified on the signature pages hereof (or at such other address as such party shall specify to the other party in writing), including delivery by telex, telecopier, e-mail or other telecommunication device capable of transmitting or creating a written record.  The Bank may (but shall not be required to) accept and act upon oral, telephonic or other forms of notices or instructions hereunder that the Bank reasonably believes in good faith to have been given by a person authorized to do so on behalf of the Company.  The Bank shall be fully protected and held harmless by the Company, and shall have no liability, for acting on any such notice or instruction that the Bank reasonably believes in good faith to have been given by a person authorized to do so on behalf of the Company.  The Bank shall send a copy of any notice to the Company to Financial Security Assurance Inc., 31 West 52 nd Street, New York, New York 10019; Attention: General Counsel; Re: Dexia FP Liquidity; Email: generalcounsel@fsa.com.

 

Section 6.03.  Set-off.   The Company hereby grants to the Bank a right of set-off against any amounts standing to the credit of the Company (including any of its offices or divisions) on the books of any office of the Bank in any demand deposit or other account maintained with such office.

 

Section 6.04.  Successors and Assigns.   This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  The Bank may assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under the Note to any office or affiliate of the Bank or, with the prior written consent of the Company (which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld), to any third party; provided that, from and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Bank may assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the consent of the Company.  The Company may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this

 

11



 

Agreement or the Note without the prior written consent of the Bank, and any purported assignment without such consent shall be void.

 

Section 6.05.  Costs, Expenses and Taxes.   The Company agrees to pay on demand all costs and expenses of the Bank, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, in connection with the enforcement against it of this Agreement and the Note and the protection of the Bank’s rights hereunder and thereunder, including any bankruptcy, insolvency, enforcement proceedings or restructuring with respect to the Company.  In addition, the Company shall pay any and all stamp and other taxes and fees payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing and recording of this Agreement and the Note, and agrees to save the Bank harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or omission to pay such taxes and fees.

 

Section 6.06.  Governing Law.   THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES).   Each of the Company and the Bank hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any U.S. federal or state court in The City of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, proceeding or judgment relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the Note.  Each of the Company and the Bank hereby consents to the laying of venue in any such suit, action or proceeding in New York County, New York, and hereby irrevocably waives any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  Any process in any such action shall be duly served if mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Company or the Bank, as the case may be, at its address designated pursuant to Section 6.02.

 

Section 6.07.  Counterparts; Integration.   This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if all signatures thereon were upon the same instrument.  This Agreement and the Note constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and the Bank with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede any prior agreements and understandings with respect thereto.

 

Section  6.08.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.   EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE BANK HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 6.09.  PATRIOT ACT .      The Bank hereby notifies the Company that, pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Company, which information includes the name and address of the Company and other information that will allow the Bank to identify the Company in accordance with the Act.

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

 

FSA Asset Management LLC

 

31 West 52 nd Street

 

New York, N.Y. 10019

 

 

 

 

Attn.:

FP – Operations

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

212.893.2700

 

Telecopy:

212.893.2727

 

Email:

gicops@fsa.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert P. Cochran

 

Name:

Robert P. Cochran

 

Title:

Chairman & CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bruce E. Stern

 

Name:

Bruce E. Stern

 

Title:

Managing Director & General
Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dexia Cr é dit Local

 

1, Passerelle des Reflets

 

Tour Dexia La Défense 2

 

92913 La Défense Cedex

 

France

 

 

 

 

 

Attn.:

Back Office Operations

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

33 1 58 58 72 09

 

 

33 1 58 58 68 92

 

Telecopy:

33 1 58 58 72 90

 

Email:

laurent.fritsch@dexia.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Didier Casas

 

Name:

Didier Casas

 

Title:

General Secretary, acting on behalf
of a power of attorney granted by
Gérard Bayol, Chief Executive
Officer

 

13



 

Exhibit A

 

Promissory Note

 

$5,000,000,000

 

June 30, 2008

 

FSA Asset Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to the order of Dexia Cr é dit Local, acting through its head office (including its successors and permitted assigns, the “Bank”), located at 1, Passerelle des Reflets, Tour Dexia La Défense 2, 92913 La Défense Cedex, France , in lawful money of the United States, the principal sum of Five Billion Dollars or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all loans (“Loans”) made by the Bank to the Company pursuant to the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 2008 (as amended from time to time, the “Agreement”) between the Company and the Bank.  Each Loan shall mature on the date specified in or pursuant to the Agreement, and such maturity shall be subject to acceleration in the circumstances specified therein.  Each Loan shall bear interest at the rate or rates and such interest shall be payable on the date or dates specified in or pursuant to the Agreement.

 

Loan and related information may be endorsed by the Bank hereon or upon a schedule that may be attached hereto and made a part hereof; provided that the failure of the Bank to make any such endorsement or any error in doing so shall not affect the obligations of the Company hereunder or under the Agreement.

 

 

 

FSA Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

Exhibit B

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATORIES

 

Name

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert P. Cochran

 

/s/ Robert P. Cochran

 

 

 

 

 

 

Séan W. McCarthy

 

/s/ Séan W. McCarthy

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joseph W. Simon

 

/s/ Joseph W. Simon

 

 

 

 

 

 

Russell B. Brewer II

 

/s/ Russell B. Brewer II

 

 

 

 

 

 

Edsel C. Langley, Jr.

 

/s/ Edsel C. Langley, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

M. Douglas Watson, Jr.

 

/s/ M. Douglas Watson, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bruce E. Stern

 

/s/ Bruce E. Stern

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hongfei Zhang

 

/s/ Hongfei Zhang

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dennis H. Kim

 

/s/ Dennis H. Kim

 



 

Exhibit C

 

[Form of Notice of Termination]

 

[Letterhead of]

DEXIA CRÉDIT LOCAL, Head Office

 

[Date]

 

FSA Asset Management LLC

31 West 52 nd Street

New York, N.Y.  10019

 

Attention:

 

FP – Operations

 

 

 

Re:   

 

Termination of Revolving Credit Agreement

 

Dear Sirs:

 

Reference is hereby made to that certain Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2008, by and between you and the undersigned (such Agreement, as the same may have been heretofore amended, the “Agreement”).  Capitalized terms used herein without definition are used herein as defined in the Agreement.

 

In accordance with Section 2.08 of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby notifies you that the commitment of the undersigned to make Loans to you under the Agreement is hereby terminated effective as of, and from and after, the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date of your receipt of this notice.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dexia Crédit Local,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

cc:

FSA Asset Management LLC

 

 

 

31 West 52 nd Street

 

 

 

New York, N.Y. 10019

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention:

General Counsel

 

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD.

SEVERANCE POLICY FOR SENIOR MANAGEMENT

 

(As Amended and Restated Effective May 21, 2008)

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

 

SECTION 1.

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

1

 

 

 

SECTION 2.

ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES

1

 

 

 

SECTION 3.

SEVERANCE PAY AND SEVERANCE BENEFITS

3

 

 

 

SECTION 4.

OFFSETS

6

 

 

 

SECTION 5.

PAYMENT OF SEVERANCE PAY

7

 

 

 

SECTION 6.

REINSTATEMENT

8

 

 

 

SECTION 7.

WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

8

 

 

 

SECTION 8.

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

8

 

 

 

SECTION 9.

CLAIMS PROCEDURES

9

 

 

 

SECTION 10.

AMENDMENT/TERMINATION/VESTING

10

 

 

 

SECTION 11.

PAY AND OTHER BENEFITS

11

 

 

 

SECTION 12.

NO ASSIGNMENT

12

 

 

 

SECTION 13.

RECOVERY OF PAYMENTS MADE BY MISTAKE

12

 

 

 

SECTION 14.

REPRESENTATIONS CONTRARY TO THE PLAN

12

 

 

 

SECTION 15.

COMPLIANCE WITH CODE SECTION 409A

12

 

 

 

SECTION 16.

NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

12

 

 

 

SECTION 17.

COMPANY INFORMATION

13

 

 

 

SECTION 18.

CONFIDENTIALITY

13

 

 

 

SECTION 19.

PLAN FUNDING

13

 

 

 

SECTION 20.

APPLICABLE LAW

14

 

 

 

SECTION 21.

SEVERABILITY

14

 

 

 

SECTION 22.

PLAN YEAR

14

 

 

 

SECTION 23.

RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY

14

 



 

FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD.

SEVERANCE POLICY FOR SENIOR MANAGEMENT

 

SECTION 1                                                                                ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. (hereinafter “ FSA ”) has adopted the  FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. SEVERANCE POLICY FOR SENIOR MANAGEMENT (hereinafter the “ Plan ”), for the benefit of the Senior Management (as hereinafter defined) of FSA and its current direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries that have been designated by it as participating employers under the Plan (collectively referred to herein as the “ Company ”), as described herein.  The Plan was adopted effective as of February 8, 1995, and previously was amended and restated effective March 13, 2000; May 17, 2001; November 13, 2003; September 9, 2004 and January 1, 2005.  The Plan is intended to be, in part, a separation pay plan that does not provide for the deferral of compensation under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and, to the extent considered a plan providing deferred compensation plan, to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.  The Plan is hereby amended and restated, effective as of May 21, 2008, as provided in this Plan document.

 

The Plan is an unfunded welfare benefit plan ( i.e. , a severance pay plan within the meaning of United States Department of Labor regulations §2510.3-2(b)) for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (hereinafter “ ERISA ”) that is maintained primarily for the purpose of providing benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as determined in accordance with Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA.  The purpose of the Plan is to provide an eligible employee whose employment terminates as described in Section 2 with Severance Pay and Severance Benefits for a specified period of time.  The Plan is established under and shall be construed in accordance with ERISA and, to the extent not preempted by ERISA, with the internal laws of the State of New York.  This Plan also is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and shall be interpreted, operated and administered accordingly.

 

SECTION 2                                                                                ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES

 

Members of Senior Management who have been employed with the Company for at least one (1) year and whose employment is (i) terminated by the Company for any reason other than for cause or (ii) constructively terminated, are eligible to participate in the Plan and shall be considered “ eligible employees ” under the Plan.  “ Senior Management ” means, and shall be limited to, the members of the Executive Management Committee of the Company on May 21, 2008 and any person who shall thereafter be designated as eligible to participate in the Plan by written notice thereof, signed by the President of the Company and expressly stating that such person is a member of “Senior Management” for purposes of the Plan.  The members of the Executive Management Committee of the Company on the effective date of the Plan, as amended and restated herein, are (a) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, (b) the Chief Operating Officer of the Company, (c) the General Counsel of the Company, (d) the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and (e) the Chief Risk Management Officer of the Company.

 



 

An eligible employee will be considered to have a “ termination ” of employment or have “ terminated ” employment with the Company if the eligible employee has a separation from service within the meaning of Code Section 409A.  An employee generally has a separation from service within the meaning of Code Section 409A if the facts and circumstances indicate that the Company and the eligible employee reasonably anticipate that no further services will be performed by the eligible employee for the Company or any Affiliate after the separation date or that the level of bona fide services the eligible employee will perform for the Company and all Affiliates after the separation date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) will decrease to no more than 20 percent of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of services if the eligible employee has been providing services for less than 36 months).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the employment relationship is treated as continuing while the eligible employee is on military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the individual retains the right to reemployment with the Company or any Affiliate under an applicable statute or contract.  When a leave of absence is due to a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or to last for a period of at least six months and such impairment causes the eligible employee to be unable to perform the duties of his or her position or any substantially similar position, a 29-month maximum period of absence shall be substituted for the six-month maximum period described in the preceding sentence.  As used herein, the term “ Affiliate ” means any corporation or other entity that would be considered a single employer with the Company pursuant to Code Sections 414(b) or 414(c).

 

Termination “ for cause ” means termination for unethical practices, illegal conduct or gross insubordination, but specifically excludes termination as a result of substandard performance.  “ Constructive termination ” of employment occurs if an eligible employee terminates employment with the Company and all Affiliates within two years of the date on which, but without the eligible employee’s consent, the eligible employee’s compensation or responsibilities are materially reduced, provided, however, that unless the eligible employee gives notice to the Plan Administrator of such reduction in compensation or responsibilities with 90 days of the date on which such reduction occurs and the condition is not remedied within 30 days of receipt of such notice, the eligible employee’s termination of employment shall not be a constructive termination under the Plan.  The determination as to whether an employee has been (i) terminated for cause or (ii) constructively terminated, will be made by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A to avoid taxation under Code Section 409A(a)(1).

 

An otherwise eligible employee shall not be eligible for Severance Pay and Severance Benefits under the Plan if:

 

(a)                                   the eligible employee’s employment with the Company terminates by reason of death or disability;

 

(b)                                  the eligible employee’s employment with the Company terminates through retirement, voluntary resignation, job abandonment or failure to report for work;

 

2



 

(c)                                   the eligible employee’s employment with the Company is involuntarily terminated after the eligible employee refuses a transfer to a new position at the same geographical location of the Company, and such transfer does not constitute a constructive termination;

 

(d)                                  the eligible employee is employed in a Company operation or facility substantially all of the assets of which are sold and the eligible employee is offered a comparable position, as determined by the Plan Administrator, with the purchaser;

 

(e)                                   the eligible employee fails or refuses to continue in the employment of the Company until the end of the notice period provided for in the notice of termination described in Section 3 below (absent constructive termination during such notice period); or

 

(f)                                     the Plan is terminated.

 

Disability ” means a period of medically determined physical or mental impairment that is expected to last for a period of not less than 12 months during which an employee qualifies for income replacement benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan for at least three (3) months, or, if an employee does not participate in such a plan, a period of disability during which the employee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determined physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

 

SECTION 3                                                                                SEVERANCE PAY AND SEVERANCE BENEFITS

 

In exchange for providing the Plan Administrator a valid Waiver and Release Agreement in a form acceptable to the Company, an eligible employee shall be eligible to receive Severance Pay and Severance Benefits in accordance with the paragraphs set forth below.  The consideration for the voluntary Waiver and Release Agreement shall be the Severance Pay and the Severance Benefits that the eligible employee would not otherwise be eligible to receive.

 

(a)                                   Severance Pay .  An eligible employee shall be eligible to receive Severance Pay in accordance with the following:

 

(1)                                   Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer :   Each eligible employee who served as the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Operating Officer of the Company shall be eligible to receive eighteen (18) months of pay.

 

(2)                                   Other Members of Executive Management Committee and other Participants :   Each eligible employee who served as a member of the Executive Management Committee of the Company (and who did not serve as the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Operating Officer of the Company), or who is otherwise eligible to receive benefits under this Plan, shall be eligible to receive twelve (12) months of pay.

 

3



 

For purposes of determining the amount of Severance Pay to which an eligible employee is entitled, “ months of pay ” (a) shall be determined on the basis of (a) the eligible employee’s monthly salary on his or her separation date and (b) shall include the eligible employee’s most recent bonus (or three year average, if higher), with one-twelfth (1/12th) of such bonus amount being allocated to each month of pay.  An eligible employee’s base salary and bonus shall include amounts deferred under the Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. Deferred Compensation Plan and the Financial Security Assurance Inc. Cash or Deferred Plan, and amounts allocated to the Financial Security Assurance Flex Plan.  For purposes of the Plan, “ separation date, ” “ termination date ” and like terms shall mean the date on which the eligible employee has a separation from service within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as determined by the Plan Administrator.

 

In the event an eligible employee receives formal written notice of a future termination of employment and employment is not terminated until the date provided in such notice, then the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, reduce the period of Severance Pay by the length of the notice period, in an amount of up to one-third (1/3) of the severance period.  For purposes of the Plan, “ severance period ” shall mean the period of time over which an eligible employee is to receive Severance Pay pursuant to this Section 3, as determined by the Plan Administrator.

 

                                                (b)                                  Severance Benefits .

 

(1)                                   Continuation of Hospital, Medical, Dental, Prescription Drug and Vision Coverages.   An eligible employee may elect continuation of his or her Company sponsored hospital, medical, dental, prescription drug and vision benefits (“ health benefits ”) under COBRA, as defined in Code Section 4980B(f)(2) (“ COBRA coverage ”) for a period of up to eighteen (18) months following the separation date.  The eligible employee shall pay the same premium paid by active employees for their Company sponsored health benefits, and the Company shall pay the remaining portion of the premium during the severance period.  The COBRA coverage provided at this reduced cost shall continue until the end of the month for which the eligible employee is permitted to pay the same premium paid by similarly situated active employees for their Company sponsored health benefits.  After the end of the severance period, the eligible employee may elect to continue his or her health benefits under COBRA for up to the remainder of the COBRA continuation period; however, the eligible employee must pay the full premium for such coverage plus the applicable administrative charge.  If the eligible employee dies prior to the end of the period of time that he or she would have received his or her Severance Benefits, and if the eligible employee’s spouse and/or dependents are entitled to continued COBRA coverage, the Company shall pay the entire cost of such coverage for the remainder of the severance period.  Thereafter, the spouse and/or dependents may elect

 

4



 

to continue COBRA coverage for the remainder of the COBRA continuation period; however, they must pay the full premium cost for such coverage plus the applicable administrative charge.  The Company’s payment of premiums for the dental (or any other self-insured) health benefits may be taxable to the employee or the employee’s family.

 

(2)                                   Life Insurance Benefits .   Coverage under the Financial Security Assurance Inc. Life and AD&D Insurance Plan shall continue on the same basis as for similarly situated active employees during the severance period to the extent, if any, that the insurance carrier will so allow, provided that the life insurance coverage may be a taxable benefit.

 

(3)                                   Disability Insurance Coverage .   Coverage under Company sponsored disability insurance shall continue on the same basis as for similarly situated active employees during the severance period to the extent, if any, that the insurance carrier will so allow.

 

(c)                                   Certain Additional Payments . The Plan Administrator, acting in its sole discretion may, in writing, enhance the amount of Severance Pay and/or Severance Benefits that an eligible employee is eligible to receive over the amount of Severance Pay and Severance Benefits described above and/or make available to the eligible employee other forms of Severance Benefits.

 

                                                (d)                                  Gross-Up Payments by the Company .

 

(1)                                   Gross-Up Payments.   Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding (including the provisions of  Section 15), in the event that it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of an eligible employee (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of the Plan or otherwise) (a “ Payment ”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), or that any interest or penalties are incurred by an eligible employee with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Excise Tax ”), then the eligible employee shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (the “ Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount such that after payment by the eligible employee of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes and Excise Tax) imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the eligible employee retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

 

(2)                                   Determination of Gross-Up Payments.   All determinations required to be made under this Section 3(d), including whether and when the Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment including any determination of the parachute payments under Code

 

5



 

Section 280G(b)(2), and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations shall be made by a nationally recognized certified public accounting firm that is mutually selected by the eligible employee and the Company (the “ Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the eligible employee within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the eligible employee that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company.  All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.  Any Gross-Up Payment shall be paid by the Company to the eligible employee within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the eligible employee.  As a result of uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that the Gross-Up Payment made will have been an amount less than the Company should have paid pursuant to this Section 3(d) (the “ Underpayment ”).  In the event that the eligible employee thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the eligible employee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Gross-Up Payment or Underpayment shall be paid later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the eligible employee pays the Excise Tax to which it relates.

 

SECTION 4                           OFFSETS

 

(a)                                   Severance Pay and Severance Benefits provided under the Plan shall be offset by any severance pay or severance benefits provided to an eligible employee under an authorized written employment agreement containing a severance provision, an authorized written severance agreement, any other group reorganization or restructuring benefit plan or program sponsored by the Company or any severance benefit mandated by law.  In the event an eligible employee who is receiving Severance Pay and Severance Benefits under the Plan is employed in any respect (including as a consultant or a self-employed individual) during the severance period, due and unpaid Severance Pay shall be offset by an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the compensation received by the eligible employee during the severance period and, if employed with another employer during the severance period (other than as a consultant or a self-employed individual), Severance Benefits shall cease.  The eligible employee shall be obligated to refund any amounts paid by the Company as Severance Pay or Severance Benefits that exceed the amount of Severance Pay and Severance Benefits payable to the eligible employee hereunder giving effect to the offsets referred to in the preceding sentence.  An eligible employee shall, as a condition of receiving Severance Pay and Severance Benefits under the Plan, undertake to provide to the Company prompt notice of the commencement of any employment (including as a

 

6



 

consultant or a self-employed individual) of such eligible employee during the severance period.

 

(b)                                  If, as of the time of termination of employment, an eligible employee is indebted to the Company, whether or not evidenced by a written instrument, the Company shall have the right to reduce any or all of the amounts due such eligible employee under this Plan by such outstanding indebtedness, provided such offset is permitted under applicable law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any offset of such eligible employee’s against any payment made to such eligible employee under this Plan shall not be made in a manner that violates Code Section 409A.  Any election not to reduce such payment shall not constitute a waiver of the claim for such indebtedness.

 

SECTION 5                                                                                PAYMENT OF SEVERANCE PAY

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, Severance Pay that becomes payable shall be paid in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll payment schedule commencing with the first regular payroll payment date occurring after expiration of the seven (7) day period during which an eligible employee may revoke his or her Waiver and Release Agreement (as explained more fully below under the Section entitled “ WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT ”),; provided however , that if, at the time of the eligible employee’s separation from service, such employee is deemed to be a “specified employee” of a public company as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i), any Severance Pay payable pursuant to Section 3(a), the value of any Severance Benefits provided pursuant to Sections 3(b)(2) and 3(b)(3), any enhancements made pursuant to Section 3(c) and any Gross-Up Payments or Underpayments made pursuant to Section 3(d) that are paid or provided during the six-month-and-one-day period following the eligible employee’s separation date (the “ restricted period ”) shall not exceed two times the lesser of:

 

(a)                                   the eligible employee’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay for services provided to the Company and all Affiliates for the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the eligible employee has a separation from service (adjusted for any increase during the year in which the eligible employee has a separation from service that would be expected to continue indefinitely if the eligible employee had not separated from service); or

 

(b)                                  the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17) for such year.

 

Any Severance Pay under Section 3(a), Severance Benefits under Sections 3(b)(2) and 3(b)(3), Gross-Up Payments or Underpayments under Section 3(c) or enhancements under Section 3(d) otherwise payable or to be provided during the restricted period that exceed the limitation above shall be accumulated and paid or provided to the eligible employee, without any interest thereon, on the first regular payroll payment date that is at least six months and one day after the eligible employee’s separation date.  All legally required taxes, and any sums owing to the Company under Section 4, shall be deducted from Severance Pay payments.

 

7



 

SECTION 6                                                                                REINSTATEMENT

 

In the event that an eligible employee who is receiving Severance Pay or Severance Benefits is permanently reemployed by the Company or an Affiliate, the payment of Severance Pay and the availability of Severance Benefits under the Plan shall cease as of the date his or her reemployment begins.

 

SECTION 7                                                                                WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

 

In order to receive Severance Pay and Severance Benefits, an eligible employee must submit a signed Waiver and Release Agreement in a form satisfactory to FSA (the “Release” ) to the Plan Administrator no later than twenty-one (21) days after the Release has been furnished to the employee.  If the Plan Administrator determines that the termination of the eligible employee is part of a group termination, the signed Release must be submitted to the Plan Administrator no later than forty-five (45) days after his or her separation date.  In the event of a group termination, attached to the Release will be such additional information relating to the group termination as is required by applicable law in order to make the Release effective.  An eligible employee may revoke his or her signed Release within seven (7) days of his or her signing the Release.  A revocation by an eligible employee must be made in writing and must be received by the Plan Administrator within such seven (7) day period.  An eligible employee who timely revokes his or her Release shall not be eligible to receive any Severance Pay and Severance Benefits under the Plan.  An eligible employee who timely submits a signed Release and who does not exercise his or her right of revocation shall be eligible to receive Severance Pay and Severance Benefits.  Eligible employees shall be encouraged to contact their personal attorneys to review the Release if they so desire.

 

SECTION 8                                                                                PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

FSA shall be the “administrator” of the Plan for purposes of Section 3(16)(A) of ERISA.  FSA hereby delegates to its Executive Management Committee the responsibility for the administration of the Plan, and the Executive Management Committee shall serve as the “Plan Administrator” of the Plan and a “named fiduciary” within the meaning of such terms as defined in ERISA.  The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to determine eligibility for, and the amount of, Plan benefits and to construe the terms of the Plan, including making any factual determinations.  The decisions and constructions of the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive as to all parties, unless found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be arbitrary and capricious.  The Plan Administrator may delegate to other persons responsibilities for performing certain of the duties of the Plan Administrator under the terms of the Plan and may seek such expert advice as the Plan Administrator deems reasonably necessary with respect to the Plan.  The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon the information and advice furnished by such delegatees and experts, unless actually knowing such information and advice to be inaccurate or unlawful.  In no event shall an eligible employee or any other person be entitled to challenge a decision of the Plan Administrator in court or in any other administrative proceeding unless and until the claim and appeals procedures established under the Plan have been complied with and exhausted.

 

8



 

SECTION 9                                                                                CLAIMS PROCEDURES

 

The Plan Administrator shall appoint an individual or committee of individuals (the “ decisionmaker ”) to evaluate claims made under the Plan.  Within 90 days after the Plan Administrator receives a written claim for benefits under the Plan, the decisionmaker will either approve the claim or notify the claimant that the claim is denied.  The decisionmaker may extend this time period by up to an additional 90 days under special circumstances and shall notify the claimant of the extension and the reasons therefore within the initial 90-day period.

 

If a claim is denied, in whole or in part, the decisionmaker shall furnish to the claimant, at the time of the denial, a written notice setting forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant: (i) the reason(s) for the denial, including a reference to any applicable provisions of the Plan; (ii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; (iii) an explanation of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and (iv) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA following an adverse determination on appeal.

 

In the context of a claim involving a disability determination, the initial claim determination shall be made within 45 days, and the maximum extension of time available to the decisionmaker is 30 days.  Further, the information included in any denial also shall include identification of any medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained in connection with a claim determination, whether or not their judgment was relied upon in making the determination.

 

A claimant who has received a notice denying a claim, in whole or in part, may request in writing a review of the claim within 60 days after receiving a notice of denial.  Such request may be made either in person or by a duly authorized representative and shall set forth all the bases of the request for review, any facts supporting the review and any issues or comments the claimant deems pertinent.  The claimant may submit documents, records and other information in support of the review and shall be provided upon request, free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the claimant’s appeal.

 

The Plan Administrator shall appoint an individual or committee of individuals to review the appeal of any claim denial under the Plan (the “ claim reviewer ”).  The claim reviewer shall make a decision with respect to a claim review promptly, but not later than 60 days (45 days in the context of a claim involving a disability determination) after receipt of the appeal.  The claim reviewer may extend this time period by up to an additional 60 days (45 days in the context of a claim involving a disability determination) under special circumstances by providing the claimant with notice of the extension and the reasons therefore within the initial 60-day (or 45-day) period.  The claim reviewer will be a different person(s) from the person(s) who made the initial determination and will not be a subordinate of the original decisionmaker or a relative of such subordinate.  The claim reviewer will not grant deference to the initial decision and will consider all information submitted, regardless of whether it was considered in connection with the initial claim.

 

The final decision of the claim reviewer shall be in writing, give specific reasons for the decision, provide specific references to the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based

 

9



 

and include both a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA.  Any action (whether at law, in equity or otherwise) must be commenced within three (3) years and must be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction sitting in New York, New York.  This three (3) year period shall be computed from the earlier of: (a) the date a final determination denying such benefit, in whole or in part, is issued under the Plan’s claim review procedure; and (b) the date such individual’s cause of action first accrued (as determined under the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of choice of laws).

 

SECTION 10                                                                         AMENDMENT/TERMINATION/VESTING

 

(a)                                   FSA may terminate or amend the Plan at any time and from time to time, for any reason or no reason; provided , however , that any such termination or amendment of the Plan that is adverse to the interest of any eligible employee under the Plan shall be effective only (i) as to any eligible employee first becoming an employee after the date of such amendment or termination or (ii) as to any other employee, on or after the effective date of this restatement.  Any amendment or termination of the Plan shall be adopted by the Board of Directors of FSA and executed by an authorized officer of FSA, provided that :  (i) no such amendment shall materially diminish the rights of a participant (or beneficiary, as the case may be) without the participant’s (or beneficiary’s) consent, except as may be otherwise required by law; and (ii) FSA reasonably determines that such amendment would not result in penalties under Code Section 409A.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, FSA may make any such amendments to the Plan which are administrative, technical or required by law, including amendments to conform the Plan to the requirements of Code Section 409A.

 

(b)                                  FSA may terminate the Plan at any time and, anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, distribute the value of the Severance Pay to each participant who has severed from employment (or to his or her beneficiary, as the case may be) in a lump sum as soon as practicable after such termination, or in the alternative, pay such amount in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, but only if the Plan Administrator reasonably determines that such distribution would not result in penalties under Code Section 409A.  Termination of the Plan shall not serve to reduce the Severance Pay and Severance Benefits previously granted under the Plan to a participant who has severed from employment at the time of termination without the written consent of the participant unless the Plan Administrator reasonably determines that such reduction is needed for the Plan to comply with Code Section 409A.

 

(c)                                   Any Affiliate of FSA that participates in this Plan may prospectively terminate participation or withdraw from this Plan upon giving FSA at least 30 days (or such other period as may be needed to satisfy Code Section 409A) notice of its intention to terminate or withdraw, but FSA may waive the requirement of notice.  FSA and the Affiliate may agree that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, such termination or withdrawal shall be treated as retroactive.  FSA in its

 

10



 

discretion may direct any participating Affiliate to terminate participation or withdraw from the Plan at any time and without prior notice.

 

SECTION 11                                                                         PAY AND OTHER BENEFITS

 

An eligible employee’s participation in all of the Company’s employee pension benefit plans and employee welfare plans in which he or she is enrolled as of his or her separation date shall cease as of his or her separation date, except as provided above with respect to COBRA coverage and life and disability insurance benefits.  All pay and other benefits, including unreimbursed valid business expenses and accrued but unpaid salary (but excluding Plan benefits), payable to an eligible employee upon his or her separation date shall be paid in accordance with the terms of those established policies, plans and procedures.  An eligible employee who is participating in the Plan shall not be eligible for any other type of severance benefits under any other severance pay plan, program or policy of the Company.  Eligible employees shall receive payment for unused vacation days on the first payroll date following the eligible employee’s termination of employment.  Such payment shall be equal to one twentieth (1/20th) of one month of Severance Pay for every vacation day and shall be paid in a single lump sum payment.  Such payment shall not reduce the amount of Severance Pay otherwise payable to the eligible employee under the Plan.  For purposes of the foregoing,

 

(a)

 

total vacation days for any eligible employee in respect of any calendar year shall equal the sum of:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

carryover vacation days to which the eligible employee is entitled in accordance with Company policy from the year prior to the year in which the eligible employee’s separation date occurred; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

the product (rounded up to the nearest whole number) of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

the annual number of vacation days to which the eligible employee is entitled in accordance with Company policy; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

a fraction,

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the numerator of which is the number of days of the year which have elapsed from the January 1 of the year in which the eligible employee’s separation date occurs through and including the eligible employee’s separation date, and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the denominator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365); and

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

unused vacation days for any eligible employee in respect of any calendar year will equal total vacation days in respect of such year determined in accordance with subsection (a) above, less vacation days used in such year.

 

11



 

SECTION 12                                                                         NO ASSIGNMENT

 

Severance Pay or Severance Benefits payable under the Plan shall not be subject to anticipation, alienation, pledge, sale, transfer, assignment, garnishment, attachment, execution, encumbrance, levy, lien, or charge, and any attempt to cause such Severance Pay or Severance Benefits to be so subjected shall not be recognized, except to the extent required by law.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, all or a portion of a Participant’s Severance Pay may be paid to another person as specified in a “domestic relations order” within the meaning of Section 414(p)(1)(B) of the Code in accordance with the rules and procedures established by the Plan Administrator.

 

SECTION 13                                                                         RECOVERY OF PAYMENTS MADE BY MISTAKE

 

An eligible employee shall be required to return to the Company any Severance Pay or Severance Benefits, or portion thereof, made by a mistake of fact or law.  If the Plan makes an overpayment, the Plan will have the right, at any time, as elected by the Plan Administrator, to:

 

(a)                                   recover that overpayment from the person to whom it was made;

 

(b)                                  offset the amount of that overpayment from a future payment to such person; or

 

(c)                                   a combination of both.

 

The Plan shall be considered to have established an equitable lien by agreement with the person to whom such overpayment was made.  Such employee or beneficiary shall, upon request, execute and deliver such instruments and papers as may be required and shall do whatever else is necessary to secure such rights of recovery to the Plan.

 

SECTION 14                                                                         REPRESENTATIONS CONTRARY TO THE PLAN

 

No employee, officer, or director of the Company has the authority to alter, vary or modify the terms of the Plan except by means of an authorized written amendment to the Plan.  No verbal or written representations contrary to the terms of the Plan and its written amendments shall be binding upon the Plan, the Plan Administrator or the Company.

 

SECTION 15                                                                         COMPLIANCE WITH CODE SECTION 409A

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A to be a separation pay plan that does not provide for the deferral of compensation under Code Section 409A or, as applicable, a plan that complies with the requirements of Code Section 409A to avoid taxation under Code Section 409A(a)(1) and shall at all times be interpreted and operated consistent with this intention.  Under no circumstances, however, shall the Company have any liability to any person for any taxes, penalties or interest due on amounts paid or payable under the Plan, including any taxes, penalties or interest imposed under Code Section 409A(a)(1), except as provided in Section 3(c).

 

SECTION 16                                                                         NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

 

The Plan shall not confer employment rights upon any person.  No person shall be entitled, by virtue of the Plan, to remain in the employ of the Company or its Affiliates and nothing in the

 

12


 

Plan shall restrict the right of the Company and its Affiliates to terminate the employment of any eligible employee at any time.

 

SECTION 17                         COMPANY INFORMATION

 

In connection with their employment, eligible employees may have access to Company Information.  Recognizing that the disclosure or improper use of such Company Information will cause serious and irreparable injury to the Company, as a condition of receiving Severance Pay and Severance Benefits eligible employees with such access must acknowledge that:  (i) they will not at any time, directly or indirectly, disclose Company Information to any third party or otherwise retain or use such Company Information for their own benefit or the benefit of others, (ii) if they disclose or improperly use any Company Information, the Company shall be entitled to apply for and receive an injunction to restrain any violation of this paragraph, and (iii) eligible employees shall be liable for any damages the Company incurs as a result of such disclosure or use of Company Information, including litigation costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

Company Information ” shall mean any confidential, financial, marketing, business, technical or other information, including, without limitation, information that the eligible employee prepared, caused to be prepared, received in connection with and/or contemporaneous with his or her employment with the Company or Its Affiliates, such as information provided by customers that is not generally known in the industry, objective and subjective evaluations of management, transactions or proposed transactions, trade secrets, personnel information and marketing methods and techniques.  “ Company Information ” specifically excludes information that is generally known in the industry (except when known based upon the eligible employee’s actions in contravention of this provision) or that is otherwise publicly available (except when available based upon the eligible employee’s actions in contravention of this provision).

 

SECTION 18                         CONFIDENTIALITY

 

Eligible employees are prohibited from disclosing the existence of this Plan and its terms and conditions, to any other past, present or future employees of the Company, or to any other person, except (and in such cases, only to the extent necessary) to the eligible employee’s immediate family, attorneys, accountants, financial advisors, lending institutions, federal, state or local taxing authorities, or as otherwise required by law, or for the enforcement of the Plan terms.

 

SECTION 19                         PLAN FUNDING

 

No eligible employee shall acquire by reason of the Plan any right in or title to any assets, funds, or property of the Company.  Any Severance Pay or Severance Benefits that become payable under the Plan are unfunded obligations of the Company and shall be paid from the general assets of the Company.  No employee, officer, director or agent of the Company guarantees in any manner the payment of Severance Pay or Severance Benefits.

 

13



 

SECTION 20                         APPLICABLE LAW

 

The Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with ERISA and in the event that any reference shall be made to state law, the internal laws of the State of New York shall apply. For purposes of ERISA, this Plan is intended to constitute a nonqualified, unfunded plan for the purpose of providing welfare benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees.

 

SECTION 21                         SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of the Plan is found, held or deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void, unlawful or unenforceable under any applicable statute or other controlling law, the remainder of the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 22                         PLAN YEAR

 

The ERISA plan year of the Plan shall be the calendar year.

 

SECTION 23                         RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY

 

All Company property (including keys, credit cards, identification cards, office equipment, portable computers and cellular telephones) and Company Information (including all copies, duplicates, reproductions or excerpts thereof) must be returned by the eligible employee as of his or her separation date in order for such eligible employee to commence receiving Severance Pay and Severance Benefits under the Plan.

 

14



 

[Senior Executive Over 40 Individual Release]

 

FORM OF RELEASE

(individual termination)

 

WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

 

This Waiver and Release Agreement (“Agreement”) sets forth the agreement reached concerning the termination of my employment with FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. and the Company’s parent, subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates, whether direct or indirect, its and their joint ventures and joint venturers (including its and their respective directors, officers, associates, employees, shareholders, partners and agents, past, present and future), and each of its and their respective successors and assigns (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Company”).  I acknowledge and agree that my employment with the Company ends for all purposes on             , 2008.

 

(1)           Waiver and Release, Etc.

 

(a)  In consideration for the Severance Pay and Severance Benefits to be provided to me under the terms of the FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. SEVERANCE POLICY FOR SENIOR MANAGEMENT (hereinafter, the “Plan”), I, on behalf of myself and my heirs, executors, administrators, attorneys and assigns, hereby waive, release and forever discharge the Company from all debts, obligations, promises, covenants, agreements, contracts, endorsements, bonds, controversies, suits, actions, causes of action, judgments, damages, expenses, claims or demands, in law or in equity, which I ever had, now have, or which may arise in the future, regarding any matter arising on or before the date of my execution of this Agreement, including but not limited to all claims (whether known or unknown) regarding my employment at or termination of employment from the Company, any contract (express or implied), any claim for equitable relief or recovery of punitive, compensatory, or other damages or monies, attorneys’ fees, any tort, and all claims for alleged discrimination based upon age, race, color, sex, sexual orientation, marital status, religion, national origin, handicap, disability, or retaliation, including any claim, asserted or unasserted, which could arise under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Equal Pay Act of 1963; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990; the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990; the Civil Rights Act of 1866, 42 U.S.C. § 1981; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988; th e Corporate and Criminal Fraud Accountability Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. § 1514A, also known as the Sarbanes Oxley Act; the New York State Human Rights Law; the New York City Human Rights Law; the California Fair Employment and Housing Act; Chapter 21 of the Texas Labor Code; and any other federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations, whether equal employment opportunity laws, rules or regulations or otherwise, or any right under any Company pension, welfare, or stock plans.  This Agreement may not be cited as, and does not constitute any admission by the Company of, any violation of any such law or legal obligation with respect to any aspect of my employment or termination therefrom.

 

(b)  I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits afforded to me by Section 1542 of the Civil Code of California and do so understanding and acknowledging the

 

A-1



 

significance and consequence of such specific waiver of Section 1542.  Section 1542 of the Civil Code of California states as follows:

 

A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.

 

Thus, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1542, and for the purpose of implementing a full and complete release of the Company, I expressly acknowledge that this Agreement is also intended to include in its effect, without limitation, all claims which I do not know or suspect to exist at the time of my execution of this Agreement, and that this Agreement contemplates the extinguishment of any such claim or claims.

 

(2)           Covenant Not to Sue.   I represent and agree that I have not filed any lawsuits or arbitrations against the Company, or filed or caused to be filed any charges or complaints against the Company with any municipal, state or federal agency charged with the enforcement of any law.  Pursuant to and as a part of my release and discharge of the Company, as set forth herein, with the sole exception of my right to bring a proceeding pursuant to the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act to challenge the validity of my release of claims pursuant to the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”), I agree, not inconsistent with EEOC Enforcement Guidance On Non-Waivable Employee Rights Under EEOC-Enforced Statutes dated April 11, 1997, and to the fullest extent permitted by law, not to sue or file a charge, complaint, grievance or demand for arbitration against the Company in any forum or assist or otherwise participate willingly or voluntarily in any claim, arbitration, suit, action, investigation or other proceeding of any kind which relates to any matter that involves the Company, and that occurred up to and including the date of my execution of this Agreement, unless required to do so by court order, subpoena or other directive by a court, administrative agency, arbitration panel or legislative body, or unless required to enforce this Agreement.  To the extent any such action may be brought by a third party, I expressly waive any claim to any form of monetary or other damages, or any other form of recovery or relief in connection with any such action.  Nothing in the foregoing paragraph shall prevent me (or my attorneys) from (i) commencing an action or proceeding to enforce this Agreement or (ii) exercising my right under the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 to challenge the validity of my waiver of ADEA claims set forth in paragraph 1 of this Agreement.

 

(3)           Company Information.   I acknowledge that I may have access to certain confidential and other information of the Company, referred to in the Plan as “Company Information”.  Recognizing that the disclosure or improper use of Company Information may cause serious and irreparable injury to the Company, I agree that I will not at any time, directly or indirectly, disclose Company Information or use Company Information for my own benefit or the benefit of any other party except as permitted under the Plan.

 

(4)           Cooperation; Return of Company Property.   I agree to cooperate with the Company with respect to providing information with respect to matters with which I was involved at the time of my termination of employment and to cooperate, at the expense of the

 

A-2



 

Company, in the defense or pursuit by the Company of, or response by the Company to, any litigation, investigation or dispute relating to matters in which I participated during my term of employment with the Company.  I agree to return to the Company all Company property in my possession as promptly as practicable, including, without limitation, any keys, credit cards, documents and records, identification cards, office equipment, portable computers, mobile telephones and parking permits.

 

(5)           Non-Disparagement.   I will not disparage or criticize the Company, or issue any communication, written or otherwise, that reflects adversely on or encourages any adverse action against the Company, except if testifying truthfully under oath pursuant to any lawful court order or subpoena or otherwise responding to or providing disclosures required by law.

 

(6)           Non-Disclosure.   I agree not to disclose the terms, contents or execution of this Agreement, the claims that have been or could have been raised against the Company, or the facts and circumstances underlying this Agreement, except in the following circumstances:

 

a.                                        I may disclose the terms of this Agreement to my immediate family, so long as such family member agrees to be bound by the confidential nature of this Agreement;

 

b.                                       I may disclose the terms of this Agreement to: (i) my tax advisors so long as such tax advisors agree in writing to be bound by the confidential nature of this Agreement, (ii) taxing authorities if requested by such authorities and so long as they are advised in writing of the confidential nature of this Agreement, or (iii) my legal counsel; and

 

c.                                        Pursuant to the order of a court or governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, or for purposes of securing enforcement of the terms and conditions of this Agreement should that ever be necessary.

 

(7)           Non-Solicitation.   I agree that for a period of twelve months after the termination of my employment, I shall not: (a) directly or indirectly solicit, induce or encourage any employee of the Company, or any consultant or independent contractor providing services to the Company, to leave the Company or to join or perform services for any other company, or (b) directly or indirectly solicit, induce or encourage any entity or person who is a customer or client of the Company to cease to engage the services of the Company.

 

(8)           Consequences of Breach.   In the event that I breach this Agreement by violating any of the provisions of paragraph (3), (4), (5), (6) or (7), I acknowledge that (a) the Company shall be entitled to apply for and receive an injunction to restrain any violation of such paragraphs, (b) I shall be required to pay the Company’s litigation costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, associated with defending against my lawsuit and (c) I shall be obligated to repay to the Company eighty percent (80%) of the Severance Pay already paid to me and to forfeit eighty percent (80%) of the Severance Pay not yet paid to me.  Such repayment and/or forfeiture shall not affect the validity of this Agreement.

 

A-3



 

(9)           Offset.   I understand that, in the event I become employed during the severance period, due and unpaid Severance Pay will be offset by an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the compensation received by me during the severance period (including employment as a consultant or a self-employed individual), and, if employed with another employer (other than as a consultant or a self-employed individual), Severance Benefits shall cease.  I agree to refund any amounts paid by the Company as Severance Pay or Severance Benefits that exceed the amount of Severance Pay and Severance Benefits payable to me under the Plan giving effect to the offsets referred to in the preceding sentence.  I further agree to provide to the Company prompt notice of the commencement of any such employment (including employment as a consultant or a self-employed individual).

 

(10)         409A.   All payments or benefits under this Agreement are subject to any applicable employment or tax withholdings or deductions.  In addition, the parties hereby agree that it is their intention that all payments or benefits provided under this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and this Agreement shall be interpreted accordingly.  I am advised to seek independent advice from my tax advisor(s) with respect to the application of Section 409A of the Code to any payments or benefits under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company does not guarantee the tax treatment of any payments or benefits under this Agreement, including without limitation under the Code, federal, state or local laws.

 

(11)         Other Plans.   I understand that this Agreement will not limit any of my rights or obligations in respect of any Company-sponsored plans, each of which has its own provisions governing the rights of employees thereunder in respect of which I agree to remain bound, except that I hereby waive, release and shall not assert in any forum any claim or right arising out of or in connection with my termination of employment on the basis that such termination interfered with attainment of any rights under such a plan or was otherwise discriminatory or illegal.  The foregoing plans include the Company’s pension plans (Money Purchase Plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan), Cash or Deferred Plan (401(k) plan), home computer program, cafeteria plan (“flex plan”), medical plans, Supplemental Restricted Stock Plan, 1993 Equity Participation Plan and Deferred Compensation Plan.  I understand that, for purposes of determining my rights under the foregoing plans, my employment with the Company will be deemed to have been terminated by the Company without cause.

 

(12)         Review.   Without detracting in any respect from any other provision of this Agreement:

 

a.                                        I, in consideration of the payment and benefits provided to me as described in paragraph 1 of this Agreement, agree and acknowledge that this Agreement constitutes a knowing and voluntary waiver of all rights or claims I have or may have against the Company as set forth herein, including, but not limited to, all rights or claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (“ADEA”), including, but not limited to, all claims of age discrimination in employment and all claims of retaliation in violation of the ADEA; and I have no

 

A-4



 

physical or mental impairment of any kind that has interfered with my ability to read and understand the meaning of this Agreement or its terms, and that I am not acting under the influence of any medication or mind-altering chemical of any type in entering into this Agreement.

 

b.                                       I understand that, by entering into this Agreement, I do not waive rights or claims that may arise after the date of my execution of this Agreement, including without limitation any rights or claims that I may have to secure enforcement of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

c.                                        I agree and acknowledge that the consideration provided to me under this Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which I am already entitled.

 

d.                                       The Company hereby advises me to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement.

 

e.                                        I acknowledge that I was informed that I had at least twenty-one (21) days in which to review and consider this Agreement, and to consult with an attorney regarding the terms and effect of this Agreement.

 

(13)         Revocation Period .  The Company agrees that I may revoke this Agreement within seven (7) days from the date I sign this Agreement, in which case this Agreement shall be null and void and of no force or effect on either the Company or me.  Any revocation must be in writing and received by the Plan Administrator by 5:00 p.m. on or before the seventh day after this Agreement is executed by me.  Such revocation must be sent to the Director of Human Resources, Financial Security Assurance Holdings, Ltd. at 31 West 52 nd Street, New York, NY 10019.

 

(14)         Severability.   I agree that if any provision of this Agreement is found, held or deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void, unlawful or unenforceable under any applicable statute or controlling law, the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

(15)         Governing Law.   This Agreement is deemed made and entered into in the State of New York, and in all respects shall be interpreted, enforced and governed under the internal laws of the State of New York, to the extent not governed by federal law.  Any dispute under this Agreement shall be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York.  The Company and I hereby waive any rights to a jury trial in connection with any disputes, controversies or claims under this Agreement.

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that he or she has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement and has voluntarily entered into this Agreement by signing below as of the date set forth below.

 

A-5



 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print name)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

(Date)

 

A-6



 

[Senior Executive Over 40 Group Release]

 

FORM OF RELEASE

(group termination)

 

WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

 

This Waiver and Release Agreement (“Agreement”) sets forth the agreement reached concerning the termination of my employment with FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. and the Company’s parent, subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates, whether direct or indirect, its and their joint ventures and joint venturers (including its and their respective directors, officers, associates, employees, shareholders, partners and agents, past, present and future), and each of its and their respective successors and assigns (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Company”).  I acknowledge and agree that my employment with the Company ends for all purposes on             , 2008.

 

(1)           Waiver and Release, Etc.

 

(a)  In consideration for the Severance Pay and Severance Benefits to be provided to me under the terms of the FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD. SEVERANCE POLICY FOR SENIOR MANAGEMENT (hereinafter, the “Plan”), I, on behalf of myself and my heirs, executors, administrators, attorneys and assigns, hereby waive, release and forever discharge the Company from all debts, obligations, promises, covenants, agreements, contracts, endorsements, bonds, controversies, suits, actions, causes of action, judgments, damages, expenses, claims or demands, in law or in equity, which I ever had, now have, or which may arise in the future, regarding any matter arising on or before the date of my execution of this Agreement, including but not limited to all claims (whether known or unknown) regarding my employment at or termination of employment from the Company, any contract (express or implied), any claim for equitable relief or recovery of punitive, compensatory, or other damages or monies, attorneys’ fees, any tort, and all claims for alleged discrimination based upon age, race, color, sex, sexual orientation, marital status, religion, national origin, handicap, disability, or retaliation, including any claim, asserted or unasserted, which could arise under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Equal Pay Act of 1963; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990; the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990; the Civil Rights Act of 1866, 42 U.S.C. § 1981; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988; th e Corporate and Criminal Fraud Accountability Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. § 1514A, also known as the Sarbanes Oxley Act; the New York State Human Rights Law; the New York City Human Rights Law; the California Fair Employment and Housing Act; Chapter 21 of the Texas Labor Code; and any other federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations, whether equal employment opportunity laws, rules or regulations or otherwise, or any right under any Company pension, welfare, or stock plans.  This Agreement may not be cited as, and does not constitute any admission by the Company of, any violation of any such law or legal obligation with respect to any aspect of my employment or termination therefrom.

 

B-1



 

(b)  If I worked in California, I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits afforded to me by Section 1542 of the Civil Code of California and do so understanding and acknowledging the significance and consequence of such specific waiver of Section 1542.  Section 1542 of the Civil Code of California states as follows:

 

A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.

 

Thus, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1542, and for the purpose of implementing a full and complete release of the Company, I expressly acknowledge that this Agreement is also intended to include in its effect, without limitation, all claims which I do not know or suspect to exist at the time of my execution of this Agreement, and that this Agreement contemplates the extinguishment of any such claim or claims.

 

(2)           Covenant Not to Sue.   I represent and agree that I have not filed any lawsuits or arbitrations against the Company, or filed or caused to be filed any charges or complaints against the Company with any municipal, state or federal agency charged with the enforcement of any law.  Pursuant to and as a part of my release and discharge of the Company, as set forth herein, with the sole exception of my right to bring a proceeding pursuant to the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act to challenge the validity of my release of claims pursuant to the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”), I agree, not inconsistent with EEOC Enforcement Guidance On Non-Waivable Employee Rights Under EEOC-Enforced Statutes dated April 11, 1997, and to the fullest extent permitted by law, not to sue or file a charge, complaint, grievance or demand for arbitration against the Company in any forum or assist or otherwise participate willingly or voluntarily in any claim, arbitration, suit, action, investigation or other proceeding of any kind which relates to any matter that involves the Company, and that occurred up to and including the date of my execution of this Agreement, unless required to do so by court order, subpoena or other directive by a court, administrative agency, arbitration panel or legislative body, or unless required to enforce this Agreement.  To the extent any such action may be brought by a third party, I expressly waive any claim to any form of monetary or other damages, or any other form of recovery or relief in connection with any such action.  Nothing in the foregoing paragraph shall prevent me (or my attorneys) from (i) commencing an action or proceeding to enforce this Agreement or (ii) exercising my right under the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 to challenge the validity of my waiver of ADEA claims set forth in paragraph 1(a) of this Agreement.

 

(3)           Company Information.   I acknowledge that I may have access to certain confidential and other information of the Company, referred to in the Plan as “Company Information”.  Recognizing that the disclosure or improper use of Company Information may cause serious and irreparable injury to the Company, I agree that I will not at any time, directly or indirectly, disclose Company Information or use Company Information for my own benefit or the benefit of any other party except as permitted under the Plan.

 

(4)           Cooperation; Return of Company Property.   I agree to cooperate with the Company with respect to providing information with respect to matters with which I was

 

B-2



 

involved at the time of my termination of employment and to cooperate, at the expense of the Company, in the defense or pursuit by the Company of, or response by the Company to, any litigation, investigation or dispute relating to matters in which I participated during my term of employment with the Company.  I agree to return to the Company all Company property in my possession as promptly as practicable, including, without limitation, any keys, credit cards, documents and records, identification cards, office equipment, portable computers, mobile telephones and parking permits.

 

(5)           Non-Disparagement.   I will not disparage or criticize the Company, or issue any communication, written or otherwise, that reflects adversely on or encourages any adverse action against the Company, except if testifying truthfully under oath pursuant to any lawful court order or subpoena or otherwise responding to or providing disclosures required by law.

 

(6)           Non-Disclosure.   I agree not to disclose the terms, contents or execution of this Agreement, the claims that have been or could have been raised against the Company, or the facts and circumstances underlying this Agreement, except in the following circumstances:

 

d.                                       I may disclose the terms of this Agreement to my immediate family, so long as such family member agrees to be bound by the confidential nature of this Agreement;

 

e.                                        I may disclose the terms of this Agreement to: (i) my tax advisors so long as such tax advisors agree in writing to be bound by the confidential nature of this Agreement, (ii) taxing authorities if requested by such authorities and so long as they are advised in writing of the confidential nature of this Agreement, or (iii) my legal counsel; and

 

f.                                          Pursuant to the order of a court or governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, or for purposes of securing enforcement of the terms and conditions of this Agreement should that ever be necessary.

 

(7)           Non-Solicitation.   I agree that for a period of twelve months after the termination of my employment, I shall not: (a) directly or indirectly solicit, induce or encourage any employee of the Company, or any consultant or independent contractor providing services to the Company, to leave the Company or to join or perform services for any other company, or (b) directly or indirectly solicit, induce or encourage any entity or person who is a customer or client of the Company to cease to engage the services of the Company.

 

(8)           Consequences of Breach.   In the event that I breach this Agreement by violating any of the provisions of paragraph (3), (4), (5), (6) or (7), I acknowledge that (a) the Company shall be entitled to apply for and receive an injunction to restrain any violation of such paragraphs, (b) I shall be required to pay the Company’s litigation costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, associated with defending against my lawsuit and (c) I shall be obligated to repay to the Company eighty percent (80%) of the Severance Pay already paid to me

 

B-3



 

and to forfeit eighty percent (80%) of the Severance Pay not yet paid to me.  Such repayment and/or forfeiture shall not affect the validity of this Agreement.

 

(9)           Offset.   I understand that, in the event I become employed during the severance period, due and unpaid Severance Pay will be offset by an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the compensation received by me during the severance period (including employment as a consultant or a self-employed individual), and, if employed with another employer (other than as a consultant or a self-employed individual), Severance Benefits shall cease.  I agree to refund any amounts paid by the Company as Severance Pay or Severance Benefits that exceed the amount of Severance Pay and Severance Benefits payable to me under the Plan giving effect to the offsets referred to in the preceding sentence.  I further agree to provide to the Company prompt notice of the commencement of any such employment (including employment as a consultant or a self-employed individual).

 

(10)         409A.   All payments or benefits under this Agreement are subject to any applicable employment or tax withholdings or deductions.  In addition, the parties hereby agree that it is their intention that all payments or benefits provided under this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and this Agreement shall be interpreted accordingly.  I am advised to seek independent advice from my tax advisor(s) with respect to the application of Section 409A of the Code to any payments or benefits under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company does not guarantee the tax treatment of any payments or benefits under this Agreement, including without limitation under the Code, federal, state or local laws.

 

(11)         Other Plans.   I understand that this Agreement will not limit any of my rights or obligations in respect of any Company-sponsored plans, each of which has its own provisions governing the rights of employees thereunder in respect of which I agree to remain bound, except that I hereby waive, release and shall not assert in any forum any claim or right arising out of or in connection with my termination of employment on the basis that such termination interfered with attainment of any rights under such a plan or was otherwise discriminatory or illegal.  The foregoing plans include the Company’s pension plans (Money Purchase Plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan), Cash or Deferred Plan (401(k) plan), home computer program, cafeteria plan (“flex plan”), medical plans, Supplemental Restricted Stock Plan, 1993 Equity Participation Plan and Deferred Compensation Plan.  I understand that, for purposes of determining my rights under the foregoing plans, my employment with the Company will be deemed to have been terminated by the Company without cause.

 

(12)         Review.   Without detracting in any respect from any other provision of this Agreement:

 

f.                                          I, in consideration of the payment and benefits provided to me as described in paragraph 1 of this Agreement, agree and acknowledge that this Agreement constitutes a knowing and voluntary waiver of all rights or claims I have or may have against the Company as set forth herein, including, but not limited to, all rights or claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (“ADEA”), including, but

 

B-4



 

not limited to, all claims of age discrimination in employment and all claims of retaliation in violation of the ADEA; and I have no physical or mental impairment of any kind that has interfered with my ability to read and understand the meaning of this Agreement or its terms, and that I am not acting under the influence of any medication or mind-altering chemical of any type in entering into this Agreement.

 

g.                                       I understand that, by entering into this Agreement, I do not waive rights or claims that may arise after the date of my execution of this Agreement, including without limitation any rights or claims that I may have to secure enforcement of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

h.                                       I agree and acknowledge that the consideration provided to me under this Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which I am already entitled.

 

i.                                           The Company hereby advises me to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement.

 

j.                                           I acknowledge that I was informed that I had at least forty-five (45) days in which to review and consider this Agreement, to review the information as required by the ADEA, a copy of such information being attached to and made part of this Agreement, and to consult with an attorney regarding the terms and effect of this Agreement.

 

(13)         Revocation Period .  The Company agrees that I may revoke this Agreement within seven (7) days from the date I sign this Agreement, in which case this Agreement shall be null and void and of no force or effect on either the Company or me.  Any revocation must be in writing and received by the Plan Administrator by 5:00 p.m. on or before the seventh day after this Agreement is executed by me.  Such revocation must be sent to the Director of Human Resources, Financial Security Assurance Holdings, Ltd. at 31 West 52 nd  Street, New York, NY 10019.

 

(14)         Severability.   I agree that if any provision of this Agreement is found, held or deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void, unlawful or unenforceable under any applicable statute or controlling law, the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

(15)         Governing Law.   This Agreement is deemed made and entered into in the State of New York, and in all respects shall be interpreted, enforced and governed under the internal laws of the State of New York, to the extent not governed by federal law.  Any dispute under this Agreement shall be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York.  The Company and I hereby waive any rights to a jury trial in connection with any disputes, controversies or claims under this Agreement.

 

B-5



 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that he or she has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement and has voluntarily entered into this Agreement by signing below as of the date set forth below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print name)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

(Date)

 

B-6



 

EXHIBIT A

 

The following information is provided in accordance with the ADEA:

 

1.             The decisional unit is                       ’s                                      Department.

 

2.             All employees in the                                      Department are eligible for the program.  All employees in this Department whose employment terminated in                      are selected for the program.

 

3.             All employees in the                                      Department who are being offered consideration under a waiver agreement and asked to waive claims under the ADEA must sign the agreement and return it to                        within 45 days after receiving the waiver agreement.  Once the signed waiver agreement is returned to                       , the employee has 7 days to revoke the waiver agreement.

 

4.             The following is a listing of the ages and job titles of employees in the                                      Department who were and were not selected for termination and the offer of consideration for signing a waiver:

 

Job Title

 

Age

 

#Selected

 

#Not Selected

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[List same job title for each age in which there is an incumbent.]

 

B-7




Exhibit 10.3

 

[As Approved by the Board of Directors on May 21, 2008]

 

FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD.

 

2004 Equity Participation Plan

 

As amended and restated effective as of May 21, 2008

 



 

FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD.

 

2004 Equity Participation Plan

 

SECTION

 

CONTENTS

 

PAGE

 

 

 

 

 

Section 1.

 

General Purpose of Plan; Definitions

 

1

Section 2.

 

Administration

 

5

Section 3.

 

FSA Stock Subject to Plan

 

6

Section 4.

 

Eligibility

 

7

Section 5.

 

Performance Shares

 

7

Section 6.

 

Dexia Restricted Stock

 

12

Section 7.

 

Performance Share Units

 

15

Section 8.

 

Transfer, Leave of Absence, etc.

 

16

Section 9.

 

Amendments and Termination

 

16

Section 10.

 

Compliance with Code Section 409A

 

16

Section 11.

 

General Provisions

 

16

Section 12.

 

Effective Date of Plan

 

17

Section 13.

 

Term of Plan

 

18

 



 

[Approved by Board of Directors and effective—05/21/08]

 

FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE HOLDINGS LTD.

 

2004 Equity Participation Plan

 

Section 1.  General Purpose of Plan; Definitions .

 

The name of this plan is the Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. 2004 Equity Participation Plan (the “ Plan ”).  The purpose of the Plan is to enable the Company to retain and attract executives and employees who will contribute to the Company’s success by their ability, ingenuity and industry, and to enable such executives and employees to participate in the long-term growth of the Company and Dexia by obtaining a proprietary interest in the Company or Dexia or the cash equivalent thereof.  The Plan was originally adopted on November 18, 2004 and was amended and restated effective September 9, 2005, January 1, 2005 and February 14, 2008.  The Plan is hereby amended and restated, as set forth in this Plan document, effective May 21, 2008 to amend the definitions of “Book Value” and “Operating Earnings” and make certain conforming changes.

 

The Plan shall be unfunded.  All obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be paid from the general assets of the Company.

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

a.                                        Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

b.                                      Adjusted Book Value ” means, as of a particular date, the Book Value on such date, subject to the following adjustments, each of which shall have been derived from the Company’s IFRS financial statements for the period ended on such date (or, if not derivable from such financial statements, shall be determined in good faith by the Company), but reduced by the amount of the federal income tax applicable thereto:

 

(i)                                     add to the Book Value the sum of (A) the unearned premiums net of prepaid reinsurance premiums at such date, (B) the estimated present value of future installment premiums, net of reinsurance, at such date, (C) the estimated present value of ceding commissions to be received related to reinsured future installment premiums at such date, and (D) the estimated present value of future net interest margin at such date; and

 

(ii)                                  subtract from such total the sum of (A) the deferred acquisition costs at such date and (B) the estimated present value of premium taxes to be paid related to future installment premiums.

 

c.                                        Adjusted Book Value per share ” means, as of a particular date, Adjusted Book Value on such date divided by the number of shares of FSA Stock outstanding (excluding treasury shares other than those owned to hedge obligations under the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan(s) or Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan(s)) on such date.

 

d.                                       Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

e.                                       Book Value ” means, as of a particular date, the Company’s total shareholders’ equity on such date, as derived from the Company’s IFRS financial statements for the period ended on such date.

 



 

For purposes hereof, Book Value shall be determined excluding the after-tax effect of (i)  accumulated other comprehensive income (the total mark-to-market (“MTM”) on investment assets not subject to hedge accounting and the credit risk component of the MTM on investment assets subject to hedge accounting), (ii) the credit risk component of the MTM of fair valued liabilities, (iii) the MTM of credit derivatives, (iv) the MTM of Committed Preferred Trust Securities, and (v) the MTM of other than temporarily impaired investments, but including the after-tax effect of any expected losses on credit derivatives and investments.

 

f.                                          Book Value per share ” means, as of a particular date, Book Value on such date divided by the number of shares of FSA Stock outstanding (excluding treasury shares other than those owned to hedge obligations under the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan(s) or Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan(s)) on such date.

 

g.                                       Cause ” means (i) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere (or similar plea) by, a Participant in a criminal proceeding for commission of a misdemeanor or a felony that is materially injurious to the Company; or (ii) willful misconduct by a Participant in carrying out his or her duties with the Company which is directly and materially harmful to the business or reputation of the Company.

 

h.                                       Change in Control ” means (i) an event or series of events as a result of which any “person” or “group” (as such terms are defined in Rule 13d-5 under the Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Act) of shares of capital stock entitling the holder thereof to cast more than 50% of the votes for the election of directors of the Company; or (ii) the approval by the Company’s shareholders of the Company’s consolidation with or merger into another unaffiliated corporation, or another unaffiliated corporation’s merger into the Company, or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of its assets to any unaffiliated person or (iii) unless otherwise determined by the Board, the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

i.                                           Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

j.                                           Committee ” means the committee administering the Plan pursuant to Section 2.

 

k.                                        Company ” means Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. (and, unless required otherwise by the context, its Subsidiaries), a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York (or any successor corporation).

 

l.                                           Dexia ” means Dexia S.A., a limited liability company under Belgium law having its registered office at Dexia Tower, Place Roger 111210, Brussels, Belgium, registered with the Commercial Registry of Brussels under 604.748 (or any successor thereto).

 

m.                                     Dexia Restricted Stock ” means an award of shares of Dexia Stock that are subject to the conditions under Section 6.

 

n.                                       Dexia Stock ” means ordinary shares of Dexia.

 

o.                                       Disability ” means permanent and total disability as determined under the Company’s long-term disability program or as otherwise determined by the Committee.

 

p.                                       Disinterested Person ” means a person meeting the requirements, if any, to be a member of a compensation committee prescribed by Section 16 of the Act or any rule or regulation thereunder.

 

2



 

q.                                       Division ” means any of the operating units or divisions of the Company designated as a Division by the Committee.

 

r.                                         Fair Market Value ” means, as of a particular date (i) in the case of FSA Stock, if such shares are not then publicly traded, the greater of (A) the product of 0.85 and the Adjusted Book Value per share of FSA Stock as of the last day of the calendar quarter ending prior to the date of determination of Fair Market Value and (B) the average of (a) the product of 1.15 and the Adjusted Book Value per share of FSA Stock as of the last day of the calendar quarter ending prior to the date of determination of Fair Market Value and (b) the product of 14 and Operating Earnings per share of FSA Stock as of the last day of the calendar quarter ending prior to the date of determination of Fair Market Value; and (ii) in the case of FSA Stock or Dexia Stock, if such shares are then publicly traded, the closing sales price per share of FSA Stock on the principal national securities exchange on which FSA Stock is then traded or, in the case of Dexia Stock, the Euronext Brussels stock exchange (or, if not then traded on the Euronext Brussels stock exchange, the principal stock exchange on which Dexia Stock is then traded), in either such case, on the last preceding date (including such particular date) (or such other date as shall be specified herein) on which there was a sale of such shares on such exchange and, in the case of Dexia Stock, converted into U.S. dollars using the noon buying rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for such date (or, if such rate is no longer published, such other rate as the Committee shall approve), provided that if FSA Stock is not traded on a national securities exchange but is traded in an over-the-counter market, “Fair Market Value” means the average of the closing bid and asked prices for such shares in such over-the-counter market for the last preceding date (including such particular date) (or such other date as shall be specified herein) on which there was a sale of such shares in such market.

 

s.                                        FSA Stock ” means the Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Company.

 

t.                                          Good Reason ” means the voluntary termination by a Participant of his or her employment with the Company, after the occurrence of any one of the following events without the Participant’s express written consent:  (i) a diminution of any of the Participant’s significant duties or responsibilities; (ii) a breach by the Company of its obligations hereunder; (iii) the Company requiring the Participant to be based at an office that is greater than twenty-five miles from the previous location of the Participant’s office; or (iv) a material adverse change in the Participant’s total compensation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall not be deemed to have terminated his or her employment for Good Reason unless the Participant provides 60 days’ prior written notice to the Company stating in reasonable detail the basis upon which “Good Reason” is asserted, such notice is given within 120 days of the later of the occurrence of the event or the date the Participant knows or should have known of the event which would otherwise constitute Good Reason and, if such failure or breach is reasonably susceptible to cure, the Company does not effect a cure within such 60-day period.

 

u.                                       Internal Reorganization ” means the direct or indirect acquisition of all or substantially all of the outstanding FSA Stock by a newly organized holding company established to own the Company and other companies engaged or to be engaged in the financial guaranty insurance business, immediately following which Dexia continues to own, directly or indirectly, shares of capital stock of the Company entitling Dexia to, directly or indirectly, cast more than 90% of the votes for the election of directors of the Company.

 

v.                                       Operating Earnings ” means, as of a particular date, net income of the Company for the first four completed calendar quarters ended on or prior to such date less the after-tax effect of (i) the credit risk component of the mark-to-market (“MTM”) of fair valued liabilities, (ii) the MTM of credit derivatives, (iii) the MTM of Committed Preferred Trust Securities, and the MTM of other than temporarily impaired investments, but including the after-tax effect of any expected losses on credit

 

3



 

derivatives and investments, as determined by the Company, consistent, as applicable, with its determination of net income from time to time under IFRS.

 

w.                                     Operating Earnings per share ” means, as of a particular date, Operating Earnings for the first four completed calendar quarters ended on or prior to such date, divided by the number of shares of FSA Stock outstanding (excluding treasury shares other than those owned to hedge obligations under the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan(s) or Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan(s)) on such date.

 

x.                                         Participant ” means any employee of the Company selected for participation in the Plan by the Committee (as a recipient of Performance Shares, Dexia Restricted Stock or Performance Share Units).

 

y.                                       Performance Cycle ” means a time period of at least 12 months, ending on December 31, specified by the Committee at the time a grant of Performance Shares is made, during which the performance of the Company, a Subsidiary or a Division will be measured.

 

z.                                         Performance Objectives ” means the objective goals set by the Committee with respect, but not limited, to:  (i) growth in Adjusted Book Value per share; (ii) growth in Book Value per share; (iii) earnings per share of FSA Stock or Dexia Stock, (iv) pre-tax profits, (v) net earnings or net worth, (vi) absolute and/or relative return on equity or assets, or (vii) any combination of the foregoing.   Performance Objectives may be in respect of the performance of the Company and its Subsidiaries (which may be on a consolidated basis), a Subsidiary or a Division.

 

aa.                                  Performance Shares ” means Performance Shares granted to a Participant under Section 5.

 

bb.                                Performance Share Units ” means Performance Share Units granted to a Participant under Section 7, consisting of Performance Shares and Dexia Restricted Stock.

 

cc.                                  Qualified Change in Control ” means a Change in Control that is also a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets, within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code.

 

dd.                                Qualified Disability ” means a Disability that is also a disability within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Code.  An individual is generally considered disabled within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Code if individual (i) is unable to engage in any substantially gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company.  An individual will be deemed to have a Qualified Disability if determined to be disabled in accordance with a disability insurance program that applies a definition of disability that complies with the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Code or if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.

 

ee.                                  Retirement ” means early retirement (at or after age 55 with 5 Years of Service) or normal retirement (after age 60 with 5 Years of Service) from active employment with the Company, or as otherwise determined by the Committee.

 

4



 

ff.                                     ROE ” means, in respect of any Performance Cycle, the average of:

 

(i)                                     the discount rate (expressed as an annual percentage rate) such that (a) the Adjusted Book Value per share of FSA Stock on the last day of the Performance Cycle and the dividends paid per share during such Performance Cycle, each discounted at such discount rate to the first day of such Performance Cycle, equals (b) the Adjusted Book Value per share of FSA Stock on the first day of such Performance Cycle; and

 

(ii)                                  the discount rate (expressed as an annual percentage rate) such that (a) the Book Value per share of FSA Stock on the last day of the Performance Cycle and the dividends paid per share during such Performance Cycle, each discounted at such discount rate to the first day of such Performance Cycle, equals (b) the Book Value per share of FSA Stock on the first day of such Performance Cycle.

 

gg.                                Subsidiary ” means any corporation (other than the Company) that is a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company under Section 424(f) of the Code.  In the event that after the date hereof the Company becomes a “subsidiary corporation” of another company, the provisions hereof applicable to Subsidiaries shall, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, also be applicable to such other company if it is a “parent corporation” with respect to the Company under Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

hh.                                “Years of Service” shall mean “Years of Service for Vesting” as defined under the Financial Security Assurance Inc. Money Purchase Pension Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

Section 2.  Administration.

 

The Plan shall be administered by a Committee of not less than two persons, who shall be members of and appointed by the Board and serve at the pleasure of the Board, unless otherwise determined by the Board, and who shall be Disinterested Persons so long as the FSA Stock is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Act.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Human Resources Committee of the Board shall serve as the Committee.

 

The Committee shall have the power and authority to grant to Participants, pursuant to the terms of the Plan:  (a) Performance Shares, (b) Dexia Restricted Stock and (c) Performance Share Units.

 

In particular, the Committee shall have the authority:

 

(i)                                      to select the officers and other key employees of the Company to whom Performance Shares, Dexia Restricted Stock and/or Performance Share Units may from time to time be granted hereunder;

 

(ii)                                   to determine whether and to what extent Performance Shares, Dexia Restricted Stock or Performance Share Units, or a combination of any of the foregoing, are to be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)                                to determine the number of shares of FSA Stock or Dexia Stock to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;

 

(iv)                               to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder (including, but not limited to, any vesting requirements or

 

5



 

other restrictions or performance criteria relating to any Performance Shares, Dexia Restricted Stock or Performance Share Units awarded hereunder and/or any shares of FSA Stock or Dexia Stock relating thereto);

 

(v)                                  to determine whether, and to what extent any one or more specified Performance Objectives, relating to an award of Performance Shares under the Plan, have been met by the Company over any one Performance Cycle; and

 

(vi)                               to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances FSA Stock, Dexia Stock and other amounts otherwise payable with respect to an award under the Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant.

 

The Committee shall have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall, from time to time, deem advisable; to interpret provisions of the Plan and any award issued under the Plan (and any agreements relating thereto); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may (subject to such considerations as may arise under Section 16 of the Act, or under other corporate, securities and tax laws) take any steps it deems appropriate, that are not materially substantive and are not inconsistent with the purposes and intent of the Plan, to take into account the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, and the Committee may take any steps it deems appropriate (including amending the terms or imposing further conditions on any award issued under the Plan), that are not inconsistent with the purposes and intent of the Plan, to take into account any proposed or existing legislation or regulations (whether U.S. federal, state, or local or foreign), or to obtain or maintain favorable taxation, exchange control or securities regulatory treatment for the Company or a Participant.

 

All decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding, in the absence of bad faith or manifest error, on all persons (including, without limitation, any interpretations of the Plan), including the Company and Participants, and otherwise entitled to the maximum deference permitted by law.

 

To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Committee and the members thereof shall be indemnified by the Company for all action and inaction by each of them in connection with the administration of the Plan or otherwise in connection with the Plan.

 

Section 3.  FSA Stock Subject to Plan.

 

The total number of shares of FSA Stock reserved and available for distribution under the Plan shall be 3,300,000; such shares may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares, treasury shares, re-acquired shares, or shares purchased by a grantor trust as provided for in Section 5.

 

If any shares of FSA Stock issuable pursuant to any Performance Share or Performance Share Unit award granted hereunder cease to be issuable thereunder, shall be paid in cash or such award otherwise terminates, such shares shall again be available for distribution in connection with future awards under the Plan.

 

The Plan contemplates, but does not require, that the Committee will award Performance Share Units each year in a number equal to approximately 1% of the number of issued and outstanding shares of FSA Stock.  The aggregate number of shares of FSA Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and the number of shares of FSA Stock issuable pursuant to outstanding Performance Shares shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of FSA Stock resulting from payment of an FSA Stock dividend on FSA Stock, a

 

6



 

subdivision or combination of shares of FSA Stock, a reclassification of FSA Stock, a recapitalization involving the Company or in the event of a merger or consolidation in which the Company shall be the surviving corporation.

 

Section 4.  Eligibility.

 

Officers and other employees of the Company (but not any person who serves only as a director) who are responsible for or contribute to the management, growth and/or profitability of the business of the Company are eligible to be granted Performance Shares, Dexia Restricted Stock and/or Performance Share Units under the Plan.  The Participants under the Plan shall be selected from time to time by the Committee, in its sole discretion, from among those eligible, and the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, the number of shares covered by each award.

 

Section 5.  Performance Shares.

 

(a)                                   Administration and Awards .  The Committee, in its discretion, may grant Performance Shares to one or more Participants.  The terms and conditions of any grant of Performance Shares shall be set forth in a written agreement between the Company and the Participant.  Performance Shares shall be denominated in shares of FSA Stock and, contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Objectives within one or more Performance Cycles and, subject to the Company’s rights as set forth in paragraph (c) of this Section 5, represent the right to receive a distribution of FSA Stock and/or payment of cash following the completion of each Performance Cycle, as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 5.  The Committee shall determine the extent to which any one or more Performance Objectives have been achieved by the Company in the applicable Performance Cycle.  In the absence of bad faith or manifest error, the Committee’s determination shall be final and binding upon a Participant.

 

Performance Shares may be granted to a Participant prior to or during a Performance Cycle, but distributions and payments with respect thereto may only be made following the completion of the Performance Cycle, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (e) of this Section 5 following a Change in Control.  The number of Performance Shares subject to an award shall be allocated among the Performance Cycle(s) covered by such award in such manner as the Committee shall determine.  The written agreement evidencing the award of Performance Shares shall specify the number of Performance Shares subject to the award, the number and duration of the Performance Cycles to which those Performance Shares relate, the Performance Objectives, the identification of the Performance Cycle(s) within which such Performance Objectives must be satisfied, the number of Performance Shares allocated to each such Performance Cycle, and the vesting provisions with respect to such Performance Shares (i.e., the date or, if vesting is on an installment basis, the dates after which the Participant shall have indefeasible right to the distribution and/or payment described in paragraph (b) of this Section 5, if any, with respect to certain or all Performance Shares subject to the award), subject to the limitations thereon described below.  The number of Performance Shares allocated to a Performance Cycle under any award of Performance Shares to a Participant shall not exceed 100,000.  Unless otherwise specified by the Committee at the time of award, the Performance Objective for each Performance Cycle shall be the ROE during such Performance Cycle.

 

If any change shall occur in or affect the FSA Stock or Performance Shares on account of any increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of FSA Stock resulting from payment of a stock dividend on FSA Stock, a subdivision or combination of shares of FSA Stock, a reclassification of FSA Stock, a recapitalization involving the Company or in the event of a merger or consolidation in which the Company shall be the surviving corporation, the Committee shall make such adjustments, if any, that it deems necessary in the number of shares of FSA Stock allocated to awards of Performance Shares then outstanding to reflect such change.  In the event of an Internal Reorganization (providing for a new

 

7



 

holding company for the FSA group of companies), (i) the Committee shall make such adjustments to then outstanding Performance Shares (including Performance Shares underlying outstanding Performance Share Units) as it shall deem appropriate to reflect such Internal Reorganization so that the holders of outstanding Performance Shares are compensated based upon the overall performance of the reconstituted FSA group of companies, including, without limitation, adjusting the number of shares of FSA Stock allocated to such Performance Shares and adjusting the Performance Objectives or manner of calculating the Performance Objectives in respect of such Performance Shares; and (ii) the term “Company” shall be deemed to refer to such new holding company and the term “FSA Stock” shall be deemed to refer to the securities of such new holding company for all purposes of the Plan.

 

To reflect a change in, or a change in the application by the Company of, tax laws or regulations or accounting principles (including, without limitation, by reason of any error in applying such laws, regulations or principles), the Committee shall make such adjustments in the Performance Objectives set forth in all outstanding awards of Performance Shares in respect of Performance Cycles not then completed so as to reflect such change to preserve the value of the Performance Shares consistent with the intent and the purpose of the Plan, provided the Company’s independent auditors shall have determined that such adjustments shall not result in the Company’s loss of deductibility under Section 162(m) with respect to Participants whose compensation is, in the reasonable belief of the Committee, subject thereto.  Further, with respect to a Participant, the deductibility of whose award of Performance Shares will not, in the reasonable belief of the Committee, be subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may, in its discretion and independent of any determination made by the Company’s independent auditors, adjust the Performance Objective(s) in respect of Performance Cycles not then completed so as to reflect a change in, or a change in the application by the Company of, tax laws or regulations or accounting principles (including, without limitation, by reason of any error in applying such laws, regulations or principles) to preserve the value of the Performance Shares consistent with the intent and the purpose of the Plan.

 

Any adjustment of Performance Objectives or the manner of calculating Performance Objectives after the grant of a Performance Share shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to avoid taxation under Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code.

 

Performance Shares shall be vested at such time or times as determined by the Committee (taking into account, without limitation, Section 16 of the Act) at the date of award, provided that acceleration of vesting may be granted by the Committee after the date of award, but in no event shall the Committee provide a vesting schedule which would vest fewer Performance Shares in a Participant through the completion of a particular Performance Cycle than the aggregate number of Performance Shares allocated to such Performance Cycle and all Performance Cycles included in such award which have been previously completed.  If the Committee provides, in its discretion, that any award is vested only in installments, the Committee may waive such installment vesting provisions at any time.

 

Upon termination of a Participant’s employment by the Company without Cause and upon Retirement, unvested Performance Shares shall vest pro-rata in proportion to the percentage of the Performance Cycle for such Performance Shares during which the Participant was employed by the Company.  In addition, all unvested Performance Shares shall vest (i) upon death or Disability while employed by the Company and (ii) as set forth in paragraph (e) of this Section 5 in the event of a Change in Control.  Except as provided above, Performance Shares not vested on the date of termination of employment shall be forfeited.

 

(b)                                  Distributions and Payments on Completion of Performance Cycle .  In furtherance of an election discussed in paragraph (c) of this Section 5, distributions of shares of FSA Stock and/or payments of cash with respect to Performance Shares allocated to a particular Performance Cycle

 

8



 

covered by an award shall be made to the Participant within one hundred twenty (120) days after the completion of such Performance Cycle in accordance with the Committee’s determination of the achievement of the applicable Performance Objectives, except to the extent deferred under the Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. 2004 Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time.   Provided a Participant who has been granted a Performance Shares award shall have been employed by the Company through the date on which a particular Performance Cycle shall have been completed, or such Participant’s employment with the Company shall have been terminated prior thereto by reason of death or Disability, or such Participant’s Performance Shares award is otherwise vested pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 5, such Participant shall be entitled to receive with respect to each such award:

 

(i)                                      a number of shares of FSA Stock to be determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

a x b = c ; or

 

(ii)                                   a cash payment in an amount to be determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

a x b x d = e ; or

 

(iii)                                a combination of FSA Stock and cash in the amounts determined in accordance with the formulae set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above, provided, however, that, in such event, in each such formula a shall be multiplied by the percentage that represents the portion of the Performance Shares allocated to such Performance Cycle to be paid in FSA Stock or cash, as the case may be;

 

where:

 

a =                 the number of Performance Shares granted in such award allocated to the applicable Performance Cycle;

 

b =                 a percentage (which may be more than 100%), which represents the extent to which the Performance Objectives set forth in such award have been achieved by the Company in the applicable Performance Cycle; specifically, unless otherwise specified by the Committee at the time of award, the ROE calculated for each Performance Cycle will determine such percentage according to the following table:

 

Performance

 

Percentage of Performance

Cycle ROE

 

Objective Achieved

19% or higher

 

200%

16%

 

150%

13%

 

100%

10%

 

50%

7%

 

0%

 

All points in between will be interpolated using the straight line method.

 

c =                  the number of shares of FSA Stock to be distributed to a Participant at the end of the applicable Performance Cycle pursuant to such award;

 

9


 

d =                 the Fair Market Value of a share of FSA Stock as of the last day of the applicable Performance Cycle or such other date as the Committee shall specify in such award; and

 

e =                  the amount of the cash to be paid to the Participant at the end of the applicable Performance Cycle pursuant to such award.

 

(c)           Election to Receive Stock or Cash .  Subject to any deferral election made pursuant to the terms and conditions of an agreement evidencing an award hereunder, at a date determined by the Company and notified to each Participant prior to the date on which a Performance Cycle shall be completed with respect to a Participant’s award of Performance Shares, such Participant may make an election to receive such Participant’s distribution, if any, following completion of such Performance Cycle, in shares of FSA Stock and/or cash.  Such election shall be made in writing and shall be delivered to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer or General Counsel, or such other officer as the Committee shall from time to time designate.  Notwithstanding any such election, the Committee may in its sole and absolute discretion satisfy the Company’s obligations to any Participant either by delivery of shares of FSA Stock, subject to the availability of such FSA Stock under the Plan, or by paying cash.  If the Participant shall fail to make a timely election, the Committee shall have the sole discretion to deliver shares of FSA Stock and/or pay cash to satisfy any such obligation.

 

In the event Participants elect to receive shares of FSA Stock in satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under paragraph (b) of this Section 5 with respect to the completion of a particular Performance Cycle, and the aggregate number of shares of FSA Stock subject to such elections exceeds the maximum number of shares of FSA Stock reserved and available for distribution under the Plan, the Committee shall have the absolute and sole discretion to satisfy such obligations by reducing the number of shares of FSA Stock subject to such elections to that number which equals the maximum number of shares of FSA Stock so reserved and available for distribution under the Plan.  In such event, the Committee shall reduce the number of shares of FSA Stock pursuant to each Participant’s election pro rata, based upon the number of shares of FSA Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to such elections.  The Company shall satisfy the obligations to such Participants, which remain unsatisfied following a distribution made pursuant to the foregoing reduction, by paying cash to such Participants in accordance with the formula, and within the time period, set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section 5.

 

(d)           Change in Control.   In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee shall make such adjustments, if any, to the Performance Objectives and/or the method of calculating the Performance Objectives as it shall deem necessary or appropriate to preserve the value of all Performance Shares then unpaid consistent with the intent and the purpose of the Plan.  Any adjustment of Performance Objectives or the method of calculating Performance Objectives after the grant of a Performance Share shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to avoid taxation under Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code.

 

If, after the occurrence of a Qualified Change in Control, a Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or such Participant shall voluntarily terminate his or her employment for Good Reason, in either case prior to the completion of a Performance Cycle in respect of any Performance Shares awarded to the Participant, then (i) all of the Participant’s Performance Shares outstanding at the date of the Change in Control and having Performance Cycles which shall not have been completed prior to the date of termination of employment (the “ Operative Date ”) shall become fully vested, and (ii) payment in respect of such Performance Shares shall be made on the first regular payroll payment date that is at least six months after the Operative Date (the “ Six-Month Period ”).  The Committee shall value all such Performance Shares in respect of Performance Cycles which shall not have been completed on or before the Operative Date based upon the formulae set forth in paragraph (b)

 

10



 

of this Section 5 except that b shall be equal to a percentage (the “ Minimum Percentage ”) equal to (i) for all Performance Cycles that do not include at least one completed year as of the Operative Date, 100%, and (ii) for all Performance Cycles that include at least one completed year as of the Operative Date, a percentage (which may be more than 100%), which represents the extent to which the Performance Objectives set forth in such award have been achieved by the Company in the applicable Performance Cycle assuming that the Company achieved 100% of its Performance Objectives for each year not completed as of the Operative Date.  In the case of any Performance Cycle completed during the Six-Month Period, payment of any amount due shall be made in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section 5, provided that any incremental payment due pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (e) by reason of application of the Minimum Percentage shall be payable at the end of the Six-Month Period.

 

For purposes of this paragraph (d) of Section 5, a termination of employment shall mean only a termination of employment that is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code to the extent so required to avoid taxation under Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code.  A Participant generally has a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code if the facts and circumstances indicate that the Company and the Participant reasonably anticipate that no further services will be performed by the Participant for the Company or any Affiliate or that the level of bona fide services the Participant will perform for the Company and all Affiliates (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) will decrease to no more than 20% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of services if the Participant has been providing services for less than 36 months).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the employment relationship is treated as continuing while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the individual retains the right to reemployment with the Company or any Affiliate under an applicable statute or contract.  When a leave of absence is due to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or to last for a period of at least six months and such impairment causes the Participant to be unable to perform the duties of his or her position or any substantially similar position, a 29-month maximum period of absence shall be substituted for the six-month maximum period described in the preceding sentence.  For purposes of the foregoing, the term “Affiliate” means any corporation or other business entity that would be considered a single employer with the Company pursuant to Sections 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code.

 

(e)           Holders of Performance Shares Not To Be Treated As Stockholders .  Neither any Participant awarded Performance Shares hereunder, nor any person entitled to exercise a Participant’s rights thereto in the event of death, shall have any rights of a stockholder with respect to any share of FSA Stock subject to such Participant’s award of Performance Shares, except to the extent that a certificate for such shares shall have been issued as provided for herein.

 

(f)            Non-Transferability of Performance Shares .  No Performance Share shall be transferable by a Participant, or otherwise subject to voluntary or involuntary sale, pledge, anticipation, alienation, encumbrance, assignment, garnishment or attachment, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

11



 

Section 6.  Dexia Restricted Stock.

 

(a)           Administration .  Shares of Dexia Restricted Stock may be issued either alone or in addition to other awards granted under the Plan.  The Committee shall determine the officers and key employees of the Company to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Dexia Restricted Stock will be made, the number of shares to be awarded, the time or times within which such awards may be subject to forfeiture, and all other conditions of the awards.  The provisions of Dexia Restricted Stock awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

 

(b)           Awards and Custody Arrangement .  Each award of shares of Dexia Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by a written agreement, in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve, setting forth the terms and conditions applicable to such award, including terms relating to the vesting, restricted period and transfer restrictions applicable thereto.  The Participant who is the prospective recipient of an award of Dexia Restricted Stock shall not have any rights with respect to such award unless and until such recipient has executed such written agreement evidencing the award and has delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, and has otherwise complied with the then applicable terms and conditions.

 

The shares of Dexia Restricted Stock granted to a Participant shall be held in custody during the Restricted Period applicable to such shares in a securities account maintained by a custodian selected by the Company on behalf of the Participant.  Upon grant of an award of shares of Dexia Restricted Stock (and subject to the Participant’s execution and delivery of the related award agreement), Dexia shall cause the custodian to be recorded as the record holder of such shares in the records of Dexia’s transfer agent or in the records of holders of Dexia Stock maintained by the Depositary Trust Company and the custodian shall credit such shares to a notional account maintained for such Participant in the books and records of the custodian.

 

In the event that Dexia determines that shares of Dexia Restricted Stock will be evidenced by stock certificates, such stock certificates shall be registered in the name of, and held in custody by, the custodian designated by the Company until the Restricted Period with respect thereto shall have expired.  The custodian shall credit such shares to a notional account maintained for such Participant in the books and records of the custodian.

 

If and when the Restricted Period expires with respect to any shares of Dexia Restricted Stock, Dexia shall cause the Participant to be substituted for the custodian as the record holder of such shares in the records of Dexia’s transfer agent or in the records of holders of Dexia Stock maintained by the Depositary Trust Company and the custodian shall make a corresponding reduction to the number of shares credited to such Participant’s notional account in the books and records of the custodian.  Alternatively, any shares of Dexia Restricted Stock that have been certificated in the name of the custodian shall be cancelled upon the expiration of the related Restricted Period and shall be reissued in the name of, and delivered to, the Participant and the shares evidenced by such stock certificates shall be recorded in the name of such Participant in Dexia’s share registry.

 

(c)           Restrictions and Conditions .  The shares of Dexia Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to the following restrictions and conditions:

 

(i)            Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the award agreements, during a period set by the Committee commencing with the grant date of such award and ending on such date or dates established by the Committee, which date or dates shall not be less than six months following the expiration of the Forfeiture Period applicable to any such shares of Restricted Dexia Stock (the “ Restricted Period ”), the Participant shall not be permitted voluntarily or

 

12



 

involuntarily to sell, transfer, pledge, anticipate, alienate, encumber or assign shares of Dexia Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan (or have such shares attached or garnished); provided that the Restricted Period for any shares of Dexia Restricted Stock that are automatically sold to the Company or Dexia to satisfy withholding tax requirements in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section 6 shall expire at the time of such sale.

 

(ii)           Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) of this Section 6, the recipient shall have, in respect of the shares of Dexia Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a stockholder of Dexia, including the right to vote the shares and the right to receive any cash dividends, provided that any stock dividends paid, or proceeds of stock splits, shall remain Dexia Restricted Stock subject to the same custody arrangement, vesting provisions and Restricted Period applicable to the Dexia Restricted Stock in respect of which such stock dividend was paid or stock split was made.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, at the time of an award, defer the payment of any cash dividends otherwise payable until a time specified in the award agreement or a date following (A) the recipient’s separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (B) the recipient’s death, (C) the recipient’s Qualified Disability or (D) a Qualified Change in Control.

 

(iii)          The shares of Dexia Restricted Stock shall be vested at such time or times as determined by the Committee at the date of award, provided that acceleration of vesting may be granted by the Committee after the date of award.  The period from the date of grant of any shares of Dexia Restricted Stock to the date such shares are scheduled to become vested (without regard to the acceleration of the vesting of such shares pursuant to paragraph (c)(v), (vi) or (vii) of this Section 6 or otherwise) shall be referred to as the “ Normal Vesting Period ” and the period from the date of grant of any such shares of Dexia Restricted Stock to the date of vesting of such shares (including the vesting of any such shares pursuant to paragraph (c)(v), (vi) or (vii) of this Section 6) shall be referred to as the “ Forfeiture Period .”  If the Committee provides, in its discretion at the time of award, that any award is vested only in installments, the Committee may waive such installment vesting provisions at any time.

 

(iv)          Upon termination of employment for any reason during the Normal Vesting Period, (A) all shares of Dexia Restricted Stock still unvested shall be forfeited by the Participant, subject to the provisions of the award agreement and paragraphs (c)(v), (vi) and (vii) of this Section 6, and (B) shares of vested Dexia Restricted Stock shall be delivered to the Participant upon the conclusion of the applicable Restricted Period in accordance with this paragraph (c).

 

(v)           Upon termination of a Participant’s employment by the Company without Cause, unless the Committee shall otherwise determine at the time of award, a portion of the shares of Dexia Restricted Stock subject to such award that have not become vested prior to the date of such termination shall vest as of such date, such portion to equal the ratio of (A) the number of days in the Normal Vesting Period applicable to such shares that have elapsed as of the date of termination, over (B) the total number of days in such Normal Vesting Period.

 

(vi)          Upon becoming eligible for Retirement at age 55 with 5 Years of Service (a Participant’s “ Retirement Eligibility Date ”), unless the Committee shall otherwise determine at the time of award, a portion of the shares of Dexia Restricted Stock subject to such award that have not become vested prior to such Participant’s Retirement Eligibility Date shall vest as of such date, such portion to equal the ratio of (A) the number of days in the Normal Vesting Period applicable to such shares that have elapsed as of the Retirement Eligibility Date, over (B) the total number of days in such Normal Vesting Period.  The shares of Dexia Restricted Stock

 

13



 

subject to such award that are still unvested following the Participant’s Retirement Eligibility Date shall vest in equal installments as of the last day of each of the Company’s fiscal quarters ending during the remaining term of the applicable Normal Vesting Period, provided that, in the case of each such installment, the Participant remains employed by the Company until the applicable vesting date.

 

(vii)         All unvested Dexia Restricted Stock granted to a Participant shall vest (A) upon the death or Disability of such Participant while employed by the Company or (B) to the same extent that Performance Shares vest, in the event of a Change in Control while such Participant is employed by the Company.

 

(d)           Election to Sell Stock .  At a date determined by the Company and notified to each Participant prior to the date on which the Restricted Period shall be completed with respect to vested shares of Dexia Restricted Stock granted to a Participant, such Participant may make an election to sell to the Company all or a portion of the vested shares, if any, that such Participant would be entitled to receive following completion of such Restricted Period.  Such election shall be made in writing and shall be delivered to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer or General Counsel, or such other officer as the Committee shall from time to time designate.  Notwithstanding any election to sell, the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may refuse to purchase shares of Dexia Stock from a Participant.  If the Participant shall fail to make a timely election to sell any vested shares of Dexia Stock, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may nonetheless purchase shares of Dexia Stock offered to it for sale by the Participant.

 

Any Dexia Stock purchased by the Company pursuant to this paragraph (d) shall be purchased at the Fair Market Value of Dexia Stock as of the last day of the Restricted Period (or if such day is not a trading day for Dexia Stock, then the first succeeding trading day for Dexia Stock).  Distribution of shares of Dexia Stock and/or payments of cash with respect to Dexia Stock purchased by the Company shall be made to the Participant promptly after expiration of the applicable Restricted Period.

 

(e)           Tax Withholding .  In accordance with Section 11(d), each Participant shall automatically sell to the Company a number of whole and/or fractional shares of Dexia Stock in order to satisfy the minimum withholding requirement for all applicable national, state and local income, excise and employment taxes that may become due and payable in respect of any award of Dexia Stock, the expiration of the Forfeiture Period in respect thereof or otherwise in connection therewith; provided that the Participant may elect to satisfy any such withholding requirement by the delivery of cash.  Such election must be made in writing and delivered to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer or General Counsel or such other officer as the Committee shall from time to time designate no later than thirty (30) days prior to the date of any such withholding requirement.  Any shares of Dexia Stock sold to the Company pursuant to this paragraph  (e) shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of the applicable withholding requirement or the date of the applicable withholding, as determined by the Company (or if such day is not a trading day for Dexia Stock, then the first succeeding trading day for Dexia Stock).

 

(f)            Dexia Stock Ceases to be Outstanding .  If, as a result of any merger, reorganization or other business combination or any other event or occurrence (a “ Realization Event ”), Dexia Stock is converted or exchanged for cash, shares or other consideration (the “ Realization Consideration ”), each share of Dexia Restricted Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Realization Event shall be converted into the Realization Consideration at the same time and on the same terms as applicable to Dexia Stock in general and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c) applicable to the Dexia Restricted Stock for which the Realization Consideration was paid, including the timing of payment, transfer and forfeiture provisions applicable with respect to the remaining term of the

 

14



 

 applicable Restricted Period and the Forfeiture Period, unless, in any such case, waived by the Committee in its sole discretion, subject to the following terms of this Section 6(f).  To the extent that the Realization Consideration consists of shares, the provisions hereof applicable to Dexia Restricted Stock shall apply to such shares as if such shares were Dexia Restricted Stock.  To the extent that the Realization Consideration consists of cash (the “ Restricted Cash Amount ”), such Restricted Cash Amount shall be paid to Participants on the first regular payroll payment date that is at least six months after the end of the Normal Vesting Period applicable to the Dexia Restricted Stock for which the Restricted Cash Amount was substituted, or at such other time or times as the Committee shall determine consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to avoid taxation under Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code.  Such Restricted Cash Amount shall be converted into U.S. dollars using the noon buying rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the date of receipt of such cash (or if such rate is no longer published, such other rate as the Committee shall approve) and credited with a rate of return equal to the Company’s ROE from the date of conversion into cash until the date of payment.  The Company’s obligation to pay the Restricted Cash Amount, along with any deemed earnings or losses thereon, shall be an unfunded contractual obligation that will be satisfied out of the Company’s general assets.  Participants shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to such amounts.  For purposes of the foregoing, ROE means, in respect of any period, the average of:

 

(i)            the discount rate (expressed as an annual percentage rate) such that (a) the Adjusted Book Value per share of FSA Stock on the last day of the last calendar quarter in such period, and the dividends paid per share during such period, each discounted at such discount rate to the first day of the first calendar quarter in such period, equals (b) the Adjusted Book Value per share of FSA Stock on the first day of the first calendar quarter in such period; and

 

(ii)           the discount rate (expressed as an annual percentage rate) such that (a) the Book Value per share of FSA Stock on the last day of the last calendar quarter in such period, and the dividends paid per share during such period, each discounted at such discount rate to the first day of the first calendar quarter in such period, equals (b) the Book Value per share of FSA Stock on the first day of the first calendar quarter in such period.

 

Section 7.  Performance Share Units.

 

(a)           Administration .  Performance Share Units may be issued either alone or in addition to other awards granted under the Plan.  The Committee shall determine the officers and key employees of the Company to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Performance Share Units will be made, the number of Performance Shares and shares of Dexia Restricted Stock to be represented by each Performance Share Unit, and all other conditions of the awards.  The provisions of awards of Performance Share Units need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

 

(b)           Awards .  The prospective recipient of an award of Performance Share Units shall not have any rights with respect to such award, unless and until such recipient has executed an agreement evidencing the Performance Share award and Dexia Restricted Stock award comprising such Performance Share Units, and has delivered fully executed copies thereof to the Company, and has otherwise complied with the then applicable terms and conditions.  Unless otherwise specified by the Committee at the time of award, each award of Performance Share Units shall be comprised of (i) a number of Performance Shares equal to 90% of the number of Performance Share Units and (ii) a number of shares of Dexia Restricted Stock equal to (A) the product of (x) 10% of the number of Performance Share Units times (y) the Fair Market Value of one share of FSA Stock determined as of December 31 of

 

15



 

the year immediately preceding the year in which the award is made divided by (B) the Fair Market Value of one share of Dexia Stock determined as of the day preceding the date of the award.

 

Section 8.  Transfer, Leave of Absence, etc.

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of employment:

 

a.                                       a transfer of an employee from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from a Subsidiary to the Company, or from one Subsidiary to another; or

 

b.                                      a leave of absence, approved in writing by the Committee, for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company if the period of such leave does not exceed ninety (90) days (or such longer period as the Committee may approve in its sole discretion consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code).

 

Section 9.  Amendments and Termination.

 

The Board may amend, alter, or discontinue the Plan (or any portion thereof), but no amendment, alteration or discontinuation shall be made which would impair the rights of any recipient with respect to any award of Performance Shares, Dexia Restricted Stock or Performance Share Units theretofore granted, without the recipient’s consent; provided that the Board may not make any amendment to the Plan that would, if such amendment were not approved by the holders of FSA Stock, cause the Plan to fail to comply with (a) Section 16 of the Act (or Rule 16b-3 under the Act), or (b) any other requirement of applicable law or regulation, unless and until the approval of the holders of FSA Stock is obtained.

 

The Committee may amend the terms of any award or option theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment shall impair the rights of any holder without his or her consent.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may amend the Plan or the terms of any award thereunder to preserve the favorable tax treatment of the awards and benefits provided under the Plan.

 

Section 10.   Compliance with Code Section 409A.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the terms of the Plan and any award thereunder shall be construed or deemed to be amended as necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to avoid taxation under Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the requirements of 409A of the Code applicable to the Plan and shall interpret the terms of the Plan consistently therewith.  Under no circumstances, however, shall the Company have any liability to any person for any taxes, penalties or interest due on amounts paid or payable pursuant to the Plan, including any taxes, penalties or interest imposed under Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code.

 

Section 11.  General Provisions.

 

a.             All certificates for shares of FSA Stock delivered under the Plan pursuant to any award of Performance Shares or Performance Share Units, and all certificates for shares of Dexia Stock delivered under the Plan pursuant to any award of Dexia Restricted Stock or Performance Share Units, shall be subject to such stock-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which the FSA Stock or Dexia Stock, as the case may be, is then listed, and any applicable Federal, state or foreign securities law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to

 

16



 

be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.  The foregoing provisions of this paragraph applicable to FSA Stock and Dexia Stock shall not be effective if and to the extent that the shares of FSA Stock or Dexia Stock delivered under the Plan are covered by an effective and current registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, such that application of such provisions is no longer required, or if and so long as the Committee otherwise determines that such application is no longer required.

 

b.             Subject to paragraph (d) below, recipients of Dexia Restricted Stock or FSA Stock in respect of Performance Shares under the Plan are not required to make any payment or provide consideration other than the rendering of past services and/or the commitment to render and rendering of future services.

 

c.             Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Board of Directors from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required; and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.  The adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary any right to continued employment with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate the employment of any of its employees at any time.

 

d.             Each Participant shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an award first becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant for national, state or local income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of any national, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the award; provided, however, that such tax withholding requirement may be met by the withholding or sale to the Company of shares of FSA Stock or Dexia Stock otherwise deliverable to or vested in the Participant, pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee.  The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant.

 

e.             At the time of grant, the Committee may provide in connection with any grant made under the Plan that the shares of FSA Stock or Dexia Stock received as a result of such grant shall be subject to a right of first refusal, pursuant to which the Participant shall be required to offer to the Company any shares that the Participant wishes to sell, with the price being the then Fair Market Value of the FSA Stock or Dexia Stock, as the case may be, subject to such other terms and conditions as the Committee may specify at the time of grant.

 

f.              Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if the Committee determines that an individual entitled to take action or receive payments hereunder is an infant or incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability, it may permit such action to be made by or cause such payments to be made to a legal guardian, custodian or comparable party, without any further responsibility with respect thereto under the Plan.

 

g.             THIS PLAN SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.

 

Section 12.  Effective Date of Plan.

 

The Plan was originally effective on the date it was approved by a vote of the holders of a majority of the total outstanding Stock.  The amendment and restatement of the Plan, as set forth in this Plan document, is effective May 21, 2008.

 

17



 

Section 13.  Term of Plan.

 

No award of Performance Shares, Dexia Restricted Stock or Performance Share Units shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the date of the most recent stockholder approval of the Plan, but awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date.

 

18




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.1

Certification

        I, Robert P. Cochran, certify that:

        1.     I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ending June 30, 2008 of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.;

        2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

        3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

        4.     The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a 15(f) and 15d 15(f)) for the registrant and have:

        5.     The registrant's other certifying officers(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

Date: August 14, 2008


 

 

By:

 

/s/ 
ROBERT P. COCHRAN

        Name:  Robert P. Cochran
Title:    
Chief Executive Officer



QuickLinks

Certification

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.2

Certification

        I, Joseph W. Simon, certify that:

        1.     I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ending June 30, 2008 of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.;

        2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

        3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

        4.     The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a 15(f) and 15d 15(f)) for the registrant and have:

        5.     The registrant's other certifying officers(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

Date: August 14, 2008


 

 

By:

 

/s/ 
JOSEPH W. SIMON

        Name:  Joseph W. Simon
Title:    
Chief Financial Officer



QuickLinks

Certification

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

        In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2008, of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. (the "Company"), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Robert P. Cochran, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

Date: August 14, 2008


 

 

By:

 

/s/ 
ROBERT P. COCHRAN

        Name:  Robert P. Cochran
Title:    
Chief Executive Officer

        A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

        In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2008, of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. (the "Company"), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Joseph W. Simon, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

Date: August 14, 2008


 

 

By:

 

/s/ 
JOSEPH W. SIMON

        Name:  Joseph W. Simon
Title:    
Chief Financial Officer

        A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 99.1

FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

June 30, 2008


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

June 30, 2008


INDEX

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited):

       

Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited)

    1  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (unaudited)

    2  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)

    3  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

    4  

FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)

(in thousands, except share data)

 
  At
June 30,
2008
  At
December 31,
2007
 

ASSETS

             

General investment portfolio:

             
 

Bonds at fair value (amortized cost of $5,432,452 and $4,857,295)

  $ 5,488,220   $ 5,019,961  
 

Equity securities at fair value (cost of $1,318 and $40,020)

    1,189     39,869  
 

Short-term investments (cost of $331,778 and $88,972)

    332,480     90,075  

Variable interest entities segment investment portfolio:

             
 

Bonds at fair value (amortized cost of $1,127,518 and $1,119,359)

    1,148,012     1,139,568  
 

Guaranteed investments contracts from GIC Affiliates at fair value (amortized cost of $611,090 and $621,054)

    631,487     639,950  
 

Short-term investments (at cost which approximates fair value)

    11,551     8,618  

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions (includes $161,152 and $22,433 at fair value)

    200,892     229,264  
           
   

Total investment portfolio

    7,813,831     7,167,305  

Cash

    50,795     21,770  

Deferred acquisition costs

    294,897     347,870  

Prepaid reinsurance premiums

    1,145,252     1,119,565  

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

    291,989     76,478  

Deferred tax asset

    227,256      

Other assets (includes $1,005,474 and $758,740 at fair value) (See Note 12)

    1,865,482     1,456,620  
           
   

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 11,689,502   $ 10,189,608  
           

LIABILITIES, MINORITY INTEREST AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

             

Deferred premium revenue

  $ 3,210,254   $ 2,879,378  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

    1,359,147     274,556  

Variable interest entities segment debt (includes $1,206,140 at fair value at June 30, 2008)

    2,004,810     2,584,800  

Deferred tax liability

    34,950     110,156  

Notes payable to affiliate

    187,668     210,143  

Other liabilities and minority interest (includes $1,036,818 and $702,737 at fair value) (See Note 12)

    2,149,894     1,168,274  
           
   

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MINORITY INTEREST

    8,946,723     7,227,307  
           

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

             

Preferred stock (5,000.1 shares authorized; 0 shared issued and outstanding; par value of $1,000 per share)

             

Common stock (330 and 344 shares authorized; issued and outstanding; par value of $45,455 and $43,605 per share)

    15,000     15,000  

Additional paid-in capital

    1,109,692     679,692  

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of deferred income tax provision of $19,725 and $58,530

    36,632     108,669  

Accumulated earnings

    1,581,455     2,158,940  
           
   

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

    2,742,779     2,962,301  
           
   

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MINORITY INTEREST AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

  $ 11,689,502   $ 10,189,608  
           

The accompany Notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

1


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (unaudited)

(in thousands)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007  

REVENUES

             
 

Net premiums written

  $ 485,401   $ 187,586  
           
 

Net premiums earned

  $ 180,128   $ 180,745  
 

Net investment income from general investment portfolio

    131,322     114,776  
 

Net realized gains (losses) from general investment portfolio

    (2,330 )   (2,038 )
 

Net change in fair value of credit derivatives:

             
   

Realized gains (losses) and other settlements

    68,839     45,400  
   

Net unrealized gains (losses)

    (273,709 )   (58,793 )
           
     

Net change in fair value of credit derivatives

    (204,870 )   (13,393 )
 

Net interest income from variable interest entities segment

    41,665     68,862  
 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments (See Note 3)

    112,749     (31,096 )
 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value

    660,168      
 

Income from assets acquired in refinancing transactions

    5,963     11,316  
 

Other income

    27,787     8,752  
           

TOTAL REVENUES

    952,582     337,924  
           

EXPENSES

             
 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

    1,116,455     9,068  
 

Interest expense

    6,612     11,022  
 

Amortization of deferred acquisition costs

    32,431     34,006  
 

Foreign exchange (gains) losses from variable interest entities segment

    16,655     31,116  
 

Interest expense from variable interest entities segment

    69,410     61,422  
 

Other operating expenses

    25,543     49,996  
           

TOTAL EXPENSES

    1,267,106     196,630  
           

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND MINORITY INTEREST

    (314,524 )   141,294  
 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    (399,269 )   43,631  
           

NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE MINORITY INTEREST

    84,745     97,663  
 

Less: Minority interest

    690,506     (56,554 )
           

NET INCOME (LOSS)

    (605,761 )   154,217  

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS), NET OF TAX

             

Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities arising during the period, net of deferred income tax provision (benefit) of $(36,966) and $(30,072)

    (68,621 )   (55,847 )

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains (losses) included in net income, net of deferred income tax provision (benefit) of $1,839 and $1,464

    3,416     2,719  
           

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    (72,037 )   (58,566 )
           

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

  $ (677,798 ) $ 95,651  
           

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

2


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited)

(in thousands)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007  

Cash flows from operating activities:

             
 

Premiums received, net

  $ 460,296   $ 154,722  
 

Credit derivative fees received, net

    65,458     43,183  
 

Other operating expenses paid, net

    (157,598 )   (139,237 )
 

Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid, net

    (234,326 )   (975 )
 

Net investment income received from general investment portfolio

    126,945     115,759  
 

Federal income taxes paid

    (8,402 )   (54,563 )
 

Interest paid

    (6,691 )   (11,238 )
 

Interest paid on variable interest entities segment

    (3,739 )   (3,403 )
 

Net investment income received from variable interest entities segment

    15,923     18,825  
 

Net derivative payments in variable interest entities segment

    (5,290 )   (11,810 )
 

Income received from assets acquired in refinancing transactions

    9,291     10,347  
 

Other

    4,881     4,191  
           
   

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

    266,748     125,801  
           

Cash flows from investing activities:

             
 

Proceeds from sales of bonds in general investment portfolio

    2,224,568     1,842,582  
 

Proceeds from maturities of bonds in general investment portfolio

    418,491     102,556  
 

Purchases of bonds in general investment portfolio

    (3,069,826 )   (1,955,643 )
 

Net (increase) decrease in short-term investments in general investment portfolio

    (236,844 )   (29,435 )
 

Proceeds from maturities of bonds in variable interest entities segment

    35,500     170,900  
 

Net (increase) decrease in short-term investments in variable interest entities segment

    (2,918 )   10,033  
 

Paydowns of assets acquired in refinancing transactions

    19,042     58,838  
 

Proceeds from sales of assets acquired in refinancing transactions

    4,740     1,854  
 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

    (1,593 )   (194 )
 

Other investments

    626     14,338  
           
   

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

    (608,214 )   215,829  
           

Cash flows from financing activities:

             
 

Repayment of notes payable to affiliate

    (22,475 )   (59,171 )
 

Repayment of variable interest entities segment debt

    (35,500 )   (180,900 )
 

Capital contribution

    500,000      
 

Repurchase of shares

    (70,000 )   (85,000 )
 

Other

    (2,300 )   (430 )
           
   

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

    369,725     (325,501 )
           

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on cash balances

    766     (137 )
           

Net increase (decrease) in cash

    29,025     15,992  

Cash at beginning of period

    21,770     29,660  
           

Cash at end of period

  $ 50,795   $ 45,652  
           

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

3


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

1.    ORGANIZATION AND OWNERSHIP

        Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("FSA" or together with its consolidated entities, the "Company"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd. (the "Parent"), is an insurance company domiciled in the State of New York. The Company operates in two business segments: a financial guaranty segment and a variable interest entities ("VIE") segment. Historically, the Company provided financial guaranty insurance on both public finance and asset-backed obligations. On August 6, 2008, the Company announced that it will cease providing financial guaranty insurance on asset-backed obligations and instead participate exclusively in the global public finance financial guaranty business.

        In addition, the Company insures guaranteed investment contracts ("GICs") issued by FSA Capital Management Services LLC ("FSACM"), FSA Capital Markets Services (Caymans) Ltd. and, prior to April 2003, FSA Capital Markets Services LLC (collectively, the "GIC Affiliates"), affiliates of the Company. On August 6, 2008, the Parent announced that Dexia S.A. ("Dexia"), the Company's ultimate parent, will assume the liquidity and credit risks of the Parent's GIC operations and that any new issuances of GICs will be focused exclusively on the municipal sector.

Ownership

        The Parent is a direct subsidiary of Dexia Holdings, Inc. ("Dexia Holdings"), which, in turn, is owned 90% by Dexia Crédit Local S.A. ("Dexia Crédit Local") and 10% by Dexia. Dexia is a Belgian corporation whose shares are traded on the NYSE Euronext Brussels and NYSE Euronext Paris markets, as well as on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. Dexia Crédit Local is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dexia. At June 30, 2008, Dexia Holdings owned over 99% of the outstanding shares of the Parent.

Financial Guaranty

        The financial strength of the Company and its insurance company subsidiaries have historically been rated "Triple-A" by the major securities rating agencies and obligations insured by them have historically been generally awarded "Triple-A" ratings by reason of such insurance. The Triple-A rating of the Company and its insurance company subsidiaries was reaffirmed on August 6, 2008 by Fitch Ratings ("Fitch"), placed on "credit watch" on July 21, 2008 by Moody's Investors Service Inc. ("Moody's") and placed on "negative outlook" on August 6, 2008, by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P"). The effect of these recent ratings actions on the Company's market opportunities remains unclear. The changes were based in part upon rating agency concerns regarding the prospects for new business originations by financial guarantors in general as well as FSA's reported losses and potential future earnings volatility associated with exposures to residential mortgage-backed securities. In the case of Moody's, in announcing the review for possible downgrade the rating agency stated that it had re-estimated expected and stress loss projections on FSA's aggregate insured portfolio and that FSA was currently estimated to be $140 million below the Aaa target level. The Parent subsequently received an injection of $300 million from Dexia Holdings in August 2008, which, in addition to Dexia's assumption of liquidity and credit risk for Parent's GIC operations, will bring capital to levels in excess of the Triple-A capital requirements of all three rating agency models.

        The impact of recent developments on the Company, including the S&P and Moody's ratings and the Company's decision to cease providing financial guaranty insurance on asset-backed obligations, as well as the impact of recent developments on the financial guaranty insurance industry as a whole,

4


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

1.    ORGANIZATION AND OWNERSHIP (Continued)


remains uncertain, and could include decreased demand for financial guaranty insurance as well as increases in the requirements for conducting, or restrictions on the types of business conducted by, financial guaranty insurers.

        Financial guaranty insurance written by the Company typically guarantees scheduled payments on financial obligations. Upon a payment default on an insured obligation, the Company is generally required to pay the principal, interest or other amounts due in accordance with the obligation's original payment schedule or may, at its option, pay such amounts on an accelerated basis. The Company's underwriting policy is to insure obligations that would otherwise be investment grade without the benefit of its insurance.

        Public finance obligations insured by the Company consist primarily of general obligation bonds supported by the issuers' taxing powers, tax-supported bonds and revenue bonds and other obligations of states, their political subdivisions and other municipal issuers supported by the issuers' or obligors' covenant to impose and collect fees and charges for public services or specific projects. Public finance obligations include obligations backed by the cash flow from leases or other revenues from projects serving substantial public purposes, including government office buildings, toll roads, health care facilities and utilities.

        Asset-backed obligations insured by the Company were generally issued in structured transactions and are backed by pools of assets such as residential mortgage loans, consumer or trade receivables, securities or other assets having an ascertainable cash flow or market value. The Company insured synthetic asset-backed obligations that generally took the form of credit default swap ("CDS") obligations or credit-linked notes that reference asset-backed securities or pools of securities or other obligations, with a defined deductible to cover credit risks associated with the referenced securities or loans.

        The Company refinanced certain poorly performing transactions by employing refinancing vehicles to raise funds, prepay the claim obligations and take control of the assets. These refinancing vehicles are consolidated with the Company and considered part of the financial guaranty segment.

Variable Interest Entities

        The Company consolidated the results of certain VIEs, which include FSA Global Funding Limited ("FSA Global") and Premier International Funding Co. ("Premier"), because it retains the majority of the expected loss related to the VIEs. The Company does not own an equity interest in the VIEs.

        FSA Global is a special purpose funding vehicle partially owned by a subsidiary of the Parent. FSA Global issues FSA-insured medium term notes and generally invests the proceeds from the sale of its notes in FSA-insured GICs or other FSA-insured obligations with a view to realizing the yield difference between the notes issued and the obligations purchased with the note proceeds. Premier is principally engaged in debt defeasance for finance lease transactions.

        The Company's management believes that the assets held by FSA Global, Premier and the refinancing vehicles, including those that are eliminated in consolidation, are beyond the reach of the Company and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership. Substantially all the assets of FSA Global are pledged to secure the repayment, on a pro rata basis, of FSA Global's notes and its other obligations.

5


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

2.    BASIS OF PRESENTATION

        The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") for interim financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of and for the period ended June 30, 2008 and for all periods presented. These Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included as an exhibit to the Parent's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007. The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have not been audited by an independent registered public accounting firm in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). The December 31, 2007 consolidated balance sheet was derived from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP. The results of operations for the periods ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for the full year. Certain prior-year balances have been reclassified to conform to the 2008 presentation.

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make extensive estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities in the Company's consolidated balance sheets at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the reported amounts of revenues and expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income during the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Such estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, losses and loss adjustment expenses, fair value of financial instruments, other than temporary impairment and the deferral and amortization of policy acquisition costs and taxes. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

        The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" ("SFAS 157"), effective January 1, 2008. SFAS 157 addresses how companies should measure fair value when required to use fair value measures under GAAP. SFAS 157:

        In February 2007 the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 159, "The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities" ("SFAS 159"). SFAS 159 provides an

6


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)


option to elect fair value as an alternative measurement for selected financial assets and financial liabilities not previously recorded at fair value. The Company adopted SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008 and elected fair value accounting for certain VIE segment debt and certain assets acquired in refinancing FSA-insured transactions not previously carried at fair value. See Note 4.

        The Company applied its valuation methodologies for its assets and liabilities measured at fair value to all of the assets and liabilities carried at fair value effective January 1, 2008, whether those instruments are carried at fair value as a result of the adoption of SFAS 159 or in compliance with other authoritative accounting guidance. The Company has fair value committees to review and approve valuations and assumptions used in its models. These committees meet quarterly prior to issuing quarterly financial statements.

        Fair value is based upon pricing received from dealer quotes or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency, internally developed estimates that employ credit-spread algorithms or models that use market-based or independently sourced market data inputs, including yield curves, interest rates, volatilities, debt prices, foreign exchange rates and credit curves. In addition to market information, models also incorporate instrument-specific data, such as maturity date.

        Considerable judgment is necessary to interpret the data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amount the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair-value amounts.

        The transition adjustment in connection with the adoption of SFAS 157 was an increase of $26.6 million after-tax to beginning retained earnings, which relates to day one gains that had been deferred under EITF 02-03.

7


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the components of the fair-value adjustments included in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income:

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net change in fair value of credit derivatives (See Note 10)

  $ (204,870 ) $ (13,393 )
           

Net interest income from variable interest entities segment:

             
 

Fair-value adjustments on VIE segment investment portfolio

  $ 565   $  
 

Fair-value adjustments on VIE segment derivatives

    (1,395 )    
           
     

Net interest income from variable interest entities segment

  $ (830 ) $  
           

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments:

             
 

VIE segment derivatives(1) (See Note 11)

  $ 112,679   $ (31,204 )
 

Other financial guaranty segment derivatives

    70     108  
           
     

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments

  $ 112,749   $ (31,096 )
           

Net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value

             
 

Financial guaranty segment:

             
   

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions

  $ (3,206 ) $  
   

Committed preferred trust put options

    56,000      
           
       

Net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value in the financial guaranty segment

    52,794      
           
 

VIE segment:

             
   

Fixed-rate VIE segment debt:

             
     

Fair-value adjustments other than the Company's own credit risk

    (82,851 )    
     

Fair-value adjustments attributable to the Company's own credit risk

    690,225      
           
       

Net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value in the VIE segment

    607,374      
           
         

Net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value

  $ 660,168   $  
           

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes

             
 

General Investment Portfolio

  $ (69,721 ) $ (58,968 )
 

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions

    (2,316 )   402  
           
     

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes

  $ (72,037 ) $ (58,566 )
           

8


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

Valuation Hierarchy

        SFAS 157 establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

        A financial instrument's categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

Inputs to Valuation Techniques

        Inputs refer broadly to the assumptions that market participants use in pricing assets or liabilities, including assumptions about risk. Inputs may be observable or unobservable.

Valuation Techniques

        Valuation techniques used for assets and liabilities accounted for at fair value are generally categorized into three types:

9


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

        The Company uses valuation techniques that it concludes are appropriate in the specific circumstances and for which sufficient data are available. In selecting the valuation technique to apply, management considers the definition of an exit price and considers the nature of the asset or liability being valued.

Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value

        The following is a description of the valuation methodologies the Company uses for instruments measured at fair value, including the general classification of such instruments within the valuation hierarchy.

General Investment Portfolio

        The fair value of bonds in the portfolio of investments supporting the financial guaranty segment (excluding assets acquired in refinancing transactions) (the "General Investment Portfolio") is generally based on quoted market prices received from dealer quotes or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Such quotes generally consider a variety of factors, including recent trades of the same and similar securities. If quoted market prices are not available, the valuation is based on pricing models that use dealer price quotations, price activity for traded securities with similar attributes and other relevant market factors as inputs, including security type, rating, vintage, tenor and its position in the capital structure of the issuer. Assets in this category are primarily categorized as Level 2.

        As of June 30, 2008, the Company's equity securities were comprised mainly of its preferred stock investment in XL Financial Assurance Ltd ("XLFA"). The fair value of the Company's investment in XLFA is based on internally developed estimates of recoverability and is categorized as Level 3 in the valuation hierarchy. The Company subsequently sold such shares. See Note 17.

        For short-term investments in the General Investment Portfolio, which are those investments with a maturity of less than one year at time of purchase, the carrying amount is fair value. These short-term investments include money-market funds and other highly liquid short-term investments, which are categorized as Level 1 on the valuation hierarchy, and foreign government and agency securities, which are categorized as Level 2.

VIE Segment Investment Portfolio

        The "VIE Segment Investment Portfolio" is comprised of investments supporting the VIE liabilities, which are primarily designated as available-for-sale, but in some cases are classified as

10


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)


held-to-maturity. The fair value of bonds in the VIE Segment Investment Portfolio is generally based on quoted market prices received from dealer quotes or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Such quotes generally consider a variety of factors, including recent trades of the same and similar securities. For assets not valued by quoted market prices received from dealer quotes or alternative pricing sources, fair value is based on either internally developed models using market-based inputs or based on broker quotes for identical or similar assets. Valuation results, particularly those derived from valuation models and quotes on certain mortgage and asset-backed securities, could differ materially from amounts that would actually be realized in the market. Assets in the VIE Segment Investment Portfolio are generally categorized as Level 3 on the valuation hierarchy.

        For short-term investments in the VIE Segment Investment Portfolio, which are those investments with a maturity of less than one year at time of purchase, the carrying amount is fair value. These short-term investments include overnight money market funds, which are categorized as Level 1 on the valuation hierarchy.

Assets Acquired in Refinancing Transactions

        For certain assets acquired in refinancing transactions, fair value is either the present value of expected cash flows or a quoted market price as of the reporting date. This portfolio is comprised primarily of bonds, securitized loans, common stock, mortgage loans, real estate and short term investments, of which bonds, common stocks and certain securitized loans are carried at fair value. The majority of the assets in this portfolio are categorized as Level 3 in the valuation hierarchy, except for the short-term investments, which are categorized as Level 2.

Credit Derivatives in the Insured Portfolio

        The Company's insured portfolio includes contracts accounted for as derivatives, namely,

        The Company considers all such agreements to be a normal part of its financial guaranty insurance business but, for accounting purposes, these contracts are deemed to be derivative instruments and therefore must be recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income in the line item "net change in fair value of credit derivatives."

        In the case of CDS contracts, a trust that is consolidated by the Company writes a derivative contract that provides for payments to be made if certain credit events occur related to certain specified reference obligations, in exchange for a fee. The need to interpose a trust is a regulatory

11


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

requirement imposed by the New York State Insurance Department as an exception to its general rule, in order to allow the financial guarantors to sell credit protection by entering into credit derivative contracts (albeit indirectly by guaranteeing the trust), while other types of insurance enterprises may neither directly enter into such credit derivative contracts, nor provide such guarantees to a trust. The trust's obligation on the CDS contracts it writes are guaranteed by a financial guaranty contract written by the Company that provides payments to the insured if the trust defaults on its payments under the derivative contract. In these transactions, the Company is considered the counterparty to a financial guaranty contract that is defined as a derivative. The credit event is typically based upon failure to pay or the insolvency of a referenced obligation. In such cases, the claim represents payment for the shortfall amount.

        The Company's accounting policy regarding CDS contract valuations is a "critical accounting policy and estimate" due to the valuation's significance to the financial statements since it requires management to make numerous complex and subjective judgments relating to amounts that are inherently uncertain. CDS contracts are valued using proprietary models because such instruments are unique, complex and are typically highly customized transactions. Valuation models and the related assumptions are continuously reevaluated by management and enhanced, as appropriate, based on market developments and improvements in modeling techniques and the availability of market observable data. Due to the significance of unobservable inputs required to value CDS contracts, they are considered to be Level 3 under the SFAS 157 fair value hierarchy.

        The assumed credit quality of the underlying referenced obligations, the assumed credit spread attributable to credit risk of the underlying referenced obligations exclusive of funding costs, the appropriate reference credit index or price source and credit spread attributable to the Company's own credit risk are significant assumptions that, if changed, could result in materially different fair values. Accordingly, market perceptions of credit deterioration would result in an increase in the expected exit value (amount required to be paid to exit the transaction due to wider credit spreads).

Determination of Current Exit Value Premium:     The estimation of the current exit value premium is derived using a unique credit-spread algorithm for each defined CDS category that utilizes various publicly available credit indices, depending on the types of assets referenced by the CDS contract and the duration of the contract. Management applies judgment when developing these estimates and considers factors such as current prices charged for similar agreements, performance of underlying assets, changes in internal credit assessments or rating agency-based shadow ratings, and the level at which the deductible has been set. Estimates generated from the Company's valuation process may differ materially from values that may be realized in market transactions.

        In the ordinary course, the Company does not post collateral to the counterparty as security for the Company's obligation under CDS contracts. As a result, the Company receives a smaller fee than it would for a CDS contract that required the posting of collateral. In order to determine the exit value premium for CDS that do not have collateral posted, the Company applies a factor (the "non-collateral posting factor") to the indicated market premium for CDS contracts that require collateral. The factor was 50% for the quarter ended June 30, 2008. The Company believes that the non-collateral posting factor has the effect of adjusting the fair value of these contracts for the Company's credit quality in addition to adjusting the contract to a collateral posting basis.

12


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

        The following discussion reviews in turn how the Company determines the current exit value premium for each of the types of CDS contracts:

         Pooled Corporate CDS Contracts:     A pooled corporate CDS contract insures the default risk of a pool of referenced corporate entities. As there is no observable exchange trading of bespoke pooled corporate CDS, the Company values these contracts using an internal pricing model that uses the mid-point of the bid and ask prices (the "mid-market price") of published third-party indexes as inputs to its pricing model, principally the Dow Jones CDX for domestic corporate CDS ("DJ CDX") and iTraxx for European corporate CDS ("iTraxx"). The mid-market price is a practical expedient for the fair-value measurement within a bid-ask spread. For those pooled corporate CDS contracts that include both domestic and foreign reference entities, the Company applies the iTraxx price in proportion to the applicable quoted prices of foreign reference entities comprising the pool by calculating a weighted average of the DJ CDX and iTraxx quoted prices.

        Both the DJ CDX and iTraxx indices provide quoted prices for standard attachment and detachment points (or "tranches") for contracts with maturities of three, five, seven and ten years. Prices quoted for these tranches do not represent perfect pricing references, but are the only relevant market-based information available for this type of non-traded contract. The recent market volatility in the index tranches has had a significant impact on the estimated fair value of the Company's portfolio of pooled corporate CDS.

        The Company's valuation process for pooled corporate CDS involves stratifying its investment grade and high-yield contracts by remaining term to maturity, consistent with the reference indexes. Within maturity bands, further distinction is made for contracts that have higher attachment points. As index prices are quoted for standard attachment and detachment points (or tranches), the Company calibrates the quoted index price to the approximate attachment points for its individual CDS contracts in order to derive the appropriate value, which is then validated by comparing it with relevant recent market transactions, if available.

         Investment-Grade Pooled Corporate CDS Contracts:     In order to estimate the weighted-average market price of an investment-grade pooled corporate CDS contract ("IG CDS"), the Company multiplies (a) the mid-market price quoted for a given tranche of a given duration as published in the CDX North America IG Index (the "CDX IG Index") or iTraxx by (b) the ratio of that tranche's width to the total tranche width for that given duration.

13


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

        The Company's Transaction Oversight Department reviews the pooled corporate CDS portfolio on a quarterly basis to ensure that the attachment point for each contract in the portfolio continues to be at a "super senior" credit rating. Accordingly, the Company applied the calculated pricing for "super senior" level risk to all pooled corporate CDS in the portfolio, except for one that was determined to be below the "super-senior" credit rating.

        To arrive at the exit value premium applied to each of the Company's IG CDS contracts, the Company:

        Below is an example of the pricing algorithm that is applied to the Company's domestic IG CDS contracts with durations of 3.5 to 5.5 years to determine the exit premium value as of June 30, 2008:

 
Index
Duration
  Unadjusted
Quoted Price
  Non-Collateral
Posting Factor
  Adjusted to Non-
Collateral Posting
Contract Value
 
    5 yrs     65.6 bps     50.0 %   32.8 bps  

         High-Yield Pooled Corporate CDS Contracts:     In order to estimate the weighted-average market price for high-yield pooled corporate CDS contracts ("HY CDS"), the Company uses the average of dealer prices obtained for the most senior quoted of the respective three year, five-year and seven-year tranches of the CDX North America High Yield Index ("CDX HY Index") and iTraxx and then applies a factor to the quoted prices (the "calibration factor"). The calibration factor is intended to calibrate the published index price to the Company's pooled corporate high-yield CDS contract, which reference pools of entities that are of higher credit quality than those reflected in the published CDX HY or iTraxx indices (as measured by Weighted-Average Rating Factor).

        To arrive at the exit value premium that is applied to each of the Company's CDS contracts in a given maturity band, the non-collateral posting factor is applied to the weighted-average market price determined for that maturity band.

14


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

        Below is an example of the pricing algorithm that is applied to the Company's domestic HY CDS contracts with durations of 3.5 to 5.5 years to determine the exit premium value as of June 30, 2008:

 
Index
Duration
  Unadjusted
Quoted Price
  After 60%
Calibration
Factor
  Adjusted to Non-
Collateral Posting
Contract Value
 
    5 yrs     134.3 bps     80.6 bps     40.3 bps  

         CDS of Funded CDOs and CLOs :    As with pooled corporate CDS, there is no observable exchange trading of CDS of funded CDOs and CLOs. The price of protection charged by a CDS writer is based on the "credit spread component" of the "all-in credit spread" of funded CLOs, as quoted by underwriter participants. As the all-in credit spread for a given CLO may not always be observable in the market, the CDS writer often utilizes an index, published by an underwriter participant, such as the "all-in" London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") spread for Triple-A rated cash-funded CLOs (the "Triple-A CLO Rate") as published by J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. The Triple-A CLO rate is an all-in credit spread that includes both a funding and credit spread component.

        The CDS protection of a CLO provided by the Company is priced to capture only the credit spread component, as the CDS writer is not providing funding for the CLO, only credit protection. The Company determines the exit value premium for these CDS contracts with reference to the Triple-A CLO Rate, which was 175 bps as of June 30, 2008, to which the Company applies a 50% factor ("credit component factor") as a means of estimating the fair value of its contract, which only refers to the credit component.

        To arrive at the exit value premium that is applied to each of the Company' CDO and CLO CDS contracts, the non-collateral posting factor is applied to the weighted-average market price determined for each maturity band.

        The determination of the exit value premium is summarized as follows:

 
  Triple A CLO Rate   After Credit Component Factor   After Non-Collateral Posting Factor  

Rate

    175 bps     87.5 bps     43.8 bps  

         Other Structured Obligations Valuation:     For CDS for which observable market value information is not available, management applies its best judgment to estimate the appropriate current exit value premium, and takes into consideration the Company's estimation of the price at which the Company would currently charge to provide similar protection, and other factors such as the nature of the underlying reference credit, the Company's attachment point, and the tenor of the CDS contract.

15


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

        The Company generally utilizes reinsurance to purchase protection for CDS contracts it writes in the same way that it employs reinsurance in respect of other financial guaranty insurance policies. The Company's uses of reinsurance to mitigate risk exposures for CDS contracts and financial guaranty insurance policies are nearly identical as they involve the same reinsurers, the same underwriting process evaluating the reinsurers and the same credit risk management and surveillance processes supporting the reinsurance function. The Company enters into reinsurance agreements on CDS contracts primarily on a quota share basis. Under a quota share reinsurance agreement with a reinsurer, the Company cedes to the assuming reinsurer a proportionate share of the risk and premium.

        The Company determines the fair value of a CDS contract in which it purchases protection from a reinsurer (the "ceded CDS contract") as the proportionate percentage of the fair value of the related written CDS contract, adjusted for any ceding commission and consideration of counterparty risk. In quota share reinsurance agreements, the assuming reinsurer typically pays a ceding commission periodically over the life of the CDS contract to the ceding company that is intended to defray the ceding company's costs for the services it provides to the reinsurer, such as risk selection, underwriting activities and ongoing servicing and reporting. As an element of the fair value of the ceded CDS contract, the ceding commission paid to the ceding company represents the ceding company's profit on the ceded CDS contract after considering counterparty credit risk and servicing costs, i.e., the difference between (a) the price of the protection the ceding company purchased from the reinsurer, which is net of the ceding commission, and (b) the price that the ceding company would receive to exit the ceded CDS contract in its principal market, which is comprised of other ceding insurers of comparable credit standing. The Company applies a credit valuation adjustment to the fair value of a ceded CDS contract due from a reinsurer if the reinsurer's credit quality (as determined by CDS price if available, or if not, its credit rating) is less than that of the Company's based upon the premise that the exit market for these contracts would be another monoline financial guarantee insurer that has similar credit rating or spread as the Company.

        The Company insures IR swaps entered into in connection with the issuance of certain public finance obligations. Because the financial guaranty contract insures a derivative, the financial guaranty contract is deemed to be a derivative. Therefore, the contract is required to be carried at fair value, with the change in fair value being recorded in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income. As there is no observable market for these policies, the fair value of these contracts is determined by using an internally developed model and therefore, they are classified as Level 3 in the valuation hierarchy.

        The insured NIM securitizations issued in connection with certain mortgage-backed security financings are deemed to be hybrid instruments that contain an embedded derivative. The Company elected to record these financial instruments at fair value under SFAS No. 155, "Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments." Changes in the fair value of these contracts are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. As there is no observable market for these policies, the fair value of these contracts is based on internally derived estimates and they are therefore classified as Level 3 in the valuation hierarchy.

16


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

VIE Segment Derivatives

        On the date of adoption, all derivatives used to hedge VIE debt were valued by obtaining prices from brokers or counterparties, and accordingly were classified as Level 3 in the valuation hierarchy. At June 30, 2008, these derivatives were valued using a pricing model that uses observable market inputs, such as interest rate curves, foreign exchange rates and inflation indices. Therefore these derivatives are classified as Level 2 in the valuation hierarchy at June 30, 2008, provided all of the significant model inputs were observable in the market, or Level 3 if not observable in the market.

Committed Preferred Trust Put Options

        As there is no observable market for the Company's committed preferred trust put options, fair value is based on internally derived estimates and therefore these put options are categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

        The Company determined the fair value of the committed preferred trust put options by estimating the fair value of a floating rate security with an estimated market yield reflective of the underlying committed preferred security structure and the relevant coupon based on the capped auction rate.

VIE Segment Debt

        The fair value of the VIE liabilities for which the Company elected the fair value option as described in Note 4 (the "fair-valued liabilities") is determined based on a discounted cash flow model. Fair value calculated by these models includes assumptions for interest rate curves based on selected benchmark securities and weighted average expected lives. In addition, the valuation of the fair-valued liabilities includes an adjustment to reflect the credit quality of the Company that represents the impact of changes in market credit spreads on these liabilities. The fair-valued liabilities are categorized as Level 3 in the valuation hierarchy.

        The following table presents the financial instruments carried at fair value at June 30, 2008, by caption on the consolidated balance sheet and by SFAS 157 valuation hierarchy.

17


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                         

General investment portfolio:

                         
 

Bonds

  $   $ 5,426,854   $ 61,366   $ 5,488,220  
 

Equity securities

    189         1,000     1,189  
 

Short-term investments

    82,002     250,478         332,480  

VIE segment investment portfolio:

                         
 

Bonds

        24,921     1,754,578     1,779,499  
 

Short-term investments

    11,551             11,551  

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions

        18,174     142,978     161,152  

Other assets:

                         
 

VIE segment derivatives(1)

        662,454     57,951     720,405  
 

Credit derivatives

            229,069     229,069  
 

Committed preferred trust put option

            56,000     56,000  
                   
   

Total assets at fair value

  $ 93,742   $ 6,382,881   $ 2,302,942   $ 8,779,565  
                   

Liabilities:

                         

VIE segment debt

  $   $   $ 1,206,140   $ 1,206,140  

Other liabilities:

                         
 

Credit derivatives

            1,036,715     1,036,715  
 

Other financial guarantee segment derivatives

        103         103  
                   
   

Total liabilities at fair value

  $   $ 103   $ 2,242,855   $ 2,242,958  
                   

(1)
The Company offsets the fair value of derivative contracts in a loss position against the fair value of contracts in a gain position. The Company also offsets fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments and fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral or the obligation to return cash collateral arising from derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement.

Changes in Level 3 Recurring Fair Value Measurements

        The table below includes a rollforward of the balance sheet amounts for the six months ended June 30, 2008 for financial instruments classified by the Company within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. When a determination is made to classify a financial instrument within Level 3, the determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable data to the overall fair value measurement. However, Level 3 financial instruments may include, in addition to the unobservable or Level 3 components, observable components. Accordingly, the gains and losses in the table below include changes in fair value due in part to observable factors that are part of the valuation methodology. Level 3 assets were 19.7% of total assets at June 30, 2008. Level 3 liabilities were 25.1% of total liabilities at June 30, 2008.

18


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

3.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (Continued)


Level 3 Rollforward

 
   
  Six Months Ended June 30, 2008  
 
   
  Total Pre-tax Realized/
Unrealized Gains/(Losses)(1)
Recorded in:
   
   
   
  Change in
Unrealized
Gains/(Losses)
Related to
Financial
Instruments
Held at
June 30, 2008
 
 
  Fair Value at
January 1, 2008
  Net Income
(Loss)
  Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Purchases,
Issuances,
Settlements,
net
  Transfers
in and/or
out of
Level 3(2)
  Fair
Value at
June 30,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

General investment portfolio:

                                           
 

Bonds

  $ 59,840   $   $ (1,573 ) $ 3,099   $   $ 61,366   $  
 

Equity securities

    39,000     (38,000 )(3)               1,000     (38,000 )

VIE segment bonds(4)

    1,760,483     1,631 (5)   2,428     (9,964 )       1,754,578     1,631  

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions

    170,492     (3,206 )(6)   (3,563 )   (20,744 )       142,979     (3,206 )

VIE segment debt(4)

    (1,852,759 )   611,119 (7)       35,500         (1,206,140 )   611,119  

VIE segment derivatives(4)

    634,458     (4,911) (8)           (571,596 )   57,951     8,242  

Committed preferred trust put options

        56,000 (6)               56,000     56,000  

Net credit derivatives(9)

    (537,321 )   (204,870 )(10)       (65,455 )       (807,646 )   (212,650 )

(1)
Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) from changes in values of Level 3 financial instruments represent gains/(losses) from changes in values of those financial instruments only for the periods in which the instruments were classified as Level 3.

(2)
Transfers are assumed to be made at the beginning of the period.

(3)
Included in net realized gains/(losses) from general investment portfolio.

(4)
Amounts in net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss) are offset in minority interest as the Company does not own any equity interest in the VIEs.

(5)
Reported in net interest income from variable interest entities segment.

(6)
Reported in net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value.

(7)
Unrealized gain of $607.4 million reported in net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value, and interest of $3.7 million reported in net interest expense from variable interest entities segment.

(8)
Reported in net interest income from variable interest entities segment if designated in a qualifying fair-value hedging relationship, or net unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments if not so designated.

(9)
Represents net position of credit derivatives. The consolidated balance sheets present gross assets and liabilities based on net counterparty exposure.

(10)
Reported in net change in fair value of credit derivatives.

4.    FAIR VALUE OPTION

        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company adopted SFAS 159 effective January 1, 2008. SFAS 159 provides an option to elect fair value as an alternative measurement for selected financial assets and financial liabilities not previously carried at fair value. The fair-value option may be applied to single eligible

19


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

4.    FAIR VALUE OPTION (Continued)


instruments, is irrevocable and is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments. For a discussion of the Company's valuation methodologies, see Note 3.

        The Company's fair value elections were intended to mitigate the volatility in earnings that had been created by recording financial instruments and the related risk management instruments on a different basis of accounting, to eliminate the operational complexities of applying hedge accounting or to conform to the fair value elections made by the Company in 2006 under its International Financial Reporting Standards reporting to Dexia. The requirement, under SFAS 157, to incorporate a reporting entity's own credit risk in the valuation of liabilities which are carried at fair value, has created some additional volatility in earnings as credit risk is not hedged. The following table provides detail regarding the Company's elections by consolidated balance sheet line as of January 1, 2008.

 
  Carrying Value of
Financial Instruments
  Transition
Gain/(Loss)
Recorded in
Retained Earnings
  Adjusted Carrying
Value
of Financial
Instruments
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions

  $ 163,285   $ 2,537 (1) $ 165,822  

VIE segment debt

    (1,824,676 )   (28,083 )   (1,852,759 )
                   
 

Subtotal

          (25,546 )      
 

Minority interest

          28,083        

Deferred income taxes

          (888 )      
                   
 

Cumulative effect of adoption of SFAS 159

        $ 1,649        
                   

(1)
Includes the reversal of $0.7 million of valuation allowances.

Elections

        On January 1, 2008, the Company elected to record the following at fair value:

20


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

4.    FAIR VALUE OPTION (Continued)

Changes in Fair Value under the Fair Value Option Election

        The following table presents the pre-tax changes in fair value included in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income for the six months ended June 30, 2008, for items for which the SFAS 159 fair value election was made. The profit and loss information presented below only includes the financial instruments for which the Company elected the fair value option.

Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Financial Instruments at Fair Value

 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions

  $ (3,206 )

VIE segment debt(1)

    607,374  

        Included in the amounts in the table above are gains of approximately $690.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008, which are attributable to changes in the Company's own credit spread.

Aggregate Fair Value and Aggregate Remaining Contractual Principal Balance Outstanding

        The following table reflects the aggregate fair value and the aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding at June 30, 2008, for certain assets acquired in refinancing transactions and VIE segment debt for which the SFAS 159 fair value option has been elected.

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
  Remaining
Aggregate
Contractual Principal Amount
Outstanding
  Fair Value  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets acquired in refinancing transactions

  $ 144,289 (1) $ 142,954  

VIE segment debt(2)

    1,837,947     1,206,140  

(1)
Includes $24.5 million of loans that are 90 days or more past due.

(2)
The fair-value adjustment for VIE segment debt considers interest rate, foreign exchange rates and the Company's own credit risk. The Company economically hedges interest and foreign exchange rate risk through the use of derivatives. The fair-value adjustments on these derivatives are recorded in net unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. See Note 11.

5.    LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES

        The Company establishes loss and loss adjustment expense ("LAE") liabilities based on its estimate of specific and non-specific losses. LAE consists of the estimated cost of settling claims, including legal and other fees and expenses associated with administering the claims process.

21


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

5.    LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES (Continued)

        The Company calculates case reserves based upon identified risks inherent in its insured portfolio. If an individual policy risk has a reasonably estimable and probable loss as of the balance sheet date, a case reserve is established. For the remaining policy risks in the portfolio, a non-specific reserve is calculated to account for the statistically estimated inherent credit losses.

        The following table presents the activity in non-specific and case reserves for the six months ended June 30, 2008. Adjustments to reserves represent management's estimate of the amount required to cover the present value of the net cost of claims, based on statistical provisions for new originations. In order to determine reasonableness of the non-specific reserve, management employs a methodology that references a calculation of expected loss for risks that are below-investment-grade and high risk watch-list transactions. In the second quarter of 2008, the result of the reasonableness test required a higher non-specific reserve than the statistical calculation in order to account for a significant increase of case reserves related to the second lien RMBS portfolio, which resulted in estimates of loss in excess of the non-specific reserve balance.

Reconciliation of Net Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

 
  Non-Specific   Case   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

December 31, 2007

  $ 99,999   $ 98,079   $ 198,078  
 

Incurred

    300,429         300,429  
 

Transfers

    (354,137 )   354,137      
 

Payments and other decreases

        (97,384 )   (97,384 )
               

March 31, 2008 balance

    46,291     354,832     401,123  
 

Incurred

    816,026         816,026  
 

Transfers

    (828,622 )   828,622      
 

Payments and other decreases

        (149,991 )   (149,991 )
               

June 30, 2008 balance

  $ 33,695   $ 1,033,463   $ 1,067,158  
               

Case Reserve Summary

 
  June 30, 2008  
 
  Gross Par
Outstanding
  Net Par
Outstanding
  Gross Case
Reserve(1)
  Net Case
Reserve(1)
  Number
of Risks
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Asset-backed—HELOCs

  $ 5,636,846   $ 4,449,321   $ 659,216   $ 521,465     10  

Asset-backed—Alt-A

    1,020,694     971,286     177,227     168,315     5  

Asset-backed—Option ARM

    383,782     353,518     41,255     38,765     3  

Asset-backed—other

    157,209     96,747     51,923     7,546     10  

Public finance

    1,523,755     716,443     182,647     84,188     5  

Financial products portfolio

    1,741,035     1,741,035     213,184     213,184     73  
                       
 

Total

  $ 10,463,321   $ 8,328,350   $ 1,325,452   $ 1,033,463     106  
                       

(1)
The amount of the discount at June 30, 2008 for the total gross and net case reserves was $380.3 million and $338.8 million, respectively.

22


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

5.    LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES (Continued)

 
  March 31, 2008  
 
  Gross Par
Outstanding
  Net Par
Outstanding
  Gross Case
Reserve(1)
  Net Case
Reserve(1)
  Number
of Risks
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Asset-backed—HELOCs

  $ 5,618,089   $ 4,535,008   $ 280,234   $ 228,829     8  

Asset-backed—Alt-A CES

    823,504     784,928     91,202     86,894     4  

Asset-backed—other

    128,870     115,764     22,829     6,847     7  

Public finance

    1,165,087     561,417     85,745     32,262     4  
                       
 

Total

  $ 7,735,550   $ 5,997,117   $ 480,010   $ 354,832     23  
                       

(1)
The amount of the discount at March 31, 2008 for the total gross and net case reserves was $206.2 million and $191.0 million, respectively.

 
  December 31, 2007  
 
  Gross Par
Outstanding
  Net Par
Outstanding
  Gross Case
Reserve(1)
  Net Case
Reserve(1)
  Number
of Risks
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Asset-backed—HELOCs

  $ 1,803,340   $ 1,442,657   $ 69,633   $ 56,913     5  

Asset-backed—other

    47,185     40,554     8,289     6,267     4  

Public finance

    1,164,248     560,610     96,635     34,899     4  
                       
 

Total

  $ 3,014,773   $ 2,043,821   $ 174,557   $ 98,079     13  
                       

(1)
The amount of the discount at December 31, 2007 for the total gross and net case reserves was $14.5 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

        The table below presents certain assumptions inherent in the calculations of the case and non-specific reserves:

Assumptions for Case and Non-Specific Reserves

 
  June 30,
2008
  March 31,
2008
  December 31,
2007

Case reserve discount rate

  1.84%–5.90%   1.93%–5.90%   3.13%–5.90%

Non-specific reserve discount rate

  1.20%–7.95%   1.20%–7.95%   1.20%–7.95%

Current experience factor

  12.8   5.3   2.0

        The increase in case reserves was primarily due to increased net reserves on ten home equity line of credit ("HELOC") transactions and five Alt-A CES transactions. In the second quarter, the Company also established net reserves of $38.8 million on three Option Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loan ("Option ARM") insured transactions and $50.6 on one public finance transaction. At June 30, 2008, the Company increased its projected estimated ultimate net loss (discounted to present value) on RMBS transactions to $983.3 million, from $420.0 million at March 31, 2008, primarily as a result of its revised assumptions that economic stress in the U.S. economy will continue at a high level until the middle of 2009 and return to normal in late 2010. Management's current reserve estimates assume loss levels for transactions backed by second-lien mortgage products will remain at their peaks until mid-2009 (six months longer than assumed last quarter) and slowly recover to more normal rates by

23


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

5.    LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES (Continued)


mid-2010. For first-lien mortgage transactions, where losses take longer to develop than in second-lien mortgage transactions, peak conditional default rates are assumed to continue until early 2010 and then decline linearly over 12 months to 25% of the peak, remain there for three years and then taper down to 5% of peak rates over several years. In the second quarter, the Company established a net case reserve of $213.2 million for the financial products portfolio.

        Estimates of loss are net of reinsurance and anticipated recoveries and are reevaluated on a quarterly basis. In the second quarter of 2008, the Company paid net claims of $150.5 million in HELOC claims. This brought the inception to date net claim payments on HELOC transactions to $254.7 million. There were no claims paid on Alt-A CES and Option ARMs through June 30, 2008. Most Alt-A CES claims will not be due for at least 28 years. Option ARM claim payments are expected to occur beginning in 2012.

        Credit support for the HELOC transactions is primarily provided by excess spread. Generally, once the overcollateralization is exhausted, the Company pays a claim if losses in a period exceed excess spread for the period, and to the extent excess spread exceeds losses, the Company is reimbursed for any losses paid to date.

        The Company assigns each insured credit to one of five designated surveillance categories to facilitate the appropriate allocation of resources to monitoring, loss mitigation efforts and rating the credit condition of each risk exposure. Such categorization is determined in part by the risk of loss and in part by the level of routine involvement required. The surveillance categories are organized as follows:

24


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

5.    LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES (Continued)

        The table below presents the gross and net par outstanding and the gross and net reserves for risks classified as described above:

Par Outstanding

 
  June 30,
2008
  December 31,
2007
 
 
  Gross   Net   Gross   Net  
 
  (in millions)
 

Categories I and II

  $ 562,026   $ 427,779   $ 547,832   $ 415,355  

Category III

    8,572     5,096     8,467     5,053  

Category IV

    152     141     3,976     3,297  

Category V no claim payments

    6,215     4,966     2,654     1,737  

Category V with claim payments

    5,256     4,211     1,163     900  
                   
 

Total

  $ 582,221   $ 442,193   $ 564,092   $ 426,342  
                   

Case Reserves

 
  June 30,
2008
  December 31,
2007
 
 
  Gross   Net   Gross   Net  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Category V no claim payments

  $ 650,066   $ 515,344   $ 112,629   $ 64,430  

Category V with claim payments

    675,386     518,119     61,928     33,649  
                   
 

Total

  $ 1,325,452   $ 1,033,463   $ 174,557   $ 98,079  
                   

        Management periodically evaluates its estimates for losses and LAE and establishes reserves that management believes are adequate to cover the present value of the ultimate net cost of claims. The Company will continue, on an ongoing basis, to monitor these reserves and may periodically adjust such reserves, upward or downward, based on the Company's actual loss experience, its mix of business and economic conditions. However, because of the uncertainty involved in developing these estimates, the ultimate liability may differ materially from current estimates.

        Management is aware that there are differences regarding the method of defining and measuring both case reserves and non-specific reserves among participants in the financial guaranty industry. Other financial guarantors may establish case reserves only after a default and use different techniques to estimate probable loss. Other financial guarantors may establish the equivalent of non-specific reserves, but refer to these reserves by various terms, such as, but not limited to, "unallocated losses," "active credit reserves" and "portfolio reserves," or may use different statistical techniques from those used by the Company to determine loss at a given point in time.

6.    VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES SEGMENT DEBT

        At June 30, 2007, interest rates on VIE segment debt were between 1.98% and 6.22% per annum. Payments due under the VIE segment debt including $975.6 million of future interest accretion on zero

25


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

6.    VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES SEGMENT DEBT (Continued)


coupon obligations for 2008 and each of the next four years ending December 31 and thereafter, are as follows:

Maturity Schedule of VIE Segment Debt

 
  Principal Amount  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2008

  $ 88,230  

2009

    399,173  

2010

    94,428  

2011

    16,891  

2012

    152,012  

Thereafter

    2,861,479  
       
 

Total

  $ 3,612,213  
       

7.    OUTSTANDING EXPOSURE

        The Company's insurance policies typically guarantee the scheduled payments of principal and interest on public finance and asset-backed (including credit derivatives in the insured portfolio) obligations. The gross amount of financial guaranties in force (principal and interest) was $898.6 billion at June 30, 2008 and $857.9 billion at December 31, 2007. The net amount of financial guaranties in force was $659.8 billion at June 30, 2008 and $622.9 billion at December 31, 2007.

        The Company seeks to limit its exposure to losses from writing financial guarantees by underwriting investment-grade obligations, diversifying its portfolio and maintaining rigorous collateral requirements on asset-backed obligations, as well as through reinsurance.

        The par outstanding of insured obligations in the public finance insured portfolio includes the following amounts by type of issue:

Summary of Public Finance Insured Portfolio(1)

 
  Gross Par Outstanding   Ceded Par Outstanding   Net Par Outstanding  
Types of Issues
  June 30,
2008
  December 31,
2007
  June 30,
2008
  December 31,
2007
  June 30,
2008
  December 31,
2007
 
 
  (in millions)
 

Domestic obligations

                                     
 

General obligation

  $ 155,681   $ 146,883   $ 32,727   $ 32,427   $ 122,954   $ 114,456  
 

Tax-supported

    76,208     69,534     20,452     19,453     55,756     50,081  
 

Municipal utility revenue

    64,058     57,975     14,349     13,610     49,709     44,365  
 

Health care revenue

    25,218     25,843     11,539     11,796     13,679     14,047  
 

Housing revenue

    9,835     9,898     2,068     2,187     7,767     7,711  
 

Transportation revenue

    33,170     29,189     12,021     11,782     21,149     17,407  
 

Education/University

    9,427     7,178     1,828     1,710     7,599     5,468  
 

Other domestic public finance

    2,910     2,773     742     900     2,168     1,873  
                           
   

Subtotal

    376,507     349,273     95,726     93,865     280,781     255,408  

International obligations

    50,950     49,224     22,192     21,925     28,758     27,299  
                           
 

Total public finance obligations

  $ 427,457   $ 398,497   $ 117,918   $ 115,790   $ 309,539   $ 282,707  
                           

(1)
Includes related party gross and net par outstanding of $186 million and $187 million as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

26


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

7.    OUTSTANDING EXPOSURE (Continued)

        The par outstanding of insured obligations in the asset-backed insured portfolio includes the following amounts by type of collateral:

Summary of Asset-Backed Insured Portfolio

 
  Gross Par Outstanding   Ceded Par Outstanding   Net Par Outstanding  
Types of Collateral
  June 30,
2008
  December 31,
2007
  June 30,
2008
  December 31,
2007
  June 30,
2008
  December 31,
2007
 
 
  (in millions)
 

Domestic obligations

                                     
 

Residential mortgages

  $ 21,030   $ 22,882   $ 2,866   $ 3,108   $ 18,164   $ 19,774  
 

Consumer receivables(2)

    11,685     12,647     1,249     1,076     10,436     11,571  
 

Pooled corporate

    67,292     69,317     10,198     10,110     57,094     59,207  
 

Financial products(1)

    18,358     19,468             18,358     19,468  
 

Other domestic asset-backed

    3,909     4,000     1,817     2,024     2,092     1,976  
                           
   

Subtotal

    122,274     128,314     16,130     16,318     106,144     111,996  

International obligations

    32,490     37,281     5,980     5,642     26,510     31,639  
                           
 

Total asset-backed obligations

  $ 154,764   $ 165,595   $ 22,110   $ 21,960   $ 132,654   $ 143,635  
                           

(1)
The GICs are collateralized primarily by floating rate asset-backed securities, which consist of 65.6% non-agency RMBS.

(2)
Includes $212 million and $246 million in gross par outstanding and $199 million and $230 million in net par outstanding relating to related party insurance at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

8.    FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

        The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits at both June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007 was $17.7 million. If recognized, the entire amount would favorably affect the effective tax rate. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of income taxes. For the period ended June 30, 2008, the Company accrued $0.4 million of expenses related to interest and penalties. Cumulative interest and penalties of $1.9 million and $1.5 million have been accrued on the Company's balance sheet at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

        The Company files consolidated income tax returns in the United States as well as separate tax returns for certain of its subsidiaries in various state and local and foreign jurisdictions, including the United Kingdom, Japan and Australia. With limited exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations for its 2003 and prior tax years for U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. jurisdictions.

        Within the next 12 months, it is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken on previously filed tax returns will become recognized as a result of the expiration of the statute of limitations for the 2004 tax year, which, absent any extension, will close in September 2008.

27


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

8.    FEDERAL INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The 2008 and 2007 effective tax rates differ from the statutory rate of 35% as follows:

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007  

Tax provision (benefit) at statutory rate

    (35.0 )%   35.0 %

Tax-exempt investments

    (9.3 )   (18.6 )

Minority interest

    (76.8 )   14.0  

Fair-value adjustment for committed preferred trust put options

    (6.2 )    

Other

    0.4     0.5  
           
 

Total tax provision (benefit)

    (126.9 )%   30.9 %
           

        The current-year effective tax rate reflects the lower ratio of tax-exempt interest income to year-to-date pre-tax loss due to the significant negative fair value adjustments. The additional losses from the HELOC and CES transactions led to a distorted budgeted effective tax rate. The Company, therefore, believes it is unable to make a reliable estimate using the effective rate method and has used the actual tax calculated for the period ended June 30, 2008.


Tax Provision (Benefit)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007  
 
  in thousands
 

Current Tax provision (benefit)

  $ (120,387 ) $ 43,151  

Deferred tax provision (benefit)

    (278,882 )   480  
           
 

Total tax provision (benefit)

  $ (399,269 ) $ 43,631  
           

9.    NOTES PAYABLE TO AFFILIATE

        The Company has $187.7 million of notes payable to GIC Affiliates at June 30, 2008 and $210.1 million at December 31, 2007. For the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, the Company recorded $6.6 million and $8.3 million, respectively, of interest expense on the notes payable.

28


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

9.    NOTES PAYABLE TO AFFILIATE (Continued)

        Principal payments due under these notes for each of the remainder of 2008 and next four years ending December 31 and thereafter are as follows:

Maturity Schedule of Notes Payable

 
  Principal Amount  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2008

  $ 6,734  

2009

    8,535  

2010

    10,363  

2011

    20,278  

2012

    31,861  

Thereafter

    109,897  
       
 

Total

  $ 187,668  
       

10.    CREDIT DERIVATIVES IN THE INSURED PORTFOLIO

        Management views credit derivatives contracts as part of its financial guarantee business, under which the Company intends to hold its written and purchased positions for the entire term of the related contracts. The Company's credit derivative portfolio is comprised of (a) CDS contracts that are accounted for at fair value since they do not qualify for the financial guarantee scope exception under SFAS 133 and (b) financial guarantees of other derivative contracts that are required to be marked to market, namely insured interest rate swaps entered into in connection with the issuance of certain public finance obligations and insured NIM securitizations.

        In consultation with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), members of the financial guaranty industry have collaborated to develop a presentation of credit derivatives issued by financial guaranty insurers that is more consistent with that of non-insurers. The tables below illustrate the current required presentation with prior-period balances reclassified to conform to the current presentation. The reclassifications do not affect net income or equity, although they do affect various revenue, asset and liability line items. Changes in fair value are recorded in "Net change in fair value of credit derivatives" in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. The "realized gains (losses) and other settlements" component of this income statement line includes primarily premiums received and receivable on written CDS contracts and premiums paid and payable on purchased contracts. If a credit event occurred that required a payment under the contract terms, this caption would also include losses paid and payable to CDS contract counterparties due to the credit event and losses recovered and recoverable on purchased contracts.

29


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

10.    CREDIT DERIVATIVES IN THE INSURED PORTFOLIO (Continued)

        The components of net change in fair value of credit derivatives are shown in the table below:

Summary of Net Change in Fair Value of Credit Derivatives

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2007  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net change in fair value of credit derivatives:

             
 

Realized gains (losses) and other settlements(1)

  $ 68,839   $ 45,400  
 

Net unrealized gains (losses):

             
   

CDS:

             
     

Pooled corporate CDS:

             
       

Investment grade

  $ (28,027 ) $ (16,240 )
       

High yield

    (63,395 )   (35,384 )
           
         

Total pooled corporate CDS

    (91,422 )   (51,624 )
     

Funded CLOs and CDOs

    (59,915 )   (5,030 )
     

Other structured obligations

    (105,801 )   (441 )
           
           

Total CDS

    (257,138 )   (57,095 )
   

NIMs and IR swaps

    (16,571 )   (1,698 )
           
             

Subtotal

    (273,709 )   (58,793 )
           

Net change in fair value of credit derivatives

  $ (204,870 ) $ (13,393 )
           

        The fair value of credit derivatives are reported in the balance sheet as "other assets" or "other liabilities and minority interest" based on the net gain or loss position with each counterparty. The unrealized component includes the market appreciation or depreciation of the derivative contracts, as discussed in Note 3.

30


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

10.    CREDIT DERIVATIVES IN THE INSURED PORTFOLIO (Continued)

Unrealized Gains (Losses) of Credit Derivative Portfolio(1)

 
  At
June 30,
2008
  At
December 31,
2007
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Pooled corporate CDS:

             
 

Investment grade

  $ (124,752 ) $ (116,482 )
 

High yield(2)

    (203,452 )   (151,228 )
           
   

Total pooled corporate CDS

    (328,204 )   (267,710 )

Funded CLOs and CDOs

    (320,872 )   (269,204 )

Other structured obligations(3)

    (135,622 )   (34,883 )
           
   

Total CDS

    (784,698 )   (571,797 )

NIMs and IR swap

    (22,948 )   (6,485 )
           
   

Total credit derivatives

  $ (807,646 ) $ (578,282 )
           

        Prior to the adoption of SFAS 157 on January 1, 2008 (the "Adoption Date"), the Company followed EITF 02-03. Under EITF 02-03, the Company was prohibited from recognizing a profit at the inception of its CDS contracts (referred to as "day one" gains) because the fair value of those derivatives is based on a valuation technique that incorporated unobservable inputs. Accordingly, the Company deferred approximately $40.9 million pre-tax of day one gains related to the fair value of CDS contracts purchased that were not permitted to be recognized under EITF 02-03. As SFAS 157 nullified the guidance in EITF 02-03, on the Adoption Date the Company recognized in beginning retained earnings as a transition adjustment $40.9 million of previously deferred day one gains (pre-tax). See Note 3 for further discussion of the Company's adoption of SFAS 157.

        The negative fair-value adjustments for the first six months of 2008 were a result of continued widening of credit spreads in the insured CDS portfolio, offset in part by the positive income effects of the Company's own credit spread widening. For the second quarter, the credit spread in the underlying CDS portfolio continued to widen, but its effect was more than offset by the positive effects of the widening of the Company's own credit spread. Despite the structural protections associated with CDS contracts written by FSA, the significant widening of credit spreads on pooled corporate CDS and funded CDOs and CLOs, as with other structured credit products, resulted in a decline in the fair value of these contracts compared with December 31, 2007.

        As the fair value of a CDS contract incorporates all the remaining future payments to be received over the life of the CDS contract, the fair value of that contract will change, in part, solely from the passage of time as fees are received.

31


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

10.    CREDIT DERIVATIVES IN THE INSURED PORTFOLIO (Continued)

        The Company's typical CDS contract is different from CDS contracts entered into by parties that are not financial guarantors because:

        CDS contracts in the asset-backed portfolio represent 69% of total asset-backed par outstanding. The tables below summarize the credit rating, net par outstanding and remaining weighted average lives for the primary components of the Company's CDS portfolio. Net par outstanding in the tables below are also included in the tables in Note 7.

Selected Information for CDS Portfolio
at June 30, 2008

 
  Credit Ratings    
   
 
 
   
  Remaining
Weighted
Average
Life
 
 
  Triple-A*(1)   Triple-A   Double-A   Other
Investment
Grades(2)
  Below
Investment
Grade(3)
  Net Par
Outstanding
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (in millions)
  (in years)
 

Pooled Corporate CDS:

                                           
 

Investment grade

    90 %   1 %   9 %   %   % $ 21,495     4.2  
 

High yield

    86     9             5     15,151     2.9  

Funded CDOs and CLOs

    28     65 (5)   6     1         32,390     3.0  

Other structured obligations(4)

    48     21 (5)   12     18     1     9,265     3.1  
                                           
   

Total

    59     31     7     2     1   $ 78,301     3.4  
                                           

32


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

10.    CREDIT DERIVATIVES IN THE INSURED PORTFOLIO (Continued)

Selected Information for CDS Portfolio
at December 31, 2007

 
  Credit Ratings    
   
 
 
   
  Remaining
Weighted
Average
Life
 
 
  Triple-A*(1)   Triple-A   Double-A   Other
Investment
Grades(2)
  Below
Investment
Grade
  Net Par
Outstanding
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (in millions)
  (in years)
 

Pooled Corporate CDS:

                                           
 

Investment grade

    91 %   1 %   8 %   %     $ 22,883     4.1  
 

High yield

    95             5         14,765     3.3  

Funded CDOs and CLOs

    28     72 (5)               33,000     3.4  

Other structured obligations(4)

    62     36 (5)   1     1         13,529     2.1  
                                           
   

Total

    62     34     3     1       $ 84,177     3.4  
                                           

(1)
Triple-A*, also referred to as "Super Triple-A," indicates a level of first-loss protection generally exceeding 1.3 times the level required by a rating agency for a Triple-A rating.

(2)
Various investment grades below Double-A minus.

(3)
Amount includes one CDS with Double-B underlying rating and one CDS with Single-B underlying rating.

(4)
Primarily infrastructure obligations and European mortgage-backed securities. Also includes $409.6 million and $223.9 million at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively in U.S. RMBS net par outstanding. All US RMBS exposures were rated Double-A or higher.

(5)
Amounts include transactions previously wrapped by other monolines.

11.    VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES SEGMENT DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

        The Company enters into derivative contracts to manage interest rate and foreign currency exposure in its VIE segment debt and VIE Segment Investment Portfolio. All gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income whether designated in fair-value hedging relationships or not. These derivatives generally include futures, interest rate and currency swap agreements, which are primarily utilized to convert fixed-rate debt and investments into U.S. dollar floating rate debt and investments. Hedge accounting is applied to fair-value hedges provided certain criteria are met. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, fixed-rate assets and liabilities appreciate or depreciate in market value. Gains or losses on the derivative instruments that are linked to the fixed-rate assets and liabilities being hedged are expected to substantially offset this unrealized appreciation or depreciation relating to the risk being hedged.

        The Company uses foreign currency contracts to manage the foreign exchange risk associated with certain foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities. Gains or losses on the derivative instruments that are linked to the foreign currency denominated assets or liabilities being hedged are expected to substantially offset this variability.

        In order for a derivative to qualify for hedge accounting, it must be highly effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged. In order for a derivative to be designated as a hedge,

33


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

11.    VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES SEGMENT DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


there must be documentation of the risk management objective and strategy, including identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item and the risk exposure, and how effectiveness is to be assessed prospectively and retrospectively. To assess effectiveness, the Company uses analysis of the sensitivity of fair values to changes in the risk being hedged, as well as dollar value comparisons of the change in the fair value of the derivative to the change in the fair value of the hedged item that is attributable to the risk being hedged. The extent to which a hedging instrument has been and is expected to continue to be effective at achieving offsetting changes in fair value must be assessed and documented at least quarterly. Any ineffectiveness must be reported in current-period earnings. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective at hedging the designated exposure, hedge accounting is discontinued.

        An effective fair-value hedge is defined as one whose periodic change in fair value is 80% to 125% correlated with the change in fair value of the hedged item. The difference between a perfect hedge (i.e., the change in fair value of the hedge and hedged item offset one another so that there is zero effect on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, referred to as being "100% correlated") and the actual correlation within the 80% to 125% effectiveness range is the ineffective portion of the hedge. A failed hedge is one whose correlation falls outside of the 80% to 125% effectiveness range. There were no failed hedges in the VIE segment derivative portfolio for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The table below presents the net gain (loss) related to the ineffective portion of the Company's fair-value hedges.

Hedging Ineffectiveness

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
  2008   2007
 
  (in thousands)

Ineffective portion of fair-value hedges(1)

  $ (829 ) N/A

        The inception-to-date net unrealized gain on the outstanding derivatives held by the VIE segment of $548.7 million and $474.4 million at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, was recorded in other assets.

        As of January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS 159 and elected the fair value option for certain fixed-rate liabilities in the VIE segment debt portfolio, as described in Note 4. The fair value option allows the fair value adjustment on these liabilities to be recorded in earnings without hedge documentation and effectiveness testing requirements prescribed under SFAS 133. However, when the fair value option is elected, the fair value adjustment of liabilities must incorporate all components of fair value, including valuation adjustments related to the reporting entity's own credit risk. Under hedge accounting, only the component of fair value attributable to the hedged risk (i.e. interest rate risk) was recorded in earnings.

        Fixed-rate assets in the available-for-sale VIE Segment Investment Portfolio that are economically hedged with interest rate swaps have been designated in fair value hedging relationships since November 2007. Under fair value hedge accounting, the fair value adjustments related to the hedged risk are recorded in earnings and adjust the amortized cost basis of the related assets. The interest and

34


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

11.    VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES SEGMENT DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


fair value adjustments on the derivatives and the interest income and fair value adjustment on the assets attributable to the hedged interest rate risk are recorded in "Net interest income from variable interest entities segment" in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, thereby offsetting each other and reflecting economic inefficiency on the hedging relationship in earnings. The Company does not seek to apply hedge accounting to all of its economic hedges.

12. OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES AND MINORITY INTEREST

        The detailed balances that comprise other assets and other liabilities and minority interest at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007 are as follows:

Other Assets

 
  At June 30,
2008
  At December 31,
2007
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Other assets:

             
 

VIE segment derivatives at fair value

  $ 720,405   $ 634,458  
 

Credit derivatives at fair value

    229,069     124,282  
 

VIE other invested assets

    318,915     301,599  
 

Tax and loss bonds

    155,352     153,844  
 

Accrued interest in VIE segment investment portfolio

    15,958     14,333  
 

Accrued interest income on general investment portfolio

    67,546     63,317  
 

Salvage and subrogation recoverable

    4,740     39,669  
 

Committed preferred trust put options at fair value

    56,000      
 

Federal income tax receivable

    120,781      
 

Other assets

    176,716     125,118  
           

Total other assets

  $ 1,865,482   $ 1,456,620  
           

Other Liabilities and Minority Interest

 
  At June 30,
2008
  At December 31,
2007
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Other liabilities and minority interest:

             
 

Credit derivatives at fair value

  $ 1,036,715   $ 702,564  
 

Equity participation plan

        101,307  
 

Accrued interest on VIE segment debt

    85,099     69,243  
 

Payable for securities purchased

    142,683      
 

Other liabilities and minority interest

    885,397     295,160  
           

Total other liabilities and minority interest

  $ 2,149,894   $ 1,168,274  
           

35


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

13.    SEGMENT REPORTING

        The Company operates in two business segments: financial guaranty and variable interest entities. The financial guaranty segment is primarily in the business of providing financial guaranty insurance, which it has historically provided for both public finance and asset-backed obligations. The VIE segment includes the VIEs operations. See Note 1 for description of business. The following tables summarize the financial information by segment on a pre-tax basis, as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.

Financial Information Summary by Segment

 
  Six Months Ended June 30, 2008  
 
  Financial
Guaranty
  Variable
Interest
Entities
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                         
 

External

  $ 174,185   $ 778,397   $   $ 952,582  
 

Intersegment

    1,355         (1,355 )    

Expenses:

                         
 

External

    (1,180,432 )   (86,674 )       (1,267,106 )
 

Intersegment

        (1,355 )   1,355      
                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (1,004,892 )   690,368         (314,524 )

GAAP income to operating earnings adjustments

    147,661     (686,857 )       (539,196 )
                   

Pre-tax segment operating earnings (losses)

  $ (857,231 ) $ 3,511   $   $ (853,720 )
                   

Segment assets

  $ 8,843,640   $ 2,846,174   $ (312 ) $ 11,689,502  

 

 
  Six Months Ended June 30, 2007  
 
  Financial
Guaranty
  Variable
Interest
Entities
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                         
 

External

  $ 300,265   $ 37,659   $   $ 337,924  
 

Intersegment

    1,746         (1,746 )    

Expenses:

                         
 

External

    (104,025 )   (92,605 )       (196,630 )
 

Intersegment

        (1,746 )   1,746      
                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    197,986     (56,692 )       141,294  

GAAP income to operating earnings adjustments

    66,025     56,793         122,818  
                   

Pre-tax segment operating earnings (losses)

  $ 264,011   $ 101   $   $ 264,112  
                   

Segment assets

  $ 6,911,522   $ 2,931,582   $   $ 9,843,104  

36


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

13.    SEGMENT REPORTING (Continued)


Reconciliations of Segments' Pre-Tax Operating Earnings (Losses) to Net Income (Loss)

 
  Six Months Ended June 30, 2008  
 
  Financial
Guaranty
  Variable
Interest
Entities
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Pretax operating earnings (losses)

  $ (857,231 ) $ 3,511   $   $ (853,720 )

Operating earnings to GAAP income adjustments

    (147,661 )   686,857         539,196  

Tax (provision) benefit

                      399,269  

Minority interest

                      (690,506 )
                         

Net income (loss)

                    $ (605,761 )
                         

 

 
  Six Months Ended June 30, 2007  
 
  Financial
Guaranty
  Variable
Interest
Entities
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Pretax operating earnings (losses)

  $ 264,011   $ 101   $   $ 264,112  

Operating earnings to GAAP income adjustments

    (66,025 )   (56,793 )       (122,818 )

Tax (provision) benefit

                      (43,631 )

Minority interest

                      56,554  
                         

Net income

                    $ 154,217  
                         

        The intersegment revenues and expenses relate to premiums paid by FSA Global on FSA-insured notes.

        GAAP income to operating earnings adjustments are primarily comprised of fair-value adjustments deemed to be non-economic. Such adjustments relate to (1) non-economic fair-value adjustments for credit derivatives in the insured portfolio, (2) non-economic fair-value adjustments for instruments with economically hedged risks and (3) fair-value adjustments attributable to the Company's own credit risk. Management believes that by making such adjustments the measure more closely reflects the underlying economic performance of segment operations.

14.    RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

        In May 2008 the FASB issued SFAS No. 163, "Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 60" ("SFAS 163"). This statement addresses accounting standards applicable to financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance contracts issued by insurance companies under GAAP, including accounting for claims liability measurement and recognition and premium recognition and related disclosures. SFAS 163 requires the Company to recognize a claim liability when there is an expectation that a claim loss will exceed the unearned premium revenue (liability) on a policy basis based on the present value of expected net cash flows. The premium earnings methodology under SFAS 163 will be based on a constant rate methodology. SFAS does not apply to financial guarantee insurance contracts accounted for as derivatives within the scope of SFAS 133. SFAS 163 also requires the Company to provide expanded disclosures relating to factors affecting the recognition and measurement of financial guaranty contracts. SFAS 163 is effective

37


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

14.    RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS (Continued)


for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements related to claim liabilities which are effective for financial statements prepared as of September 30, 2008. The cumulative effect of initially applying SFAS 163 is required to be recognized as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. The Company is currently assessing the impact of SFAS 163 on the Company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

        In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, "Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of SFAS 133" ("SFAS 161"). This statement amends and expands the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring companies to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity's financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This statement is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. Since SFAS 161 requires only additional disclosures concerning derivatives and hedging activities, adoption of SFAS 161 will not affect the Company's consolidated financial position and results of operations or cash flows.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, "Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements" ("SFAS 160"). SFAS 160 will change the accounting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified by the parent company as a component of equity. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with early adoption prohibited. Upon adoption, SFAS 160 requires retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests and prospective adoption for all other requirements. The Company is currently assessing the impact of SFAS 160 on the Company's consolidated financial position and results of operations.

15.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company and certain subsidiaries are parties to litigation.

        On November 15, 2006, the Parent received a subpoena from the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice issued in connection with an ongoing criminal investigation of bid rigging of awards of municipal GICs. On November 16, 2006, the Company received a subpoena from the SEC related to an ongoing industry-wide investigation concerning the bidding of municipal GICs. The subpoenas requested that the Company furnish to the DOJ and SEC records and other information with respect to the Company's municipal GIC business.

        On February 4, 2008, the Parent received a "Wells Notice" from the staff of the Philadelphia Regional Office of the SEC relating to the SEC's investigation concerning the bidding of municipal GICs. The Wells Notice indicates that the SEC staff is considering recommending that the SEC authorize the staff to bring a civil injunctive action and/or institute administrative proceedings against the Parent, alleging violations of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder and Section 17(a) of the Securities Act.

        As previously disclosed, in March and April 2008 three purported class action lawsuits were commenced seeking damages for alleged violations of antitrust laws in connection with the bidding of municipal GICs and derivatives: (i)  Hinds County, Mississippi et al. v. Wachovia Bank, N.A. et al. (filed

38


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

15.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)


on or about March 12, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, case no. 1:08 CV 2516); (ii)  Fairfax County, Virginia et al. v. Wachovia Bank, N.A. et al. (filed on or about March 12, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, case no. 1:08-cv-00432); and (iii)  City of Oakland, California, et al. v. AIG Financial Products Corp. et al. (filed on or about April 23, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, case no. 1:CV 08 2116). In the lawsuits, a large number of financial institutions, including the Company and/or the Parent, are named as defendants. In June 2008, the U.S. Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation transferred the three actions to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York and ordered them consolidated under case no. 1.08-cv-2516(VM).

        Four additional purported class action lawsuits subsequently were commenced, also seeking damages for alleged violations of antitrust laws in connection with the bidding of municipal GICs and derivatives: (i)  Central Bucks School Dist. v. Wachovia Bank N.A. et al. (filed on or about June 4, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, case no.1:08-cv-956); (ii)  Mayor & City Counsel of Baltimore v. Wachovia Bank N.A. et al. (filed on or about July 3, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, case no. 1:08-cv-6142); (iii)  County of Alameda v. AIG Financial Products Corp. et al. (filed on or about July 9, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, case no. 1:08-cv-3278); and (iv)  City of Fresno, California v. AIG Financial Products Corp. et al. (filed on or about July 18, 2008 in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of California, case no. 1.08-cv-1045). These four additional purported class actions have been transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York and consolidated with the other three actions described above.

        The complaints in these lawsuits generally seek unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees and other costs. Class certification has yet to be addressed by any court. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from these lawsuits.

        In July 2008, two lawsuits were commenced in California state court seeking damages for alleged violations of California antitrust laws in connection with the bidding of municipal GICs and derivatives: (i)  City of Los Angeles v. Bank of America, N.A. et al. (filed on or about July 23, 2008 in the Superior Court of the State of California in and for the County of Los Angeles, case no. BC 394944); and (ii)  City of Stockton v. Bank of America, N.A. et al. (filed on or about July 23, 2008 in the Superior Court of the State of California in and for the County of San Francisco, case no. CGC-08-477851). The lawsuits name a large number of financial institutions, including the Company and Parent, as defendants. The complaints in the lawsuits generally seek unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys' fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may arise from these lawsuits.

        FSA Holdings has also received various regulatory inquiries and requests for information. These include subpoenas duces tecum and interrogatories from the State of Connecticut Attorney General related to antitrust concerns associated with the municipal rating scales employed by Moody's and a proposal by Moody's to assign corporate equivalent ratings to municipal obligations.

39


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

16. EXPOSURE TO MONOLINES

        The tables below summarize the exposure to each financial guaranty monoline insurer by exposure category and the underlying ratings of the Company's insured risks.

Summary of Exposure to Monolines

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
  Insured Portfolios    
 
 
  FSA Insured
Portfolio(1)
  Ceded Par
Outstanding
  General
Investment
Portfolio(2)
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. 

  $ 1,032   $ 32,340   $ 82,450  

Radian Asset Assurance Inc. 

    99     25,797     1,941  

RAM Reinsurance Co. Ltd. 

        12,581      

BluePoint Re, Limited(3)

        8,706      

Syncora Guarantee Inc. and Syncora Guarantee Re Ltd.(4)

    1,567     8,215     33,769  

CIFG Assurance North America Inc. 

    202     2,085     25,886  

Ambac Assurance Corporation

    5,184     1,295     673,199  

Financial Guaranty Insurance Company

    5,532     1,138     388,301  

ACA Financial Guaranty Corporation

    21     949      

MBIA Insurance Corporation(5)

    4,391         705,068  
               
 

Total

  $ 18,028   $ 93,106   $ 1,910,614  
               
 

Total portfolio

  $ 442,193   $ 140,028   $ 5,765,549  

% of total portfolio

    4 %   66 %   33 %

(1)
Represents transactions with second-to-pay FSA-insurance that were previously insured by other monolines. Based on net par outstanding. Includes credit derivatives in the insured portfolio.

(2)
Based on amortized cost.

(3)
In August 2008, the Company learned that a provisional liquidator of BluePoint Re, Limited, had been appointed. The Company's reinsurance recoverable from BluePoint Re, Limited is collateralized. Moody's downgraded BluePoint Re, Limited, from A2 to Ca on August 13, 2008.

(4)
Formerly XL Capital Assurance Inc. and XL Financial Assurance Ltd.

(5)
In addition to amounts shown on the table, the VIE Investment Portfolio includes a bond insured by MBIA Insurance Corporation that has an amortized cost of $12.6 million.

40


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

16. EXPOSURE TO MONOLINES (Continued)

Exposures to Monolines
and Ratings of Underlying Risks

 
  At June 30, 2008  
 
  Insured Portfolios    
 
 
  FSA Insured
Portfolio(1)
  Ceded Par
Outstanding
  General
Investment
Portfolio
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Assured Guaranty Re Ltd.

                   
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 1,032   $ 32,340   $ 82,450  
   

Triple-A

    %   7 %   2 %
   

Double-A

    11     39      
   

Single-A

    28     37     79  
   

Triple-B

    22     15     19  
   

Below Investment Grade

    39     2      

Radian Asset Assurance Inc.

                   
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 99   $ 25,797   $ 1,941  
   

Triple-A

    5 %   8 %   %
   

Double-A

        41     100  
   

Single-A

    14     39      
   

Triple-B

    57     11      
   

Below Investment Grade

    24     1      

RAM Reinsurance Co. Ltd.

                   
 

Exposure(2)

  $   $ 12,581   $  
   

Triple-A

    %   14 %   %
   

Double-A

        40      
   

Single-A

        32      
   

Triple-B

        12      
   

Below Investment Grade

        2      

BluePoint Re, Limited

                   
 

Exposure(2)

  $   $ 8,706   $  
   

Triple-A

    %   11 %   %
   

Double-A

        41      
   

Single-A

        32      
   

Triple-B

        15      
   

Below Investment Grade

        1      

41


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

16. EXPOSURE TO MONOLINES (Continued)

Syncora Guarantee Inc. and Syncora Guarantee Re Ltd.(3)

                   
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 1,567   $ 8,215   $ 33,769  
   

Triple-A

    29 %   %   %
   

Double-A

        18     17  
   

Single-A

    24     35     80  
   

Triple-B

    25     45      
   

Below Investment Grade

    22     2      
   

Not Rated

            3  

CIFG Assurance North America Inc.

                   
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 202   $ 2,085   $ 25,886  
   

Triple-A

    %   2 %   %
   

Double-A

    2     28      
   

Single-A

    9     34     100  
   

Triple-B

    89     32      
   

Below Investment Grade

        4      

Ambac Assurance Corporation

                   
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 5,184   $ 1,295   $ 673,199  
   

Triple-A

    6 %   %   %
   

Double-A

    40     8     27  
   

Single-A

    33     35     70  
   

Triple-B

    14     57     2  
   

Below Investment Grade

    7         1  

Financial Guaranty Insurance Company

                   
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 5,532   $ 1,138   $ 388,301  
   

Triple-A

    %   %   %
   

Double-A

    32     18     32  
   

Single-A

    57     47     65  
   

Triple-B

    9     35     3  
   

Below Investment Grade

    2          

ACA Financial Guaranty Corporation

                   
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 21   $ 949   $  
   

Triple-A

    %   %   %
   

Double-A

    63     72      
   

Single-A

        26      
   

Triple-B

        2      
   

Below Investment Grade

    37          

42


FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) (Continued)

16. EXPOSURE TO MONOLINES (Continued)

MBIA Insurance Corporation

                   
 

Exposure(2)

  $ 4,391   $   $ 705,068  
   

Triple-A

    %   %   %
   

Double-A

    50         46  
   

Single-A

    12         47  
   

Triple-B

    38         5  
   

Below Investment Grade

            2  

(1)
Represents transactions with second-to-pay FSA insurance that were previously insured by other monolines.

(2)
Represent par balances for the insured portfolios and amortized cost for the investment portfolios.

(3)
Formerly XL Capital Assurance Inc. and XL Financial Assurance Ltd. Excludes $1.0 million in redeemable preferred shares of SGR, which are not rated. See note 17.

17. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        On July 21, 2008, Moody's placed the ratings of the Company on review for possible downgrade. On August 6, 2008, S&P placed the Company's ratings on negative watch and Fitch re-affirmed the Company's Triple-A, stable rating.

        On July 28, the Company agreed to commute its reinsurance from SGR, totaling approximately $8.4 billion principal outstanding, in return for the ceded statutory unearned premium, loss reserve and commutation premium of $35.0 million, and to sell its preferred shares in SGR to Syncora Holdings Ltd. Additionally, the Company has reinsured approximately $6.4 billion of that commuted par outstanding to Syncora Guarantee Inc. ("SGI") (formerly XL Capital Assurance Inc.), with SGI's reinsurance obligations to the Company secured by collateral to be held in a trust. The Company has retained the remainder of the commuted exposure. In connection with this commutation, the Company is undergoing a review of the reassumed portfolio to determine whether the Company will be required to consolidate any the issuers of the insured obligations in this portfolio. In August 2008, the Company received $2.9 million in final settlement for its SGR investment, resulting in a gain of $1.9 million to be recorded in the third quarter of 2008.

43




QuickLinks

FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited) June 30, 2008
INDEX
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited) (in thousands, except share data)
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (unaudited) (in thousands)
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited) (in thousands)
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)
Level 3 Rollforward
Tax Provision (Benefit)
Reconciliations of Segments' Pre-Tax Operating Earnings (Losses) to Net Income (Loss)